Altivar Process

EAV64318 01/2015

Altivar Process
Variable Speed Drives
ATV630, ATV650

Programming Manual
01/2015
EAV64318.02

www.schneider-electric.com
 The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical character-
istics of the performance of the products contained herein. This documentation is not intended as a
substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these products for specific user
applications. It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the appropriate and complete risk
analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the relevant specific application or use
thereof. Neither Schneider Electric nor any of its affiliates or subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for
misuse of the information contained herein. If you have any suggestions for improvements or amendments
or have found errors in this publication, please notify us.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical,
including photocopying, without express written permission of Schneider Electric.
All pertinent state, regional, and local safety regulations must be observed when installing and using this
product. For reasons of safety and to help ensure compliance with documented system data, only the
manufacturer should perform repairs to components.
When devices are used for applications with technical safety requirements, the relevant instructions must
be followed.
Failure to use Schneider Electric software or approved software with our hardware products may result in
injury, harm, or improper operating results.
Failure to observe this information can result in injury or equipment damage.
© 2015 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

2 EAV64318 01/2015
 Table of Contents

Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
About the Book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Part I Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Chapter 1 Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Preliminary Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Steps for Setting-Up the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Software Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Chapter 2 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Factory Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Application Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Basic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Graphic Display Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Structure of the Parameter Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Finding a Parameter in This Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Part II Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Chapter 3 [Simply start] SYS-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
[Simply start] SIM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
[My menu] MYMn- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
[Modified parameters] LMd- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Chapter 4 [Dashboard] dSH-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.1 [Display] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
[Display] Mnt- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
[Digital input map] LIA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
[AI1] AI1C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
[AI2] AI2C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
[AI3] AI3C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
[AI4] AI4C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
[AI5] AI5C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
[Digital output map] LOA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
[AQ1] AO1C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
[AQ2] AO2C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
[DI5 frequency measured] PFC5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
[DI6 frequency measured] PFC6- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
4.2 [Control] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
[Control] Ctr- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
4.3 [Energy] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
[Energy] KWC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
4.4 [Dashboard] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
[Dashboard] dSH- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Chapter 5 [Diagnostics] dIA- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
5.1 [Diag. data] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
[Diag. data] ddt- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
[Service message] SEr- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
[Other State] SSt- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
[Diagnostics] dAU- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
[Identification] OId- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
5.2 [Error history] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
[Error history] pFH- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

EAV64318 01/2015 3
 5.3 [Warnings] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
[Actual warnings] ALrd- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
[Warning group 1 definition] A1C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
[Warning group 2 definition] A2C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
[Warning group 3 definition] A3C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
[Warning group 4 definition] A4C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
[Warning group 5 definition] A5C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
[Warnings] ALr- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Chapter 6 [Display] MOn- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
6.1 [Energy parameters] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
[Electrical energy input counter] ELI- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
[Electrical energy output counter] ELO- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
[Mechanical energy] MEC- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
[Energy saving] ESA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
6.2 [Pump dashboard] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
[Pump follow up] PFU- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
[Process] PrU- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
[Graphics] PGr- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
6.3 [Pump parameters] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
[Pump parameters] PPr- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
6.4 [Motor parameters] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
[Motor parameters] MMO- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
6.5 [Drive parameters] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
[Drive parameters] MPI- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
6.6 [Thermal monitoring] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
[Thermal monitoring] tPM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
6.7 [PID display] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
[PID display] PIC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
6.8 [Counter management] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
[Counter Management] ELt- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
6.9 [Other state] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
[Other state] SSt- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
6.10 [I/O map] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
[Digital Input Map] LIA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
[AI1] AI1C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
[AI2] AI2C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
[AI3] AI3C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
[AI4] AI4C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
[AI5] AI5C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
[Digital output map] LOA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
[AQ1] AO1C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
[AQ2] AO2C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
[DI5 frequency measured] PFC5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
[DI6 frequency measured] PFC6- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
6.11 [Communication map] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
[Communication map] CMM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
[Modbus network diag] Mnd-Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
[Com. scanner input map] ISA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
[Com scan output map] OSA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
[Modbus HMI Diag] MdH- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
[Ethernet Emb Diag] MPE- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
[Ethernet Module Diag] MtE- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
[DeviceNet Diag] dUn- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
[Profibus Diag] Prb- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
[PROFINET Diag] Prn- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

4 EAV64318 01/2015
 [Command word image] CWI- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
[Freq. ref. word map] rWI- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
[CANopen map] CnM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
[PDO1 image] PO1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
[PDO2 image] PO2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
[PDO3 image] PO3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
[CANopen map] CnM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
6.12 [Data logging] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
[Distributed logging] dLO- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
[Log dstrb prm select] LdP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
[Distributed logging] dLO- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Chapter 7 [Complete settings] CSt- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
7.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Application Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
7.2 [Motor parameters] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
[Motor parameters] MPA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
[Data] Mtd- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
[Motor tune] MtU- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
[Motor thermal monitoring] MOP- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
[Pump thermal monit] tPP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
[Motor thermal monitoring] MOP- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
[Motor control] drC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
[Switching frequency] SWF- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
7.3 [Define system units] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
[Define system units] SUC- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
7.4 [Sensors assignment] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
[Sensors assignment] SCC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
[AI1 sensor config.] ICA1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
[AI2 sensor config.] ICA2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
[AI3 sensor config.] ICA3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
[AI4 sensor config.] ICA4- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
[AI5 sensor config.] ICA5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
[AIV1 sensor config.] ICU1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
[Sensors assignment] SCC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
[AI1 sensor config.] OCA1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
[AI2 sensor config.] OCA2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
[AI3 sensor config.] OCA3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
[AI4 sensor config.] OCA4- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
[AI5 sensor config.] OCA5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
[AIV1 sensor config.] OCU1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
[Sensors assignment] SCC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
[AI1 sensor config.] IF1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
[AI2 sensor config.] IF2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
[AI3 sensor config.] IF3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
[AI4 sensor config.] IF4- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
[AI5 sensor config.] IF5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
[DI5 pulse sensor configuration] IF8- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
[DI6 pulse sensor configuration] IF9- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
[AIV1 sensor config.] IFU1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
7.5 [Command and Reference] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
[Command and Reference] CrP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

EAV64318 01/2015 5
 7.6 [Pump functions] - [PID controller] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
[PID controller] PId- Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
[Feedback] Fdb- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
[Reference frequency] rF- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
[PID preset references] PrI- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
[Reference frequency] rF- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
[Settings] St- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
7.7 [Pump functions] - [Sleep/wakeup] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
[Sleep/Wakeup] SPW- Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
[Sleep menu] SLP- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
[AI1 Sensor config.] SIF1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
[AI2 Sensor config.] SIF2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
[AI3 Sensor config.] SIF3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
[AI4 Sensor config.] SIF4- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
[AI5 Sensor config.] SIF5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
[DI5 Sensor Configuration] SIF8- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
[DI6 Sensor Configuration] SIF9- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
[AIV1 Sensor config.] SIV1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
[Sleep menu] SLP- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
[AI1 Sensor config.] Soa1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
[AI2 Sensor config.] Soa2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
[AI3 Sensor config.] Soa3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
[AI4 Sensor config.] Soa4- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
[AI5 Sensor config.] Soa5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
[AIV1 Sensor config.] SoV1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
[Sleep menu] SLP- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
[Boost] Sbt- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
[Advanced sleep check] AdS- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
[Wake up menu] wKP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
[AI1 Sensor config.] woa1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
[AI2 Sensor config.] woa2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
[AI3 Sensor config.] woa3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
[AI4 Sensor config.] WOA4- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
[AI5 Sensor config.] WoA5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
[AIV1 Sensor config.] wov1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
[Wake up menu] wKP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
7.8 [Pump functions] - [Feedback monitoring] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
[Feedback monitoring] FKM- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
7.9 [Pump functions] - [Pump characteristics] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
[Pump characteristics] PCr- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
7.10 [Pump functions] - [Sensorless flow estimation] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
[Sensorless flow estimation] SFE- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
7.11 [Pump functions] - [Pump start stop]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
[Pump start stop] PST- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
7.12 [Pump functions] - [Pipe fill] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
[Pipe fill] PFI- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
7.13 [Pump functions] - [Friction loss compensation] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
[Friction loss comp] FLC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
[AI1 Installation Flow] FIF1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
[AI2 Installation Flow] FIF2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
[AI3 Installation Flow] FIF3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
[AI4 Installation Flow] FIF4- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
[AI5 Installation Flow] FIF5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

6 EAV64318 01/2015
 [PI5 Installation Flow] FIF8- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
[PI6 Installation Flow] FIF9- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
[AIV1 Installation flow] FIU1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
[Friction loss comp] FLC- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
7.14 [Pump functions] - [Jockey pump] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
[Jockey pump] JKP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
7.15 [Pump functions] - [Priming pump ctrl]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
[Priming pump ctrl] PPC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
7.16 [Pump functions] - [Flow limitation] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
[Flow limitation] FLM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
[AI1 sensor config.] LF1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
[AI2 sensor config.] LF2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
[AI3 sensor config.] LF3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
[AI4 sensor config.] LF4- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
[AI5 sensor config.] LF5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
[DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.] LF8- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
[DI6 Pulse Sensor Config.] LF9- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
[AIV1 Pulse sensor config.] LFU1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
[Flow limitation] FLM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
7.17 [Pump monitoring] - [Pumpcycle monitoring] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
[Pumpcycle monitoring] CSP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
7.18 [Pump monitoring] - [Anti jam]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
[Anti-jam monit] JAM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
7.19 [Pump monitoring] - [Dry run] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
[Dry run Monit] dYr- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
7.20 [Pump monitoring] - [Pump low flow Monit] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
[Pump low flow Monit] PLF- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
[Sensor config. AI1] nPF1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
[Sensor config. AI2] nPF2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
[Sensor config. AI3] nPF3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
[Sensor config. AI4] nPF4- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
[Sensor config. AI5] nPF5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
[DI5 Pulse Sensor Configuration] NPF8- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
[DI6 Pulse Sensor Configuration] NPF9- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
[Sensor config. AIV1] nPU1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
[Pump low flow Monit] PLF- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
7.21 [Pump monitoring] - [Pump thermal monit] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
[Pump thermal monit] tPP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
7.22 [Pump monitoring] - [Inlet pressure monitori..] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
[Inlet pressure monitoring] IPP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
[AI1 sensor config.] IPA1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
[AI2 sensor config.] IPA2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
[AI3 sensor config.] IPA3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
[AI4 sensor config.] IPA4- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
[AI5 sensor config.] IPA5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
[AIV1 sensor config.] IPU1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
[Inlet pressure monitoring] IPP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
7.23 [Pump monitoring] - [Outlet pressure monito..] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
[Outlet pressure monito..] OPP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
[Sensor config. AI1] OOA1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
[Sensor config. AI2] OOA2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
[Sensor config. AI3] OOA3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422

EAV64318 01/2015 7
 [Sensor config. AI4] OOA4- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
[Sensor config. AI5] OOA5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
[Sensor config. AIV1] OOU1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
[Outlet pressure monito..] OPP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
7.24 [Pump monitoring] - [High flow monitoring] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
[High flow monitoring] HFP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
[AI1 sensor config.] HIF1- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
[AI2 sensor config.] HFI2- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
[AI3 sensor config.] HFI3- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
[AI4 sensor config.] HFI4- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
[AI5 sensor config.] HFI5- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
[DI5 Pulse Sensor Configuration] HIF8- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
[DI6 Pulse Sensor Configuration] HIF9- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
[Sensor config. AIV1] OOU1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
[High flow monitoring] HFP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
7.25 [Fan] - [PID controller] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
[PID controller] PId- Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
[Feedback] Fdb- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
[Reference frequency] rF- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
[PID preset references] PrI- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
[Reference frequency] rF- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
[Settings] St- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
7.26 [Fan] - [Feedback monitoring] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
[Feedback monitoring] FKM- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
7.27 [Fan] - [Jump frequency] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
[Jump frequency] JUF- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
7.28 [Fan] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
[Fan] CSFA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
7.29 [Generic functions] - [Speed limits] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
[Speed limits] SLM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
7.30 [Generic functions] - [Ramp]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
[Ramp] rAMP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
7.31 [Generic functions] - [Ramp switching] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
[Ramp switching] rpt- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
7.32 [Generic functions] - [Stop configuration]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
[Stop configuration] Stt- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
7.33 [Generic functions] - [Auto DC injection] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
[Auto DC injection] AdC- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
7.34 [Generic functions] - [Ref. operations] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
[Ref. operations] OAI- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
7.35 [Generic functions] - [Preset speeds] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
[Preset speeds] PSS- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
7.36 [Generic functions] - [+/- speed] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
[+/- speed] Upd- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
7.37 [Generic functions] - [Jump frequency]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
[Jump frequency] JUF- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
7.38 [Generic functions] - [PID controller] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
[PID controller] PId- Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
[Feedback] Fdb- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
[Reference frequency] rF- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
[PID preset references] PrI- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
[Reference frequency] rF- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
[Settings] St- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
7.39 [Generic functions] - [Feedback mon.] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
[Feedback monitoring] FKM- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509

8 EAV64318 01/2015
 7.40 [Generic functions] - [Threshold reached] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
[Threshold reached] tHrE- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
7.41 [Generic functions] - [Mains contactor command] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
[Mains contactor command] LLC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
7.42 [Generic functions] - [Reverse disable]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
[Reverse disable] rEIn- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
7.43 [Generic functions] - [Torque limitation] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
[Torque limitation] tOL- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
7.44 [Generic functions] - [Parameters switching] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
[Parameters switching] MLP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
[Set 1] PS1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
[Set 2] PS2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
[Set 3] PS3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
7.45 [Generic functions] - [Stop on prolonged spd]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
[Stop after speed timeout] PrSP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
7.46 [Generic monitoring] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
[Process underload] ULd- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
[Process overload] OLd- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
[Stall monitoring] StPr- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
[Pump thermal monit] tPP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
7.47 [Input/Output] - [I/O assignment] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
[DI1 assignment] L1A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
[DI2 assignment] L2A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
[DI3 assignment] L3A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
[DI4 assignment] L4A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
[DI5 assignment] L5A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
[DI6 assignment] L6A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
[DI11 assignment] L11A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
[DI12 assignment] L12A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
[DI13 assignment] L13A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
[DI14 assignment] L14A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
[DI15 assignment] L15A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
[DI16 assignment] L16A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
[DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
[DI6 Pulse Input Assign] PI6A- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
[AI1 assignment] AI1A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
[AI2 assignment] AI2A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
[AI3 assignment] AI3A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
[AI4 assignment] AI4A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
[AI5 assignment] AI5A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
[AU1A assignment] AU1A- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
7.48 [Input/Output] - [DI/DQ] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
[DI1 Configuration] di1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
[DI2 Configuration] dI2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
[DI3 Configuration] dI3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
[DI4 Configuration] dI4- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
[DI5 Configuration] dI5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
[DI6 Configuration] dI6- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
[DI11 Configuration] dI11- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
[DI12 Configuration] dI12- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
[DI13 Configuration] dI13- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
[DI14 Configuration] dI14- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
[DI15 Configuration] dI15- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
[DI16 Configuration] dI16- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570

EAV64318 01/2015 9
 [DI5 Pulse Config] PAI5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
[DI6 Pulse Config] PAI6- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
[Configuration DQ11] dO11- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
[Configuration DQ12] dO12- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
7.49 [Input/Output] - [Analog I/O] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
[AI1 configuration] AI1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
[AI2 configuration] AI2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
[AI3 configuration] AI3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
[AI4 configuration] AI4- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
[AI5 configuration] AI5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
[AQ1 configuration] AO1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
[AQ2 configuration] AO2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
[Virtual AI1] Au1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
7.50 [Input/Output] - [Relay] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
[R1 configuration] r1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
[R2 configuration] r2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
[R3 configuration] r3- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
[R4 configuration] r4- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
[R5 configuration] r5- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
[R6 configuration] r6- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
7.51 [Error/Warning handling]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
[Auto fault reset] Atr- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
[Fault reset] rSt- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
[Catch on the fly] FLr- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
[Error detection disable] InH- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
[External error] EtF- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
[Output phase loss] OPL- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
[Input phase loss] IPL- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
[4-20mA loss] LFL- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
[Fallback speed] LFF- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
[Fieldbus monitoring] CLL- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
[Embedded Modbus TCP] EMtC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
[Communication module] COMO- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
[Undervoltage handling] USb- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
[Ground Fault] GrFL- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
[Warn grp 1 definition] A1C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
[Warn grp 2 definition] A2C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
[Warn grp 3 definition] A3C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
[Warn grp 4 definition] A4C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
[Warn grp 5 definition] A5C- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
7.52 [Maintenance] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
[Diagnostics] dAU- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630
[Drive warranty mgnt] dWMA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
[Customer event 1] CE1- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
[Customer event 2] CE2- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
[Customer event 3] CE3- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
[Customer event 4] CE4- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635
[Customer event 5] CE5- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
[Customer events] CUEv- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
[Fan management] FAMA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
[Maintenance] CSMA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
Chapter 8 [Communication] COM- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
[Modbus Fieldbus] Md1- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
[Com. scanner input] ICS- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
[Com. scanner output] OCS- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645

10 EAV64318 01/2015
 [Modbus HMI] Md2- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
[Embedded Ethernet Configuration] EtE- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
[Ethernet Module Configuration] EtO- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
[CANopen] CnO- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
[DeviceNet] dnC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
[Profibus] PbC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
[Profinet] PnC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
[Communication] COM- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
Chapter 9 [File management] FMt- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
[Transfer config file] tCF- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
[Factory settings] FCS- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
[Parameter group list] FrY- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658
[Factory settings] FCS- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
Chapter 10 [My preferences] MYP- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
10.1 [Language] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
[Language] LnG- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
10.2 [Password] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
[Password] COd- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
10.3 [Parameter access] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
[Restricted channels] PCd- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
[Restricted param] PPA- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666
[Visibility] VIS- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
10.4 [Customization] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
[My menu config.] MYC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
[Display screen type] MSC- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
[Param. Bar Select] PbS- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
[Customer parameters] CYP- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
[Service message] SEr- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
10.5 [Date & Time settings]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
[Date/time settings] RTC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
10.6 [Access level]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
[Access level] LAC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
10.7 [Webserver] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
[Webserver] WbS- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
10.8 [Functions key mgnt] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
[Functions key mgnt] FKG- Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
10.9 [LCD settings] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
[LCD settings] CnL- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
10.10 [Stop and go] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
[Stop and go] StG- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
10.11 [QR code] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
[QR code] qrC- Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
10.12 [Pairing password] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
[Pairing password] PPi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
Part III Maintenance and diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
Chapter 11 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
Chapter 12 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
12.1 Warning Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
Warning Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
12.2 Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
[Angle error] ASF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
[Incorrect Configuration] CFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
[Invalid Configuration] CFI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695

EAV64318 01/2015 11
 [Conf Transfer Error] CFI2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696
[Fieldbus Com Interrupt] CnF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
[CANopen Com Interrupt] COF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
[Precharge Capacitor] CrF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699
[Channel Switch Error] CSF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
[Dry Run Error] drYF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
[EEPROM Control] EEF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
[EEPROM Power] EEF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
[External Error] EPF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
[Fieldbus Error] EPF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
[Embedded Eth Com Interrupt] EtHF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
[Boards Compatibility] HCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
[High Flow Error] HFPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
[Internal Link Error] ILF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
[Internal Error 0] InF0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
[Internal Error 1] InF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
[Internal Error 2] InF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
[Internal Error 3] InF3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
[Internal Error 4] InF4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
[Internal Error 6] InF6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
[Internal Error 7] InF7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
[Internal Error 8] InF8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
[Internal Error 9] InF9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
[Internal Error 10] InFA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
[Internal Error 11] InFb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
[Internal Error 12] InFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
[Internal Error 13] InFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
[Internal Error 14] InFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
[Internal Error 15] InFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
[Internal Error 16] InFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
[Internal Error 17] InFh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
[Internal Error 18] InFi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
[Internal Error 20] InFk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
[Internal Error 21] InFl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
[Internal Error 25] InFP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
[Internal Error 27] InFr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
[Internal Error 30] InFw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
[Inlet Pressure Error] iPPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
[Anti Jam Error] JAMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734
[Input Contactor] LCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
[AI1 4-20mA loss] LFF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736
[AI2 4-20mA loss] LFF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
[AI3 4-20mA loss] LFF3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
[AI4 4-20mA loss] LFF4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
[AI5 4-20mA loss] LFF5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
[DC Bus Overvoltage] ObF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
[Overcurrent] OCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
[Drive Overheating] OHF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
[Process Overload] OLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
[Motor Overload] OLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
[Single Output Phase Loss] OPF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
[Output Phase Loss] OPF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
[Out Pressure High] OPHF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
[Out Pressure Low] OPLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
[Supply Mains Overvoltage] OSF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750

12 EAV64318 01/2015
 [PumpCycle Start Error] PCPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
[PID Feedback Error] PFMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752
[Program Loading Error] PGLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
[Program Running Error] PGrF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754
[Input phase loss] PHF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755
[Pump Low Flow Error] PLFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
[Safety Function Error] SAFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757
[Motor short circuit] SCF1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758
[Ground Short Circuit] SCF3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
[IGBT Short Circuit] SCF4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760
[Motor Short Circuit] SCF5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761
[Modbus Com Interruption] SLF1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762
[PC Com Interruption] SLF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763
[HMI Com Interruption] SLF3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764
[Motor Overspeed] SOF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765
[Motor Stall Error] StF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766
[AI2 Thermal Sensor Error] t2CF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 767
[AI3 Thermal Sensor Error] t3CF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 768
[AI4 Thermal Sensor Error] t4CF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769
[AI5 Thermal Sensor Error] t5CF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770
[AI2 Th Error Level] tH2F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771
[AI3 Th Error Level] tH3F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772
[AI4 Th Error Level] tH4F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773
[AI5 Th Error Level] tH5F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774
[IGBT Overheating] tJF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775
[Autotuning Error] tnF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776
[Process Underload] ULF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777
[Supply Mains Undervoltage] USF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778
12.3 FAQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779
FAQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779

EAV64318 01/2015 13
14 EAV64318 01/2015
 Safety Information

Important Information

NOTICE
Read these instructions carefully, and look at the equipment to become familiar with the device before
trying to install, operate, or maintain it. The following special messages may appear throughout this
documentation or on the equipment to warn of potential hazards or to call attention to information that
clarifies or simplifies a procedure.

PLEASE NOTE
Electrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only by qualified personnel.
No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this
material.
A qualified person is one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction and operation of
electrical equipment and its installation, and has received safety training to recognize and avoid the
hazards involved.

Qualification Of Personnel
Only appropriately trained persons who are familiar with and understand the contents of this manual and
all other pertinent product documentation are authorized to work on and with this product. In addition, these
persons must have received safety training to recognize and avoid hazards involved. These persons must
have sufficient technical training, knowledge and experience and be able to foresee and detect potential
hazards that may be caused by using the product, by changing the settings and by the mechanical,
electrical and electronic equipment of the entire system in which the product is used. All persons working
on and with the product must be fully familiar with all applicable standards, directives, and accident
prevention regulations when performing such work.

EAV64318 01/2015 15
Intended Use
This product is a drive for three-phase synchronous and asynchronous motors and intended for industrial
use according to this manual.The product may only be used in compliance with all applicable safety
regulations and directives, the specified requirements and the technical data.Prior to using the product, you
must perform a risk assessment in view of the planned application. Based on the results, the appropriate
safety measures must be implemented.Since the product is used as a component in an entire system, you
must ensure the safety of persons by means of the design of this entire system (for example, machine
design). Any use other than the use explicitly permitted is prohibited and can result in hazards. Electrical
equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only by qualified personnel.

Product Related Information

Read and understand these instructions before performing any procedure with this drive.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
 Only appropriately trained persons who are familiar with and understand the contents of this manual
and all other pertinent product documentation and who have received safety training to recognize and
avoid hazards involved are authorized to work on and with this drive system. Installation, adjustment,
repair and maintenance must be performed by qualified personnel.
 The system integrator is responsible for compliance with all local and national electrical code
requirements as well as all other applicable regulations with respect to grounding of all equipment.
 Many components of the product, including the printed circuit boards, operate with mains voltage. Do
not touch. Use only electrically insulated tools.
 Do not touch unshielded components or terminals with voltage present.
 Motors can generate voltage when the shaft is rotated. Prior to performing any type of work on the
drive system, block the motor shaft to prevent rotation.
 AC voltage can couple voltage to unused conductors in the motor cable. Insulate both ends of unused
conductors of the motor cable.
 Do not short across the DC bus terminals or the DC bus capacitors or the braking resistor terminals.
 Before performing work on the drive system:
 Disconnect all power, including external control power that may be present.
 Place a Do Not Turn On label on all power switches.
 Lock all power switches in the open position.
 Wait 15 minutes to allow the DC bus capacitors to discharge. The DC bus LED is not an indicator
of the absence of DC bus voltage that can exceed 800 Vdc.
Measure the voltage on the DC bus between the DC bus terminals (PA/+, PC/-) using a properly
rated voltmeter to verify that the voltage is <42 Vdc
 If the DC bus capacitors do not discharge properly, contact your local Schneider Electric represen-
tative. Do not repair or operate the product.
 Install and close all covers before applying voltage.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
UNEXPECTED MOVEMENT
Drive systems may perform unexpected movements because of incorrect wiring, incorrect settings,
incorrect data or other errors.
 Carefully install the wiring in accordance with the EMC requirements.
 Do not operate the product with unknown or unsuitable settings or data.
 Perform a comprehensive commissioning test.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

Damaged products or accessories may cause electric shock or unanticipated equipment operation.

16 EAV64318 01/2015
 DANGER
ELECTRIC SHOCK OR UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Do not use damaged products or accessories.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office if you detect any damage whatsoever.

WARNING
LOSS OF CONTROL
 The designer of any control scheme must consider the potential failure modes of control paths and,
for critical control functions, provide a means to achieve a safe state during and after a path failure.
Examples of critical control functions are emergency stop, overtravel stop, power outage and restart.
 Separate or redundant control paths must be provided for critical control functions.
 System control paths may include communication links. Consideration must be given to the
implications of unanticipated transmission delays or failures of the link.
 Observe all accident prevention regulations and local safety guidelines (1).
 Each implementation of the product must be individually and thoroughly tested for proper operation
before being placed into service.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

(1) For USA: Additional information, refer to NEMA ICS 1.1 (latest edition), Safety Guidelines for the
Application, Installation, and Maintenance of Solid State Control and to NEMA ICS 7.1 (latest edition),
Safety Standards for Construction and Guide for Selection, Installation and Operation of Adjustable-Speed
Drive Systems.

NOTICE
DESTRUCTION DUE TO INCORRECT MAINS VOLTAGE
Before switching on and configuring the product, verify that it is approved for the mains voltage
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

The metal surfaces of the product may exceed 100 C (212 F) during operation.

WARNING
HOT SURFACES
 Ensure that any contact with hot surfaces is avoided.
 Do not allow flammable or heat-sensitive parts in the immediate vicinity of hot surfaces.
 Verify that the heat dissipation is sufficient by performing a test run under maximum load conditions.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

EAV64318 01/2015 17
18 EAV64318 01/2015
 About the Book

At a Glance

Document Scope
The purpose of this document is to:
 help you to set up the drive,
 show you how to program the drive,
 show you the different menus, modes, and parameters,
 help you in maintenance and diagnostics.

Validity Note
This documentation is valid for the Altivar Process drives.
The technical characteristics of the devices described in this document also appear online. To access this
information online:

Step Action
1 Go to the Schneider Electric home page www.schneider-electric.com.
2 In the Search box type the reference of a product or the name of a product range.
 Do not include blank spaces in the reference or product range.
 To get information on grouping similar modules, use asterisks (*).

3 If you entered a reference, go to the Product Datasheets search results and click on the reference that
interests you.
If you entered the name of a product range, go to the Product Ranges search results and click on the
product range that interests you.
4 If more than one reference appears in the Products search results, click on the reference that interests
you.
5 Depending on the size of your screen, you may need to scroll down to see the data sheet.
6 To save or print a data sheet as a .pdf file, click Download XXX product datasheet.

The characteristics that are presented in this manual should be the same as those characteristics that
appear online. In line with our policy of constant improvement, we may revise content over time to improve
clarity and accuracy. If you see a difference between the manual and online information, use the online
information as your reference.

EAV64318 01/2015 19
Related Documents
Use your tablet or your PC to quickly access detailed and comprehensive information on all our products
on www.schneider-electric.com.
The internet site provides the information you need for products and solutions:
 The whole catalog for detailed characteristics and selection guides,
 The CAD files to help design your installation, available in over 20 different file formats,
 All software and firmware to maintain your installation up to date,
 A large quantity of White Papers, Environment documents, Application solutions, Specifications... to
gain a better understanding of our electrical systems and equipment or automation,
 And finally all the User Guides related to your drive, listed below:

Title of Documentation Reference Number

Altivar Process Getting Started EAV63253
Altivar Process Installation Manual EAV64301
Altivar Process Modbus Serial Link Manual (Embedded) EAV64325
Altivar Process Ethernet Manual (Embedded) EAV64327
Altivar Process Ethernet-IP - Modbus TCP Manual (VW3A3720) EAV64328
Altivar Process ProfibusDP manual (VW3A3607) EAV64329
Altivar Process DeviceNet manual (VW3A3609) EAV64330
Altivar Process PROFINET manual (VW3A3627) EAV64333
Altivar Process CANopen Serial Link Manual (VW3A3608, 618, 628) EAV64331
Altivar Process Communication Parameters EAV64332
Altivar Process Safety Function manual EAV64334

You can download these technical publications and other technical information from our website at
www.schneider-electric.com.

Standards and Terminology

The technical terms, terminology, and the corresponding descriptions in this manual normally use the
terms or definitions in the relevant standards.
In the area of drive systems this includes, but is not limited to, terms such as error, error message, failure,
fault, fault reset, protection, safe state, safety function, warning, warning message, and so on.
Among others, these standards include:
 IEC 61800 series: Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems
 IEC 61508 Ed.2 series: Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related
 EN 954-1 Safety of machinery - Safety related parts of control systems
 EN ISO 13849-1 & 2 Safety of machinery - Safety related parts of control systems.
 IEC 61158 series: Industrial communication networks - Fieldbus specifications
 IEC 61784 series: Industrial communication networks - Profiles
 IEC 60204-1: Safety of machinery - Electrical equipment of machines – Part 1: General requirements

20 EAV64318 01/2015
 Altivar Process
Introduction
EAV64318 01/2015

Part I
Introduction

Introduction

What Is in This Part?

This part contains the following chapters:
Chapter Chapter Name Page
1 Setup 23
2 Overview 29

EAV64318 01/2015 21
Introduction

22 EAV64318 01/2015
 Altivar Process
Setup
EAV64318 01/2015

Chapter 1
Setup

Setup

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Preliminary Recommendations 24
Steps for Setting-Up the Drive 26
Software Enhancements 27

EAV64318 01/2015 23
Setup

Preliminary Recommendations

Before Powering up the Drive

WARNING
UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Verify that all digital inputs are inactive to avoid any unanticipated operation.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

WARNING
UNEXPECTED MOVEMENT
Drive systems may perform unexpected movements because of incorrect wiring, incorrect settings,
incorrect data or other errors.
 Carefully install the wiring in accordance with the EMC requirements.
 Do not operate the product with unknown or unsuitable settings or data.
 Perform a comprehensive commissioning test.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

CAUTION
RISK OF DERATED PERFORMANCE DUE TO CAPACITOR AGING
The product capacitor performances after a long time storage above 2 years can be degraded.In that
case, before using the product, apply the following procedure:
 Use a variable AC supply connected between L1 and L2
 Increase AC supply voltage to have:
 80% of rated voltage during 30 min
 100% of rated voltage for another 30 min

Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

Start-up
NOTE:
If a Run command such as Run forward, Run reverse, DC injection is still active during:
 A product reset to the factory settings,
 A manual "Fault Reset" using [Fault Reset Assign] RsF,
 A manual "Fault reset" by applying a product switched off and on again,
 A stop command given by a channel that is not the active channel command (such as Stop key of the
display terminal in 2/3 wires control),
The drive is in a blocking state and displays [Freewheel Stop] nSt. It will be necessary to deactivate all
active Run commands prior to authorizing a new Run command.

Mains Contactor

NOTICE
RISK OF DAMAGE TO THE DRIVE
Mains contactor must not be activated with a cycle shorter than 60 s.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

24 EAV64318 01/2015
 Setup

Using a Motor with a Lower Rating or Dispensing with a Motor Altogether

In factory settings, the motor output phase loss detection is active: [OutPhaseLoss Assign] OPL is set
to [OPF Error Triggered] YES. For details, refer to the parameter description (see page 612). For
commissioning tests or maintenance phase, the drive could be connected to a small motor power size and
thus trigger an error [Output Phase Loss] OPL2 or [Single output phase loss] OPF1 when a Run
command is applied.For that purpose, the function can be disabled by setting [OutPhaseLossAssign]
OPL to [Function Inactive] nO.
Set also [Motor control type] Ctt to [U/F VC Standard] Std in [Motor parameters] MPA-. For
details, refer to the parameter description (see page 202).

NOTICE
MOTOR OVERHEATING
External thermal monitoring against overloads is required under the following circumstances:
 If a motor with a nominal current of less than 20% of the nominal current of the drive is connected.
 If using Motor Switching function

Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
If output phase monitoring is disabled, phase loss and, by implication, accidental disconnection of cables,
are not detected.
 Verify that the setting of this parameter does not result in unsafe conditions.

Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

EAV64318 01/2015 25
Setup

Steps for Setting-Up the Drive

Tips
Use the [Config. Source] FCSI parameter (see page 657) to restore the factory settings at any time.
NOTE: The following operations must be performed for optimum drive performance in terms of accuracy
and response time:
 Enter the values indicated on the motor nameplate in the [Motor parameters] MPA- menu.
 Perform autotuning with the motor cold and connected using the [Autotuning] tUn parameter.

26 EAV64318 01/2015
 Setup

Software Enhancements

Overview
Since the Altivar Process was first launched, it has benefited from the addition of several new functions.
The software version has been updated to V1.2.
Although this documentation relates to version V1.2, it can still be used with earlier versions.

Enhancements Made to Version V1.2 in Comparison to V1.1

Factory setting Enhancements

[IGBT test] Strt This function is now enabled in factory configuration and is
accessible in the [Motor thermal monitoring] MOP- menu

Menu Parameter Enhancements

[Motor parameters] [Motor Control Type] [SYN_U VC] SYnU: motor control type specific for permanent
MPA- Ctt magnet synchronous motors
[Sleep/Wakeup] [Sleep Detect Mode] Replacement of [Sensor] SnSr: system enters in sleep mode on
spw- slpm sensor condition by:
 [Flow] LF: system enters in sleep mode on low flow
 [Pressure] HP: system enters in sleep mode on high pressure
 [Multiple] Or: system enters in sleep mode on multiple-OR
condition
Addition of possible pressure sensor assignment and configuration
for sleep function:
 [AIx Sensor config.] SoAx-
 [AIV1 Sensor config.] SoV1-
 [Sleep Pressure Level] SLPL

[Wake Up Mode] Addition of [Pressure] lP: wake up on low-pressure condition

wupm Addition of possible pressure sensor assignment and configuration
for wake up function:
 [AIx Sensor config.] woAx-
 [AIV1 Sensor config.] woV1-
 [Wake Up Press Level] wuPL

[Pipe fill] pfi- [Pipe Fill on Wake New parameter

Up] pfwu
[Counter [Fan operation Time] Replacement by [Fan operation Time] fpbt (32 bits)
Management] fcpt
elt-
[Data] mtd- [% error EMF sync] This parameter is now accessible with the Graphic Display Terminal
rdae

EAV64318 01/2015 27
Setup

28 EAV64318 01/2015
 Altivar Process
Overview
EAV64318 01/2015

Chapter 2
Overview

Overview

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Factory Configuration 30
Application Functions 31
Basic Functions 33
Graphic Display Terminal 34
Structure of the Parameter Table 36
Finding a Parameter in This Document 37

EAV64318 01/2015 29
Overview

Factory Configuration

Factory Settings
The drive is factory-set for common operating conditions:
 Display: drive ready [Ref Frequency] LFR when motor is ready to run and motor frequency when
motor is running.
 The DI2 to DI6 digital inputs, AI2 and AI3 analog inputs, R2 and R3 relays are unassigned.
 Stop mode when error detected: freewheel.
 Reverse direction is disabled.

This table presents the basic parameters of the drive and their factory setting values:

Code Name Factory Setting Values

bFr [Basic Frequency] [50Hz IEC] 50
rIn [Reverse Disable] [Yes] yes
tCC [2/3-Wire Control] [2-Wire Control] 2C: 2-wire control
Ctt [Motor control type] [U/F VC Quad.] UFq: U/F for quadratics loads
ACC [Acceleration] 10.0 s
dEC [Deceleration] 10.0 s
LSP [Low Speed] 0.0 Hz
HSP [High Speed] 50.0 Hz
ItH [Motor Th Current] Nominal motor current (value depending on drive rating)
Frd [Forward] [DI1] dI1: Digital input DI1
Fr1 [Ref Freq 1 Config] [AI1] AI1: Analog input AI1
r1 [R1 Assignment] [Operating State Fault] FLt: the contact opens when the
drive has detected error or when the drive has been switched
off
brA [Dec.Ramp Adapt] [Yes] YES: function active (automatic adaptation of
deceleration ramp)
Atr [Auto Fault Reset] [No] nO: function inactive
Stt [Type of stop] [On Ramp] rMP: on ramp

NOTE: If you want to restore the drive presettings to their factory values, set [Restore config.] FCS to
[Macro Config] Ini.
Verify whether the above values are compatible with the application and modify them if required.

30 EAV64318 01/2015
 Overview

Application Functions

Introduction
The following tables show the combinations of functions and applications in order to guide your selection.
The applications in these tables relate to the following applications:
 Borehole pump
 Pumping station
 Boosting station
 Miscellaneous: fan, compressor
 Lift station

Each application has its own special features, and the combinations listed here are not mandatory or
exhaustive.
Some functions are designed specifically for a given application. In this case, the application is identified
by a tab in the margin on the relevant programming pages.

Combinations of Functions and Applications

Control functions:

Function Application
Borehole pump Pumping Boosting Miscellaneous Lift station
station station
PID controller X X X X
Sleep/wake up X
Feedback monitoring X X X X X
Pump characteristics X X X X X
Pump start stop X X X X X
Pipe fill X X
Friction loss X
compensation
Sensorless flow X X X X
estimation
Jockey pump X
Priming pump control X
Flow limitation X X X
Jump frequency
Automatic restart X X X X
Catch on fly X
Threshold reached X X X X X
Mains contactor X X X X X
command
Reverse disable X X X X
Torque limitation X
Parameter set switching X X X X X
Stop on prolonged X X
speed
Acceleration X X X X X
deceleration ramps
Motor control type X X X X X
Motor tune X X X X X
Output phase rotation X X X X X
Energy parameter X X X X X
Data logging X X X X X

EAV64318 01/2015 31
Overview

Monitoring functions:

Function Application
Borehole pump Pumping Boosting Miscellaneous Lift station
station station
Pumpcycle monitoring X X X X X
Anti-Jam X X
Dry run monitoring X X X X X
Pump low flow X X X X X
monitoring
Thermal pump X X X X X
monitoring
Inlet pressure X X
monitoring
Outlet pressure X X X X
monitoring
High flow monitoring X X X X X
Process underload X X X X X
monitoring
Process overload X X X X X
monitoring
Stall monitoring X
Thermal sensor X X X X X
monitoring
Surge voltage limitation X X X X X
4-20 loss X X X X X
Safe Torque Off X X X X X

Display functions:

Function Application
Borehole pump Pumping Boosting Miscellaneous Lift station
station station
Energy parameters X X X X X
Data logging X X X X X

32 EAV64318 01/2015
 Overview

Basic Functions

Drive Ventilation
If [Fan mode] FFM is set to:
 [Standard] Std, the fan is activated during the all run time of the motor. According to drive rating, this
could be the only available setting.
 [Always] rUn, the fan is always activated.
 [Economy] ECo, the fan is activated only if necessary, according to the internal thermal state of the
drive.
Fan speed and [Fan Operation Time] FPbt are monitored values:
 An abnormal low speed of the fan triggers a warning [Fan Feedback Warning] FFdA.
 As soon as [Fan Operation Time] FPbt reach the predefined value of 45,000 hours, a warning [Fan
Counter Warning] FCtA is triggered.
[Fan Operation Time] FPbt counter can be set to 0 by using the [Counter Reset] rPr parameter.

EAV64318 01/2015 33
Overview

Graphic Display Terminal

Description of the Graphic Display Terminal

This Graphic Display Terminal is a local control unit which can be either plugged on the drive or mounted
on the door of the wall-mounted or floor-standing enclosure. It has a cable with connectors, which is
connected to the drive front Modbus serial link. The Graphic Display Terminal embeds a real time clock
used for the time stamping of logged data and all other functions which require time information.

1 STOP / RESET: Stop command / apply a Fault Reset.

2 LOCAL / REMOTE: used to switch between local and remote control of the drive.
3 ESC: used to quit a menu/parameter or remove the currently displayed value in order to revert to the previous value
retained in the memory
4 F1 to F4: function keys used to access drive id, QR code, quick view, and submenus. Simultaneous press of F1 and
F4 keys generates a screenshot file in the Graphic Display Terminal internal memory.
5 Graphic display.
6 Home: used to access directly at the home page.
7 Information: used to have more information about menus, submenus, and parameters. The selected parameter or
menu code is displayed on the first line of the information page.
8 RUN: executes the function assuming it has been configured.
9 Touch wheel / OK: used to save the current value or access the selected menu/parameter. The touch wheel is used
to scroll fast into the menus. Up/down arrows are used for precise selections, right/left arrows are used to select
digits when setting a numerical value of a parameter.
10 RJ45 Modbus serial port: used to connect the Graphic Display Terminal to the drive in remote control.
11 MiniB USB port: used to connect the Graphic Display Terminal to a computer.
12 Battery (10 years service life. Type: CR2032). The battery positive pole points to the front face of the Graphic
Display Terminal.

NOTE: Keys 1, 8 and 9 can be used to control the drive if control via the Graphic Display Terminal is
activated. To activate the keys on the Graphic Display Terminal, you first need to set [Ref Freq 1 Config]
Fr1 to [Ref.Freq-Rmt.Term] LCC.

34 EAV64318 01/2015
 Overview

Description of the Graphic Display

1 Display line: its content can be configured

2 Menu line: indicates the name of the current menu or submenu
3 Menus, submenus, parameters, values, bar charts, and so on, are displayed in drop-down window format on a
maximum of five lines. The line or value selected by the navigation button is displayed in reverse video
4 Section displaying tabs (1 to 4 by menu), these tabs can be accessed using F1 to F4 keys

Display line details:

Key
1 Drive state
2 Active control channel
 TERM: terminals
 HMI: Graphic Display Terminal
 MDB: integrated Modbus serial
 CAN: CANopen®
 NET: fieldbus module
 ETH: integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP

3 Customer defined
4 Customer defined
5 Present time
6 Battery level
7 Warning indicator

Graphic Display Terminal Connected to a Computer

NOTICE
RISK OF DAMAGE TO THE COMPUTER
Do not connect the Graphic Display Terminal to the drive via a Modbus RJ45 link and to the computer via
a USB link at the same time.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

The Graphic Display Terminal is recognized as a USB storage device named SE_VW3A1111 while
plugged on a computer.
This allows to access the saved drive configurations (DRVCONF menu) and the Graphic Display Terminal
screenshots (PRTSCR menu).
Screenshots can be stored by a simultaneous press on F1 and F4 function keys
The Graphic Display Terminal language files can also be accessed and updated (LANG menu).
Language files are available on www.schneider-electric.com.
NOTE: Prior to make a backup of the original language file before you replace it by another one.

EAV64318 01/2015 35
Overview

Structure of the Parameter Table

General Legend

Pictogram Description
These parameters only appear if the corresponding function has been selected in another menu.
When the parameters can also be accessed and adjusted from within the configuration menu for
the corresponding function, their description is detailed in these menus, on the pages indicated,
to aid programming.
Setting of this parameter can be done during operation or when stopped.
NOTE: It is recommended to stop the motor before modifying any of the settings.
To change the assignment of the parameter, reinforced validation is required.

Parameter Presentation
Below is an example of a parameter presentation:

36 EAV64318 01/2015
 Overview

Finding a Parameter in This Document

With the Graphic Display Terminal

Select the required parameter and press .

The parameter code is displayed at the top of the information window.
Example: [Acceleration] code is ACC.

With the Manual

It is possible to use either the parameter name or the parameter code to search in the manual the page
giving details of the selected parameter.

Difference Between Menu and Parameter

A dash after menu and submenu codes is used to differentiate menu commands from parameter codes.
Example:

Level Name Code

Menu [Ramp] rAMP-
Parameter [Acceleration] ACC

EAV64318 01/2015 37
Overview

38 EAV64318 01/2015
 Altivar Process
Programming
EAV64318 01/2015

Part II
Programming

Programming

What Is in This Part?

This part contains the following chapters:
Chapter Chapter Name Page
3 [Simply start] SYS- 41
4 [Dashboard] dSH- 51
5 [Diagnostics] dIA- 79
6 [Display] MOn- 101
7 [Complete settings] CSt- 173
8 [Communication] COM- 641
9 [File management] FMt- 655
10 [My preferences] MYP- 661

EAV64318 01/2015 39
Programming

40 EAV64318 01/2015
 Altivar Process
Simply start SYS-
EAV64318 01/2015

Chapter 3
[Simply start] SYS-

[Simply start] SYS-

Introduction

[Simply start] SYS- menu contains 3 tabs for quick access to mains features:
 Simply Start tab which gives a quick access to basic parameters to set.
 My Menu tab which is a user-defined menu for quick access to specific parameters.
 Modified Parameters tab which gives a quick access to the last modified parameters.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Simply start] SIM- Menu 42
[My menu] MYMn- Menu 48
[Modified parameters] LMd- Menu 49

EAV64318 01/2015 41
Simply start SYS-

[Simply start] SIM- Menu

Access
[Simply start] [Simply start]

About This Menu

This menu provides a quick access to the basic parameters to set.

[Basic Frequency] bFr

Basic frequency.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor control type ] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.
This parameter modifies the presets of the following parameters:
 [High Speed] HSP
 [Motor Freq Thd] Ftd
 [Nom Motor Voltage] UnS
 [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS
 [Max Frequency] tFr

Setting Code / Value Description

[50 Hz IEC] 50 IEC
Factory setting
[60 Hz NEMA] 60 NEMA

[Nominal motor power] nPr

Nominal motor power.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Motor control type ] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU, and
 [Motor param choice] MPC is set to [Mot Power] nPr.

Rated motor power given on the nameplate, in kW if [Basic Frequency] bFr is set to [50Hz IEC] 50,
in HP if [Basic Frequency] bFr is set to [60Hz NEMA] 60.

Setting Description
According to drive rating –
Factory setting: according to the drive rating

[Nom Motor Voltage] UnS

Nominal motor voltage.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor control type ] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.
Rated motor voltage given on the nameplate.

Setting Description
100.0...690.0 Vac Setting range
Factory setting: according to drive rating and [Basic Frequency] bFr

[Nom Motor Current] nCr

This parameter can be accessed if [Motor control type ] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.
Rated motor current given on the nameplate.

Setting Description

0.25...1.5 In (1) Setting range

Factory setting: according to drive rating and [Basic Frequency] bFr
(1) Corresponding to the rated drive current indicated in the installation manual and on the drive nameplate.

42 EAV64318 01/2015
 Simply start SYS-

[Nominal Motor Freq] FrS

Nominal motor frequency.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor control type ] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.
The factory setting is 50 Hz, or preset to 60 Hz if [Basic Frequency] bFr is set to 60 Hz.

Setting Description
40.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 50.0 Hz

[Nominal Motor Speed] nSP

Nominal motor speed.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor control type ] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.
If the nameplate indicates the synchronous speed and the slip in Hz or as a %, use one of the formulas to
calculate the rated speed:

 Nominal speed = Synchronous speed x

 Nominal speed = Synchronous speed x (60 Hz motors)

 Nominal speed = Synchronous speed x (50 Hz motors).

Setting Description
0...65,535 rpm Setting range
Factory setting: according to drive rating

[Motor 1 Cosinus Phi] COS

Nominal motor cosinus Phi.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Motor control type ] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU, and
 [Motor param choice] MPC is set to [Mot Cosinus] COS.

Setting Description
0.50...1.00 Setting range
Factory setting: according to the drive rating

EAV64318 01/2015 43
Simply start SYS-

[2/3-Wire Control] tCC

2-wire or 3-wire control.

WARNING
UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
If this parameter is changed, the parameters [Reverse Assign] rrS and [2-wire type] tCt and the
assignments of the digital inputs are reset to the factory setting.
Verify that this change is compatible with the type of wiring used.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

Setting Code / Value Description

[2-Wire Control] 2C 2-wire control (level commands): This is the input state (0 or 1) or edge
(0 to 1 or 1 to 0), which controls running or stopping.
Example of source wiring:

DI1 Forward
DIx Reverse

Factory setting
[3-Wire Control] 3C 3-wire control (pulse commands) [3 wire]: A forward or reverse pulse is
sufficient to command starting, a stop pulse is sufficient to command
stopping.
Example of source wiring:

DI1 Stop
DI2 Forward
DIx Reverse

[Max Frequency] tFr

Maximum output frequency.
The factory setting is 60 Hz, or preset to 72 Hz if [Basic Frequency] bFr is set to 60 Hz.

Setting Description
10.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 60 Hz

44 EAV64318 01/2015
 Simply start SYS-

[Autotuning] tUn

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK OR ARC FLASH
During [Autotuning] tUn, the motor operates at nominal current.
 Verify that the same precautions are in place during [Autotuning] tUn as during normal operation
of the motor as specified in product manuals and in the manual of the motor.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
LOSS OF CONTROL
 The parameters [Nom Motor Voltage] UnS, [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS, [Nom Motor Current]
nCr, [Nominal Motor Speed] nSP, and [Nominal motor power] nPr or [Motor 1 Cosinus Phi]
COS must be correctly set before starting autotuning.
 When one or more of these parameters have been changed after autotuning has been performed,
[Autotuning] tUn will return nO and the autotuning will have to be repeated.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

In any case, the motor has to be stopped before performing a tune operation. Verify that the application
does not make the motor turn during the tune operation.
The tune operation optimizes:
 The motor performances at low speed.
 The estimation of the motor torque.
 The accuracy of the estimation of the process values in sensorless operation and monitoring.

Autotuning is only performed if no stop command has been activated. If a “freewheel stop” or “fast stop”
function has been assigned to a digital input, this input must be set to 1 (active at 0).
Autotuning takes priority over any run or prefluxing commands, which will be taken into account after the
autotuning sequence.
If autotuning has detected error, the drive always displays [No action] nO and, depending on the
configuration of [Tuning Error Resp] tnL, may switch to [Autotuning] tUn detected error mode.
Autotuning may last for several seconds. Do not interrupt the process. Wait for the Graphic Display
Terminal to change to [No action] nO.
NOTE: The motor thermal state has a significant influence on the tuning result. Always perform a motor
tuning with the motor stopped and cold. Verify that the application does not have the motor operate during
a tuning operation.
To redo a motor tuning, wait that it is stopped and cold. Set first [Autotuning] tUn to [Erase
Autotuning] CLr, then redo the motor tuning.
The use of the motor tuning without doing a [Erase Autotuning] CLr first is used to get the thermal state
estimation of the motor.
The cable length has an influence on the tune result. If the wiring is modified, it is necessary to redo the
tune operation.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No action] nO Autotuning not in progress

Factory setting
[Apply Autotuning] YES Autotuning is performed immediately if possible, then the parameter
automatically changes to [No action] nO. If the drive state does not allow
the tune operation immediately, the parameter changes to [No] nO and the
operation must be done again.
[Erase Autotuning] CLr The motor parameters measured by the autotuning function are reset. The
default motor parameter values are used to control the motor. [Autotuning
Status] tUS is set to [Not done] tAB.

EAV64318 01/2015 45
Simply start SYS-

[Autotuning Status] tUS

Autotuning status.
(for information only, cannot be modified)
This parameter is not saved at drive power off. It shows the autotuning status since last power-on.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not done] tAb Autotune is not done

Factory setting
[Pending] PEnd Autotune has been requested but not yet performed
[In Progress] PrOG Autotune is in progress
[Error] FAIL Autotune has detected error
[Autotuning Done] dOnE The motor parameters measured by the autotuning function are used to
control the motor

[Motor Th Current] ItH

Motor thermal monitoring current to be set to the rated current indicated on the nameplate.

Setting Description

0.2...1.1 In(1) Setting range

Factory setting: According to drive rating
(1) Corresponding to the rated drive current indicated in the installation manual and on the drive nameplate.

[Acceleration] ACC
Time to accelerate from 0 to the [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS. To have a repeatability in the ramps, the
value of this parameter must be set according to the possibility of the application.

Setting Description

0.0...6,000.0 s (1) Setting range

Factory setting: 10.0 s
(1) Range 0.01 to 99.99 s or 0.1 to 999.9 s or 1...6,000 s according to [Ramp increment] Inr.

[Deceleration] dEC
Time to decelerate from the [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS to 0. To have a repeatability in the ramps, the
value of this parameter must be set according to the possibility of the application.

Setting Description

0.0...6,000.0 s (1) Setting range

Factory setting: 10.0 s
(1) Range 0.01 to 99.99 s or 0.1 to 999.9 s or 1...6,000 s according to [Ramp increment] Inr.

46 EAV64318 01/2015
 Simply start SYS-

[Low Speed] LSP

Low speed.
Motor frequency at minimum reference, can be set between 0 and [High Speed] HSP.

Setting Description

0.0... [High Speed] HSP Hz Setting range

Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[High Speed] HSP

High speed.
Motor frequency at maximum reference, can be set between [Low Speed] LSP and [Max Frequency]
tFr. The factory setting changes to 60 Hz if [Basic Frequency] bFr is set to [60Hz NEMA] 60.

Setting Description

0.0...[Max Frequency] TFR Hz Setting range

Factory setting: 50.0 Hz

EAV64318 01/2015 47
Simply start SYS-

[My menu] MYMn- Menu

Access
[Simply start] [My menu]

About This Menu

This menu contains the parameters selected in the [My menu config.] MyC- Menu.
NOTE: This menu is empty by default.

48 EAV64318 01/2015
 Simply start SYS-

[Modified parameters] LMd- Menu

Access
[Simply start] [Modified parameters]

About This Menu

This menu gives a quick access to the 10 last modified parameters

EAV64318 01/2015 49
Simply start SYS-

50 EAV64318 01/2015
 Altivar Process
Dashboard dSH-
EAV64318 01/2015

Chapter 4
[Dashboard] dSH-

[Dashboard] dSH-

Introduction

[Dashboard] dSH- menu contains 3 tabs for quick access to control and display features:
 Display tab which allows you to access the main display parameters.
 Control tab to configure the main control parameters.
 Energy tab which provides a complete access for instantaneous power counters and energy reports by
means of graphics on the Graphic Display Terminal.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following sections:
Section Topic Page
4.1 [Display] 52
4.2 [Control] 71
4.3 [Energy] 76
4.4 [Dashboard] 78

EAV64318 01/2015 51
Dashboard dSH-

Section 4.1
[Display]

[Display]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Display] Mnt- Menu 53
[Digital input map] LIA- Menu 55
[AI1] AI1C- Menu 56
[AI2] AI2C- Menu 58
[AI3] AI3C- Menu 59
[AI4] AI4C- Menu 60
[AI5] AI5C- Menu 61
[Digital output map] LOA- Menu 62
[AQ1] AO1C- Menu 63
[AQ2] AO2C- Menu 67
[DI5 frequency measured] PFC5- Menu 68
[DI6 frequency measured] PFC6- Menu 70

52 EAV64318 01/2015
 Dashboard dSH-

[Display] Mnt- Menu

Access
[Dashboard] [Display]

About This Menu

This menu gives an access to the basic parameter values to display.

[Pre-Ramp Ref Freq] FrH

Frequency reference before ramp (signed value).
Actual frequency reference lied to the motor regardless of which reference channel has been selected.
This parameter is in read-only mode.

Setting Description
-[High Speed] HSP...[High Speed] HSP Hz Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Drive State] HMIS

Drive state.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Autotuning] tUn Autotuning
[In DC inject.] dCb DC Injection
[Ready] rdY Drive ready
[Freewheel] nSt Freewheel stop control
[Running] rUn Motor in steady state or run command present and zero reference
[Accelerating] ACC Acceleration
[Decelerating] dEC Deceleration
[Current limitation] CLI In current limitation
[Fast stop] FSt Fast stop
[Mot. fluxing] FLU Fluxing function is activated
[No Mains Voltage] nLP Control is powered on but the DC bus is not loaded
[control.stop] CtL Controlled stop
[Dec. adapt.] Obr Adapted deceleration
[Output cut] SOC Stand by output cut
[Undervoltage Warning] USA Undervoltage warning
[In autotest] St Self test in progress
[Autotest error] FA Self test detected error
[Autotest OK] YES Self test OK
[EEprom test] EP Self test EEPROM detected error
[“Operating State FLt Product has detected an error
"Fault"“]
[DCP Flashing Mode] dCP DCP flashing mode
[STO Active] StO Safe Torque Off active
[Energy Saving] IdLE Idle stop and go mode

[Outlet Pressure] PS2U

Outlet pressure sensor value.
This parameter can be accessed if [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is not set to [Not Configured] nO.

Setting Description
[Low pressure] PS2L...[High pressure] PS2H Setting range
Factory setting: –

EAV64318 01/2015 53
Dashboard dSH-

[Inlet Press. Value] PS1U

Inlet pressure sensor value.
This parameter can be accessed if [InletPres Assign] PS1A is not set to [Not Configured] nO.

Setting Description
[Low pressure] PS1L...[High pressure] PS1H Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Installation Flow] FS1U

Flow rate sensor value.
This parameter can be accessed if [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is not set to [Not Configured] nO.

Setting Description
[Low pressure] PS1L...[High pressure] PS1H Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Flow Estimated] SLFU

Estimated flow value.
This parameter can be accessed if [Flow Estimation Mode] FEM is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description

SLFJ...SFLK Setting range

Factory setting: -

[PID Feedback Value] rPF

Value of the PID controller feedback.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO.

Setting Description
[Min PID feedback] PIF1...[Max PID feedback] PIF2 Setting range
Factory setting: -

[Motor Current] LCr

Motor current.

Setting Description
According to drive rating Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Motor speed] SPd

Motor speed in rpm.

Setting Description
0...65,535 rrpm Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Motor Therm state] tHr

Motor thermal state.
The normal motor thermal state is 100%, the [Motor Overload] OLF threshold is set to 118%.

Setting Description
0...200% Setting range
Factory setting: –

54 EAV64318 01/2015
 Dashboard dSH-

[Digital input map] LIA- Menu

Access
[Dashboard] [Display] [I/O map] [Digital input map]

About This Menu

This menu presents the state and assignment of digital inputs.
Read-only parameters, cannot be configured.
It is used to visualize the state of the digital inputs and Safe Torque Off inputs.
It displays all the functions that are assigned to the digital input in order to verify for multiple assignments.
If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed. Use the touch wheel to scroll through the
functions.

EAV64318 01/2015 55
Dashboard dSH-

[AI1] AI1C- Menu

Access
[Dashboard] [Display] [I/O map] [Analog inputs image] [AI1]

About This Menu

This menu presents the characteristics of the analog input.

[AI1] AI1C
Physical value AI1.
AI1 customer image: value of analog input 1.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: _

NOTE: The parameters [AI1 Assignment] AI1A, [AI1 min value] UIL1, [AI1 max value] UIH1
and [AI1 filter] AI1F can be accessed on the Graphic Display Terminal by pressing the OK key on the
[AI1] AI1C parameter.

[AI1 Assignment] AI1A

Analog input AI1 functions assignment.
Read-only parameter, cannot be configured. It displays all the functions associated with input AI1 in order
to verify, for example, for compatibility problems.
If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
[AQ1 assignment] AO1 Analog output AQ1
[AQ2 assignment] AO2 Analog output AQ2
[Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference frequency channel 1
Factory Setting
[Ref Freq Channel 2] Fr2 Reference frequency channel 2
[Ref Frequency 2 Summing] SA2 Reference frequency 2 summing
[PID Feedback] PIF PI controller feedback
[Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA2 Subtract reference frequency 2
[Manual PID Ref.] PIM Manual speed reference of the PID controller (auto-man)
[PID Ref Frequency] FPI PID reference frequency
[Ref Frequency 3 Summing] SA3 Reference frequency 3 summing
[Ref Frequency 1B] Fr1b Reference frequency 1B
[Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA3 Subtract reference frequency 3
[Forced local] FLOC Forced local reference source1
[Ref Frequency 2 multiplier] MA2 Reference frequency 2 multiplier
[Ref Frequency 3 multiplier] MA3 Reference frequency 3 multiplier
[Virtual AI1 Channel] AIC1 Virtual AI1 channel selector function
[InletPres Assign] PS1A Select the source of inlet pressure sensor
[OutletPres Assign] PS2A Select the source of outlet pressure sensor
[Inst Flow Assign] FS1A Select the source of installation flow sensor
[Pump Flow Assign] FS2A Select the source of pump flow sensor

56 EAV64318 01/2015
 Dashboard dSH-

[AI1 min value] UIL1

AI1 minimum value.
AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc

[AI1 max value] UIH1

AI1 maximum value.
AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc

[AI1 min. value] CrL1

AI1 minimum value.
AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AI1 max. value] CrH1

AI1 maximum value.
AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

[AI1 filter] AI1F

Interference filtering cutoff time of the low-filter.

Setting Description
0.00...10.00 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0.00 s

EAV64318 01/2015 57
Dashboard dSH-

[AI2] AI2C- Menu

Access
[Dashboard] [Display] [I/O map] [Analog inputs image] [AI2]

About This Menu

This menu presents the characteristics of the analog input.

[AI2] AI2C
Physical value AI2.
AI2 customer image: value of analog input 2.
Identical to [AI1] AI1C (see page 56).

[AI2 Assignment] AI2A

Analog input AI2 functions assignment. If no function has been assigned, [No] nO is displayed.
Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 56).

[AI2 min value] UIL2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 57).

[AI2 max value] UIH2

AI2 maximum value.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 57).

[AI2 min. value] CrL2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 type] AI2t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 57).

[AI2 max. value] CrH2

AI2 maximum value.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 type] AI2t is set to [Current] 0A.
AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 57).

[AI2 filter] AI2F

Interference filtering.
Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 57).

58 EAV64318 01/2015
 Dashboard dSH-

[AI3] AI3C- Menu

Access
[Dashboard] [Display] [I/O map] [Analog inputs image] [AI3]

About This Menu

This menu presents the characteristics of the analog input.

[AI3] AI3C
Physical value AI3.
AI3 customer image: value of analog input 3.
Identical to [AI1] AI1C (see page 56).

[AI3 Assignment] AI3A

Analog input AI3 functions assignment. If no function has been assigned, [No] nO is displayed.
Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 56).

[AI3 min value] UIL3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 57).

[AI3 max value] UIH3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 57).

[AI3 min. value] CrL3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 type] AI3t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 57).

[AI3 max. value] CrH3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 type] AI3t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 57).

[AI3 filter] AI3F

AI3 filter.
Interference filtering.
Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 57).

EAV64318 01/2015 59
Dashboard dSH-

[AI4] AI4C- Menu

Access
[Dashboard] [Display] [I/O map] [Analog inputs image] [AI4]

About This Menu

This menu presents the characteristics of the analog input.
It can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.

[AI4] AI4C
Physical value AI4.
AI4 customer image: value of analog input 4.
Identical to [AI1] AI1C (see page 56).

[AI4 Assignment] AI4A

Analog input AI4 functions assignment. If no function has been assigned, [No] nO is displayed.
Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 56).

[AI4 min value] UIL4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 type] AI4t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 57).

[AI4 max value] UIH4

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 type] AI4t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 57).

[AI4 min. value] CrL4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 type] AI4t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 57).

[AI4 max. value] CrH4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 type] AI4t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 57).

[AI4 filter] AI4F

Interference filtering cut-off time of the low-filter.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 type] AI4t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 57).

60 EAV64318 01/2015
 Dashboard dSH-

[AI5] AI5C- Menu

Access
[Dashboard] [Display] [I/O map] [Analog inputs image] [AI5]

About This Menu

This menu presents the characteristics of the analog input. It can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension
module has been inserted.

[AI5] AI5C
AI5 customer image: value of analog input 5.
Identical to [AI1] AI1C (see page 56).

[AI5 Assignment] AI5A

AI5 functions assignment. If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed.
Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 56).

[AI5 min value] UIL5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 type] AI5t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 57).

[AI5 max value] UIH5

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 type] AI5t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 57).

[AI5 min. value] CrL5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 type] AI5t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 57).

[AI5 max. value] CrH5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 type] AI5t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 57).

[AI5 filter] AI5F

Interference filtering cut-off time of the low-filter.
Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 57).

EAV64318 01/2015 61
Dashboard dSH-

[Digital output map] LOA- Menu

Access
[Dashboard] [Display] [I/O map] [Digital output map]

About This Menu

This menu presents the state and assignment of digital outputs.

62 EAV64318 01/2015
 Dashboard dSH-

[AQ1] AO1C- Menu

Access
[Dashboard] [Display] [I/O map] [Analog outputs image] [AQ1]

About This Menu

Analogic output functions.
Following parameters can be accessed on the Graphic Display Terminal by pressing the OK key on the
[AQ1] AO1C parameter.

Minimum and Maximum Output Values

The minimum output value, in volts, corresponds to the lower limit of the assigned parameter and the
maximum value corresponds to its upper limit. The minimum value may be greater than the maximum
value.

PA Parameter assigned
C / VO Current or voltage output
UL Upper limit
LL Lower limit
1 [Min Output] AOLx or UOLx
2 [Max Output] AOHx or UOHx

EAV64318 01/2015 63
Dashboard dSH-

Scaling of the Assigned Parameter

The scale of the assigned parameter can be adapted in accordance with requirements by modifying the
values of the lower and upper limits with 2 parameters for each analog output.
These parameters are given in %. 100% corresponds to the total variation range of the configured
parameter, so: 100% = upper limit - lower limit.
For example, [Sign. torque] Stq which varies between -3 and +3 times the rated torque, 100%
corresponds to 6 times the rated torque.
 The [Scaling AQx min] ASLx parameter modifies the lower limit: new value = lower limit + (range x
ASLx). The value 0% (factory setting) does not modify the lower limit.
 The [Scaling AQx max] ASHx parameter modifies the upper limit: new value = lower limit + (range
x ASLx). The value 100% (factory setting) does not modify the upper limit.
 [Scaling AQx min] ASLx must always be lower than [Scaling AQx max] ASHx.

UL Upper limit of the assigned parameter

LL Lower limit of the assigned parameter
NS New scale
1 ASHx
2 ASLx

Application Example
The value of the motor current at the AO1 output is to be transferred with 0...20 mA, range 2 In motor, In
motor being the equivalent of a 0.8 In drive.
 The [Motor Current] OCr parameter varies from 0 to 2 times the rated drive current, or a range of 2.5
times the rated drive current.
 [Scaling AQ1 min] ASL1 must not modify the lower limit, which therefore remains at its factory
setting of 0%.
 [Scaling AQ1 max] ASH1 must modify the upper limit by 0.5x the rated motor torque, or 100 - 100/5
= 80% (new value = lower limit + (range x ASH1).

[AQ1] AO1C
AO1 customer image: value of analog output 1.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: _

64 EAV64318 01/2015
 Dashboard dSH-

[AQ1 Assignment] AO1

AO1 assignment.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory Setting
[Motor Current] OCr Current in the motor, from 0 to 2 In (In = rated drive current indicated in the
Installation manual and on the drive nameplate)
[Motor Frequency] OFr Output frequency, from 0 to [Max Frequency] tFr
[Ramp out.] OrP From 0 to [Max Frequency] tFr
[Motor torq.] trq Motor torque, from 0 to 3 times the rated motor torque
[Sign. torque] Stq Signed motor torque, between –3 and +3 times the rated motor torque. The
+ sign corresponds to the motor mode and the – sign to the generator mode
(braking).
[sign ramp] OrS Signed ramp output, between –[Max Frequency] tFr and +[Max
Frequency] tFr
[PID ref.] OPS PID controller reference between [Min PID reference] PIP1 and [Max
PID reference] PIP2
[PID feedbk] OPF PID controller feedback between [Min PID feedback] PIF1 and [Max
PID feedback] PIF2
[PID error] OPE PID controller detected error between –5% and +5% of [Max PID
feedback] PIF2 – [Min PID feedback] PIF1
[PID output] OPI PID controller output between [Low speed] LSP and [High speed] HSP
[Drive power] OPr Motor power, between 0 and 2.5 times [Nominal Motor Power] nPr
[Mot thermal] tHr Motor thermal state, from 0 to 200% of the rated thermal state
[Drv thermal] tHd Drive thermal state, from 0 to 200% of the rated thermal state
[Sig. o/p frq.] OFS Signed output frequency, between –[Max Frequency] tFr and +[Max
Frequency] tFr
[Motor volt.] UOP Voltage applied to the motor, between 0 and [Nom Motor Voltage] UnS
warning
[Inlet Pressure Value] PS1u Inlet pressure value
[Outlet Pressure Value] PS2u Outlet pressure value
[Installation Flow] FS1u Installation flow value

[AQ1 min Output] UOL1

AO1 minimum output.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc

[AQ1 max Output] UOH1

AO1 maximum output.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc

EAV64318 01/2015 65
Dashboard dSH-

[AQ1 min output] AOL1

AO1 minimum output.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AQ1 Max Output] AOH1

AO1 maximum output.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

[Scaling AQ1 min] ASL1

Scaling of the lower limit of the assigned parameter, as a % of the maximum possible variation.

Setting Description
0.0...100.0% Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0%

[Scaling AQ1 max] ASH1

Scaling of the upper limit of the assigned parameter, as a % of the maximum possible variation.

Setting Description
0.0...100.0% Setting range
Factory setting: 100.0%

[AQ1 Filter] AO1F

Interference filtering.
This parameter is forced to 0 if [AQ1 Assignment] AO1 is set to [DQ1] dO1.

Setting Description
0.00...10.00 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0.00 s

66 EAV64318 01/2015
 Dashboard dSH-

[AQ2] AO2C- Menu

Access
[Dashboard] [Display] [I/O map] [Analog outputs image] [AQ2]

About This Menu

Analog output functions.
Following parameters are visible on the Graphic Display Terminal by pressing the OK key on the [AQ2]
AO2C parameter.

[AQ2] AO2C
AO2 customer image: value of analog output 2.
Identical to [AQ1] AO1C (see page 64).

[AQ2 assignment] AO2

AO2 assignment.
Identical to [AQ1 Assignment] AO1 (see page 65).

[AQ2 min Output] UOL2

AO2 minimum output.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AQ1 min Output] UOL1 (see page 65).

[AQ2 max Output] UOH2

AO2 maximum output.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AQ1 max Output] UOH1 (see page 65).

[AQ2 min output] AOL2

AO2 minimum output.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AQ1 min Output] AOL1 (see page 66).

[AQ2 max output] AOH2

AO2 maximum output.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AQ1 max Output] AOH1 (see page 66).

[Scaling AQ2 min] ASL2

Scaling of the lower limit of the assigned parameter, as a % of the maximum possible variation.
Identical to [Scaling AQ1 Min] ASL1 (see page 66).

[Scaling AQ2 max] ASH2

Scaling of the upper limit of the assigned parameter, as a % of the maximum possible variation.
Identical to [Scaling AQ1 max] ASH1 (see page 66).

[AQ2 Filter] AO2F

Interference filtering.
This parameter is forced to 0 if [AQ2 assignment] AO2 is set to [DQ2] dO2.
Identical to [AQ1 Filter] AO1F (see page 66).

EAV64318 01/2015 67
Dashboard dSH-

[DI5 frequency measured] PFC5- Menu

Access
[Dashboard] [Display] [I/O map] [Freq. signal image] [DI5 frequency measured]

About This Menu

This menu presents the characteristics of DI when used as a pulse input.
Following parameters can be accessed on the Graphic Display Terminal by pressing the OK key on the
[DI5 Frequency Measured] PFC5 parameter.

[DI5 Frequency Measured] PFC5

Filtered customer pulse input frequency reference.

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A

Di5 pulse input assignment.
It displays all the functions associated with the pulse input in order to verify, for example, for compatibility
problems.
If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory Setting
[AQ1 assignment] AO1 Analog output AQ1
[AQ2 assignment] AO2 Analog output AQ2
[Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference frequency channel 1
[Ref Freq Channel 2] Fr2 Reference frequency channel 2
[Ref Frequency 2 Summing] SA2 Reference frequency 2 summing
[PID Feedback] PIF PI controller feedback
[Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA2 Subtract reference frequency 2
[Manual PID Ref.] PIM Manual speed reference of the PID controller (auto-man)
[PID Ref Frequency] FPI PID reference frequency
[Ref Frequency 3 Summing] SA3 Reference frequency 3 summing
[Ref Frequency 1B] Fr1b Reference frequency 1B
[Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA3 Subtract reference frequency 3
[Forced local] FLOC Forced local reference source1
[Ref Frequency 2 multiplier] MA2 Reference frequency 2 multiplier
[Ref Frequency 3 multiplier] MA3 Reference frequency 3 multiplier
[Virtual AI1 Channel] AIC1 Virtual AI1 channel selector function
[InletPres Assign] PS1A Select the source of inlet pressure sensor
[OutletPres Assign] PS2A Select the source of outlet pressure sensor
[Inst Flow Assign] FS1A Select the source of installation flow sensor
[Pump Flow Assign] FS2A Select the source of pump flow sensor

68 EAV64318 01/2015
 Dashboard dSH-

[DI5 PulseInput Low Freq] PIL5

DI5 pulse input low frequency.
Pulse input scaling parameter of 0% in Hz x 10 unit.

Setting Description
0.00...30,000.00 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.00 Hz

[DI5 PulseInput High Freq] PIH5

DI5 pulse input high frequency.
Pulse input scaling parameter of 100% in Hz x 10 unit.

Setting Description
0.00...30.00 kHz Setting range
Factory setting: 30.00 kHz

[DI5 Frequency Filter] PFI5

Interference filtering pulse input cut-off time of the low-filter.

Setting Description
0...1,000 ms Setting range
Factory setting: 0 ms

EAV64318 01/2015 69
Dashboard dSH-

[DI6 frequency measured] PFC6- Menu

Access
[Dashboard] [Display] [I/O map] [Freq. signal image] [DI6 frequency measured]

About This Menu

This menu presents the characteristics of ID when used as a pulse input.
Following parameters can be accessed on the Graphic Display Terminal by pressing the OK key on the
[DI6 Frequency Measured] PFC6 parameter.

[DI6 Frequency Measured] PFC6

Filtered customer pulse input frequency reference.
Identical to [DI5 Frequency Measured] PFC5 (see page 68).

[DI6 Pulse Input Assign] PI6A

Pulse input assignment.
Identical to [DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A (see page 68).

[DI6 PulseInput Low Freq] PIL6

DI6 pulse input low frequency.
Identical to [DI5 PulseInput Low Freq] PIL5 (see page 69).

[DI6 PulseInput High Freq] PIH6

DI6 pulse input high frequency.
Identical to [DI5 PulseInput High Freq] PIH5 (see page 69).

[DI6 Frequency Filter] PFI6

Interference filtering pulse input cut-off time of the low-filter.
Identical to [DI5 Frequency Filter] PFI5 (see page 69).

70 EAV64318 01/2015
 Dashboard dSH-

Section 4.2
[Control]

[Control]

[Control] Ctr- Menu

Access
[Dashboard] [Control]

[Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1

Configuration reference frequency 1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
[AI1] AI1 Analog input AI1
Factory Setting
[AI2]...[AI3] AI2...AI3 Analog input AI2...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has
been inserted
[Ref Frequency via DI] UPdt Up/Down function is assigned by DIx
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has
been inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has
been inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet
[PulseInput Assignment PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
On DI5]...[PulseInput
Assignment On DI6]

[Ref Freq 2 Config] Fr2

Configuration reference frequency 2.
Identical to [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 (see page 71).

[Internal PID ref] rPI

PID: Internal reference PID.
This parameter allows you to modify the PID internal reference with the touch wheel.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [No] nO.

Setting Description

[Min PID Process] PIP1...[Max PID Process] PIP2 Setting range

Factory setting: 150

EAV64318 01/2015 71
Dashboard dSH-

[Auto/Manual assign.] PAU

Auto/Manual select input.
If the assigned input or bit is at 0, the PID is active.
If the assigned input or bit is at 1, manual operation is active.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration

[Manual PID Reference] PIM

Manual PID reference.
This parameter can be accessed if [Auto/Manual assign.] PAU is not set to [Not Assigned] nO.
The preset speeds are active on the manual reference if they have been configured.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension
module has been inserted
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6]

72 EAV64318 01/2015
 Dashboard dSH-

[Freq Switch Assign] rFC

WARNING
UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
This parameter can cause unintended movements, for example an inversion of the direction of the
rotation of the motor, a sudden acceleration or a stop.
 Verify that the setting of this parameter does not cause unintended movements.
 Verify that the setting of this parameter does not result in unsafe conditions.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

Frequence switching assignment.

If the assigned input or bit is at 0, channel [Ref Freq Channel 1] FR1 is active.
If the assigned input or bit is at 1, channel [Ref Freq Channel 2] FR2 is active.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ref Freq Fr1 Reference channel = channel 1 (for RFC)
Channel 1]
[Ref Freq Fr2 Reference channel = channel 2 (for RFC)
Channel 2]
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[C101]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet
ModbusTCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet
ModbusTCP regardless of configuration
[DI1 (Low L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level
level)]...[DI6 (Low
level)]
[DI11 (Low L11L...L16L Digital input DI11...DI16 used at low level if VW3A3203 I/O extension
level)]...[DI16 module has been inserted
(Low level)]

EAV64318 01/2015 73
Dashboard dSH-

[Cmd channel 1] Cd1

Command channel 1 assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [Control Mode] CHCF is set to [Separate] SEP or [I/O profile] IO.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Terminals] tEr Terminal block source
Factory Setting
[Ref. Freq- Rmt. Term] LCC Reference Frequency via remote terminal
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has been
inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has
been inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet

[Cmd channel 2] Cd2

Command channel 2 assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [Control Mode] CHCF is set to [Separate] SEP or [I/O profile] IO.
Identical to [Cmd channel 1] Cd1 with factory setting [Ref. Freq- Modbus] Mdb.

[Command Switching] CCS

Command channel switching.
This parameter can be accessed if [Control Mode] CHCF is set to [Separate] SEP or [I/O profile] IO.
If the assigned input or bit is at 0, channel [Cmd channel 1] Cd1 is active.
If the assigned input or bit is at 1, channel [Cmd channel 2] Cd2 is active.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Command Channel 1] Cd1 Command channel = channel 1
Factory setting
[Command Channel 2] Cd2 Command channel = channel 2
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[C101]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial
in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus
module in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus
module regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet
ModbusTCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet
ModbusTCP regardless of configuration

74 EAV64318 01/2015
 Dashboard dSH-

[Output Ph Rotation] PHr

The modification of this parameter has the same consequence as an inversion of two phases of the motor
wiring. It allows you to follow color standards for wiring or to adapt the rotation of the motor to the intended
forward direction without any electrical wiring modification.

Setting Code / Value Description

[ABC] AbC Standard rotation
Factory Setting
[ACB] ACb Opposite rotation

EAV64318 01/2015 75
Dashboard dSH-

Section 4.3
[Energy]

[Energy]

[Energy] KWC- Menu

Access
[Dashboard] [Energy]

About This Menu

This menu presents many energy objects available for instantaneous data and kW consumption reports.
It offers the possibility to display logged data with graphics by pressing the F4 function key.

[Elc energy cons(TWh)] OC4

Electrical energy consumed by the motor in TWh.
This parameter can be accessed if [Elc energy cons(TWh)] OC4 is not set to 0.

Setting Description
0...999 TWh Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Elc energy cons(GWh)] OC3

Electrical energy consumed by the motor in GWh.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Elc energy cons(TWh)] OC4 is set to 0 and
 [Elc energy cons(GWh)] OC3 is not set to 0

Setting Description
0...999 GWh Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Elc energy cons(MWh)] OC2

Electrical energy consumed by the motor in MWh.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Elc energy cons(TWh)] OC4 is set to 0 and
 [Elc energy cons(GWh)] OC3 is set to 0 and
 [Elc energy cons(MWh)] OC2 is not set to 0

Setting Description
0...999 MWh Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Elc energy cons(kWh)] OC1

Electrical energy consumed by the motor in kWh.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Elc energy cons(TWh)] OC4 is set to 0 and
 [Elc energy cons(GWh)] OC3 is set to 0 and
 [Elc energy cons(MWh)] OC2 is set to 0 and
 [Elc energy cons(kWh)] OC1 is not set to 0

Setting Description
0...999 kWh Setting range
Factory setting: –

76 EAV64318 01/2015
 Dashboard dSH-

[Elc energy cons(Wh)] OC0

Electrical energy consumed by the motor in Wh.
This parameter can be accessed if [Elc energy cons(TWh)] OC4, [Elc energy cons(GWh)] OC3, [Elc
energy cons(MWh)] OC2 and [Elc energy cons(kWh)] OC1 are all set to 0.

Setting Description
0...999 Wh Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Acv Elc out pwr estm] EPrW

Active electrical output power estimation.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Value in kW or HP according to [Basic Frequency] bFr setting
Factory setting: –

[Elc egy TODAY(KWh)] OCt

Electrical energy consumed today by the motor in kWh.

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 kWh Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Elc egy YESTERD(KWh)] OCY

Electrical energy consumed yesterday by the motor in kWh.

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 kWh Setting range
Factory setting: –

EAV64318 01/2015 77
Dashboard dSH-

Section 4.4
[Dashboard]

[Dashboard]

[Dashboard] dSH- Menu

Access
[Dashboard]

About This Menu

Using F4 function key on the Graphic Display Terminal, it is possible to select one of the following view for
the [Energy] tab.

[Instant kW Trend] CV1

Displays the instantaneous electrical energy curve at the drive output.

[Drive State] HSd

Displays the daily energy histogram.

[Weekly kWh Report] HSW

Displays the weekly energy histogram.

[Monthly kWh Report] HSM

Displays the monthly energy histogram.

[Yearly kWh Report] HSY

Displays the yearly energy histogram.

78 EAV64318 01/2015
 Altivar Process
Diagnostics dIA-
EAV64318 01/2015

Chapter 5
[Diagnostics] dIA-

[Diagnostics] dIA-

Introduction

[Diagnostics] dIA- menu presents drive and application data useful when diagnostics is
required.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following sections:
Section Topic Page
5.1 [Diag. data] 80
5.2 [Error history] 90
5.3 [Warnings] 93

EAV64318 01/2015 79
Diagnostics dIA-

Section 5.1
[Diag. data]

[Diag. data]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Diag. data] ddt- Menu 81
[Service message] SEr- Menu 86
[Other State] SSt- Menu 87
[Diagnostics] dAU- Menu 88
[Identification] OId- Menu 89

80 EAV64318 01/2015
 Diagnostics dIA-

[Diag. data] ddt- Menu

Access
[Diagnostics] [Diag. data]

About This Menu

This menu presents the actual warning and detected error in addition to drive data.

[Last Warning] LALr

Last warning which occurred.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No Warning Stored] nOA No warning stored
[Fallback speed] FrF Reaction on event / fallback speed
[Speed Maintained] rLS Reaction on event / maintain speed
[Type of Stop] Stt Reaction on event / stop on [Type of stop] STT without tripping in error
[Ref Frequency SrA Frequency reference reached
Warning]
[Life Cycle Warning 1] LCA1 Life cycle warning 1
[Life Cycle Warning 2] LCA2 Life cycle warning 2
[Drive Running drYA Drive running warning
Warning]
[Low Flow Warning] LFA Low flow warning
[High Flow Warning] HFPA High flow warning
[InPress Warning] IPPA Inlet pressure monitoring warning
[Low OutPres Warning] OPLA Outlet pressure low warning
[High OutPres Warning] OPHA Outlet pressure high warning
[PumpCycle warning] PCPA Pumpcycle monitoring warning
[Anti-Jam Warning] JAMA Anti-Jam warning is raised
[Pump Low Flow ] PLFA Pump low flow warning
[Low Pressure Warning] LPA Low-pressure warning is raised
[Flow Limit Activated] FSA Flow limit function activated (FL_Mode_On)
[PID Error Warning] PEE Warning on PID error
[PID Feedback Warning] PFA Warning on PID feedback
[PID High Feedback PFAH PID feedback high threshold reached
Warning]
[PID Low Feedback PFAL PID feedback low threshold reached
Warning]
[Regulation Warning] PISH PI feedback monitoring warning is raised
[AI2 Th Warning] tP2A Temperature monitoring AI2 warning
[AI3 Th Warning] tP3A Temperature monitoring AI3 warning
[AI4 Th Warning] tP4A Temperature monitoring AI4 warning
[AI5 Th Warning] tP5A Temperature monitoring AI5 warning
[AI1 4-20 Loss Warning] AP1 AI1 4-20 loss warning on AI1
[AI2 4-20 Loss Warning] AP2 AI2 4-20 loss warning on AI2
[AI3 4-20 Loss Warning] AP3 AI3 4-20 loss warning on AI3
[AI4 4-20 Loss Warning] AP4 AI4 4-20 loss warning on AI4
[AI5 4-20 Loss Warning] AP5 AI5 4-20 loss warning on AI5
[Drive Thermal tHA Drive overheating warning is raised
Warning]
[IGBT Thermal Warning] tJA Warning on IGBT thermal state
[Fan Counter Warning] FCtA Fan counter speed warning

EAV64318 01/2015 81
Diagnostics dIA-

Setting Code / Value Description

[Fan Feedback FFdA Fan feedback warning is raised
Warning]
[Ext. Error Warning] EFA External error warning
[Undervoltage Warning] USA Undervoltage warning is raised
[Preventive Undervolt UPA Controlled stop on power loss threshold id reached
Active]
[Motor Freq High Thd] FtA Motor frequency high threshold 1 reached
[Motor Freq Low Thd] FtAL Motor frequency low threshold 1 reached
[Motor Freq High Thd 2] FqLA Motor frequency high threshold 2 reached
[Motor Freq Low Thd 2] F2AL Motor frequency low threshold 2 reached
[High Speed Reached] FLA High speed reached function result
[Ref Freq High Thd rtAH Reference frequency high threshold reached
Reached]
[Ref Freq High Thd rtAL Reference frequency low threshold reached
Reached]
[2nd Frequency Thd F2A Frequency level reached (frequency meter)
Reached]
[Current Threshold CtA Motor current high threshold reached
Reached]
[Low I Thd Reached] CtAL Motor current low threshold reached
[Process Underload ULA Underload is detected
Warning]
[Process Overload OLA Overload is detected
Warning]
[Torque Limit Reached] SSA Timeout on current or torque limitation is reached
[Drive Thermal Thd tAd Drive thermal threshold reached function result
Reached]
[Motor Therm Thd tSA Motor thermal threshold reached function result (motor 1)
Reached]
[Power High Threshold] PtHA Power high threshold reached
[Power Low Threshold] PtHL Power low threshold reached
[Cust Warning 1] CAS1 Customer warning 1 active
[Cust Warning 2] CAS2 Customer warning 2 active
[Cust Warning 3] CAS3 Customer warning 3 active
[Cust Warning 4] CAS4 Customer warning 4 active
[Cust Warning 5] CAS5 Customer warning 5 active
[Power Consumption POWd Power consumption warning
Warning]
[Switch OutPres OPSA Outlet pressure high switch warning
Warning]
[Emb Eth Warning] inwm Internet embedded internal warning

82 EAV64318 01/2015
 Diagnostics dIA-

[Last Error] LFt

Last error which occurred.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No Error] nOF No error detected
[EEPROM Control] EEF1 EEPROM control
[Incorrect Configuration] CFF Invalid configuration at power-on
[Invalid Configuration] CFI Incorrect parameter configuration
[Modbus Com Interruption] SLF1 Modbus local serial communication error
[Internal Link Error ] ILF Option internal link error
[Fieldbus Com Interrupt] CnF NET option communication error
[External Error] EPF1 External error from LI or local link
[Overcurrent] OCF Over current error
[Precharge] CrF Load relay error
[AI2 4-20mA Loss] LFF2 AI2 4-20 mA loss error
[Drive Overheating] OHF Drive over heating error
[Motor Overload] OLF Motor overload error
[DC Bus Overvoltage] ObF DC bus overvoltage
[Supply Mains Overvoltage] OSF Over supply error
[Single Output Phase Loss] OPF1 Motor 1-phase loss
[Input Phase Loss] PHF Main input 1-phase loss
[Supply Mains Undervoltage] USF Under voltage error
[Motor Short Circuit] SCF1 Motor short circuit error (hard detection)
[Motor Overspeed] SOF Over speed error
[Autotuning Error] tnF Tune error
[Internal Error 1] InF1 Unknown drive rating
[Internal Error 2] InF2 Unknown or incompatible power board
[Internal Error 3] InF3 Internal serial link communication error
[Internal Error 4] InF4 Invalid industrialization zone
[EEprom Power] EEF2 Power EEPROM failure
[Ground Short Circuit] SCF3 Direct ground short-circuit error (hard detection)
[Output Phase Loss] OPF2 Motor 3-phases loss
[CANopen Com Interrupt] COF CANopen communication error
[Internal Error 7] InF7 CPLD communication error
[Fieldbus Error] EPF2 External error from communication board
[Internal Error 11] InF8 Supply mains failure
[PC Com Interruption] SLF2 PC software communication interruption
[HMI Com Interruption] SLF3 Graphic Display Terminal communication error
[Internal Error 9] InF9 Current measurement circuit failure
[Internal Error 10] InFA Customer supply failure
[Internal Error 11] InFb Thermal sensor failure (OC or SC)
[IGBT Overheating] tJF IGBT over heating error
[IGBT Short Circuit] SCF4 IGBT short-circuit error (hard detection)
[Motor Short Circuit] SCF5 Load short-circuit error during long load sequence (hard detection)
[Input Contactor] LCF Line contactor failure
[Internal Error 6] InF6 Unknown or incompatible option module
[Internal Error 14] InFE CPU error (ram, flash, task ...)
[AI3 4-20 mA Loss] LFF3 AI3 4-20 mA loss
[AI4 4-20 mA Loss] LFF4 AI4 4-20 mA loss
[Boards Compatibility] HCF Hardware configuration error
[Conf Transfer Error] CFI2 Configuration transfer error

EAV64318 01/2015 83
Diagnostics dIA-

Setting Code / Value Description

[AI5 4-20 mA Loss] LFF5 AI5 4-20 mA loss
[Channel Switch Error] CSF Channel switching error
[Process Underload] ULF Torque underload error
[Process Overload] OLC Torque overload error
[Angle Error] ASF Angle Setting error
[Safety Function Error] SAFF Safety function error
[AI1 4-20 mA loss] LFF1 AI1 4-20 mA loss
[AI2 Th Detected Error] tH2F AI2 thermal sensor detected error
[AI2 Thermal Sensor Error] t2CF Thermal sensor error on AI2
[AI3 Th Detected Error] tH3F AI3 thermal sensor detected error
[AI3 Thermal Sensor Error] t3CF Thermal sensor error on AI3
[Pump Cycle Error] PCPF Pumpcycle detected error
[Out Pressure Low] OPLF Outlet pressure low
[High Flow Error] HFPF High flow error
[Inlet Pressure Error] IPPF Inlet pressure detected error
[Pump Low Flow Error] PLFF Pump low flow detected error
[AI4 Th Detected Error] tH4F AI4 thermal sensor detected error
[AI4 Thermal Sensor Error] t4CF Thermal sensor error on AI4
[AI5 Th Detected Error] tH5F AI5 thermal sensor detected error
[AI5 Thermal Sensor Error] t5CF Thermal sensor error on AI5
[Anti-jam Error] JAMF Anti-Jam detected error
[Out Pressure High] OPHF Outlet pressure high
[Dry Run Error] drYF Dry run detected error
[PID FeedBack Error] PFMF PID feedBack detected error
[Program Loading Error] PGLF Program loading detected error
[Program Running Error] PGrF Program running detected error
[Internal Error 16] InFG Internal error 16
[Internal Error 17] InFH Internal error 17
[Internal Error 0] InF0 Internal error 0 (IPC)
[Internal Error 13] InFd Internal error 13 (different current)
[Motor Stall Error] StF Motor stall detected error
[Internal Error 21] InFL Internal error 21 (RTC)
[Embedded Eth Com Interrupt] EtHF Embedded Ethernet communication interruption
[Internal Error 15] InFF Internal error 15 (flash)
[Internal Error 25] InFP Internal error 25
[Internal Error 20] InFK Internal error 20
[Internal Error 27] InFr Internal error 27
[Internal Error 30] InFW Internal error 30 (firmware update)

84 EAV64318 01/2015
 Diagnostics dIA-

[Nb of start] nSM

Number of motor starts.

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[Motor Run Time] rtH

Motor run time.

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 s Setting range
Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 85
Diagnostics dIA-

[Service message] SEr- Menu

Access
[Diagnostics] [Diag. data] [Service message]

About This Menu

This menu presents the service messages.
This is a user-defined service message configured in [My preferences] MYP [Customization] CUS
[Service messages] SEr.

86 EAV64318 01/2015
 Diagnostics dIA-

[Other State] SSt- Menu

Access
[Diagnostics] [Diag. data] [Other State]

About This Menu

List of secondary states.

List
[Anti-Jam pending] JAMP
[Anti-Jam In Progress] JAMr
[PipeFill In Progress] FILL
[InPres Comp Active] IPPC
[Sleep Active] SLM
[Priming pump running] PPOn
[Jockey pump running] JPOn
[Sleep Boost active] SLPb
[Sleep Checking activated] ASLC
[Set 1 active] CFP1
[Set 2 active] CFP2
[Set 3 active] CFP3
[Set 4 active] CFP4
[PID Active] AUtO
[DC Bus Charged] dbL
[Fast stop Active] FSt
[Fallback Frequency] FrF
[Speed Maintained] rLS
[Type of stop] Stt
[Frequency ref. att.] SrA
[Forward] MFrd
[Reverse] MrrS
[In motor fluxing] FLX
[Autotuning] tUn

EAV64318 01/2015 87
Diagnostics dIA-

[Diagnostics] dAU- Menu

Access
[Diagnostics] [Diag. data] [Diagnostics]

About This Menu

This menu allows to make simple test sequences for diagnostics.

[FAN Diagnostics] FNT

Diagnostics of internal fan(s).
This will start a test sequence.

[LED Diagnostics] HLT

Diagnostics of product LED(s).
This will start a test sequence.

[IGBT diagnostics with motor]IWT

Diagnostics of product IGBT(s).
This will start a test sequence with the connected motor (open circuit/short-circuit).

[IGBT diagnostics w/o motor]IWOT

Diagnostics of product IGBT(s).
This will start a test sequence without the motor (short-circuit).

88 EAV64318 01/2015
 Diagnostics dIA-

[Identification] OId- Menu

Access
[Diagnostics] [Diag. data] [Identification]

About This Menu

This is a read-only menu that cannot be configured. It enables the following information to be displayed:
 Drive reference, power rating, and voltage
 Drive software version
 Drive serial number
 Type of option modules present, with their software version
 Graphic Display Terminal type and version

EAV64318 01/2015 89
Diagnostics dIA-

Section 5.2
[Error history]

[Error history]

[Error history] pFH- Menu

Access
[Diagnostics] [Error history]

About This Menu

This menu shows the 15 last detected errors (dP1 to dPF).
Pressing OK key on the selected error code in the Error history list displays the drive data recorded when
the error has been detected.
NOTE: Same content for [Last Error 1] dP1 to [Last Error F] dPF.

[Last Error 1] dP1

Last error 1.
Identical to [Last Error] LFt (see page 83).

[Drive State] HS1

HMI status.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Autotuning] tUn Autotuning
[In DC inject.] dCb Injection braking
[Ready] rdY Drive ready
[Freewheel] nSt Freewheel stop
[Drv running] rUn Motor in steady state or run command present and zero reference
[Accelerating] ACC Accelerating
[Decelerating] dEC Decelerating
[Current lim.] CLI Current limit
[Fast stop] FSt Fast stop
[Motor fluxing] FLU Fluxing function is activated
[no mains V.] nLP Control is powered on but the DC bus is not loaded
[control.stop] CtL Controlled stop
[Dec. adapt.] Obr Adapted deceleration
[Output cut] SOC Stand by output cut
[UnderV. al.] USA Undervoltage warning
[Operating State Fault] FLt Operating state fault
[DCP Flashing Mode] dCP DCP flashing mode
[STO active] StO Safe Torque Off active
[Idle State] IdLE Idle state

[Last Error 1 Status] Ep1

Status of last error 1.
DRIVECOM status register (same as [ETA state word] EtA).

[ETI state word] Ip1

ETI state word.
ETI status register (see the communication parameter file).

90 EAV64318 01/2015
 Diagnostics dIA-

[Cmd word] CMP1

Cmd word.
Command register (same as [Cmd word] CMd).

[Motor current] LCP1

Motor current (same as [Motor Current] LCr).

Setting Description
-3,276.7...3,276.7 A Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Output frequency] rFp1

Output frequency (same as [Output frequency] rFr).

Setting Description
-3,276.7...3,276.7 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Elapsed Time] rtp1

Elapsed time.

Setting Description
0...65,535 h Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Mains Voltage] ULp1

Mains voltage (same as [Mains Voltage] ULn).

Setting Description
0...6,553.5 V Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Motor therm state] tHP1

Motor thermal state (same as [Motor Therm state] tHr).

Setting Description
0...65,535% Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Command Channel] dCC1

Command channel (same as [Command channel] CMdC).

Setting Code / Value Description

[Terminals] tErM Terminal block
[HMI] HMi Graphic Display Terminal
[Modbus] Mdb Modbus serial
[CANopen] CAn CANopen
[Com. Module] nEt Fieldbus module
[Ethernet Module] Eth Embedded Ethernet

[Ref Freq Channel] drC1

Channel for reference frequency (same as [Ref Freq Channel] rFCC).
Identical to [Command channel] dCC1 (see page 91).

EAV64318 01/2015 91
Diagnostics dIA-

[Motor Torque] OtP1

Estimated motor torque value (same as [Motor Torque] Otr).

Setting Description
-3,276.7...3,276.7% Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Drive Thermal State] tdP1

Measured drive thermal state (same as [Drive Therm State] tHd).

Setting Description
0...355% Setting range
Factory setting: _

[IGBT Junction Temp] tJP1

Estimated junction temperature value.

Setting Description
0...255C Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Switching Frequency] SFP1

Switching frequency applied (related to [Switching Frequency] SFr).

Setting Description
0...65,535 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Last Error 2] dP2 to [Last Error F] dPF

Last error 2... Last error F
Identical to [Last Error1] dP1 (see page 90).

92 EAV64318 01/2015
 Diagnostics dIA-

Section 5.3
[Warnings]

[Warnings]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Actual warnings] ALrd- Menu 94
[Warning group 1 definition] A1C- Menu 95
[Warning group 2 definition] A2C- Menu 96
[Warning group 3 definition] A3C- Menu 97
[Warning group 4 definition] A4C- Menu 98
[Warning group 5 definition] A5C- Menu 99
[Warnings] ALr- Menu 100

EAV64318 01/2015 93
Diagnostics dIA-

[Actual warnings] ALrd- Menu

Access
[Diagnostics] [Warnings] [Actual warnings]

About This Menu

List of current warnings.
If a warning is present, and appears on the Graphic Display Terminal.

List of Available Warnings

Identical to [Last warning] LARL (see page 81).

94 EAV64318 01/2015
 Diagnostics dIA-

[Warning group 1 definition] A1C- Menu

Access
[Diagnostics] [Warnings] [Warning group 1 definition]

About This Menu

The following submenus group the warnings into 1 to 5 groups, each of which can be assigned to a relay
or a digital output for remote signaling.
When one or a number of warnings selected in a group occurs, this warning group is activated.

List of Warnings
Identical to [Last warning] LARL (see page 81).

EAV64318 01/2015 95
Diagnostics dIA-

[Warning group 2 definition] A2C- Menu

Access
[Diagnostics] [Warnings] [Warning group 2 definition]

About This Menu

Identical to [Warning group 1 definition] A1C (see page 95)

96 EAV64318 01/2015
 Diagnostics dIA-

[Warning group 3 definition] A3C- Menu

Access
[Diagnostics] [Warnings] [Warning group 3 definition]

About This Menu

Identical to [Warning group 1 definition] A1C (see page 95)

EAV64318 01/2015 97
Diagnostics dIA-

[Warning group 4 definition] A4C- Menu

Access
[Diagnostics] [Warnings] [Warning group 4 definition]

About This Menu

Identical to [Warning group 1 definition] A1C (see page 95)

98 EAV64318 01/2015
 Diagnostics dIA-

[Warning group 5 definition] A5C- Menu

Access
[Diagnostics] [Warnings] [Warning group 5 definition]

About This Menu

Identical to [Warning group 1 definition] A1C (see page 95)

EAV64318 01/2015 99
Diagnostics dIA-

[Warnings] ALr- Menu

Access
[Diagnostics] [Warnings]

About This Menu

This menu presents the warning history (30 past warnings).

[Warning History] ALH

Identical to [Last warning] LARL (see page 81).

100 EAV64318 01/2015

 Altivar Process
Display MOn-
EAV64318 01/2015

Chapter 6
[Display] MOn-

[Display] MOn-

Introduction

[Display] MOn- menu shows monitoring data related to the drive and the application.
It offers an application-oriented display in terms of energy, cost, cycle, efficiency, ...
This is available with customized units and graphics view.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following sections:
Section Topic Page
6.1 [Energy parameters] 102
6.2 [Pump dashboard] 110
6.3 [Pump parameters] 116
6.4 [Motor parameters] 119
6.5 [Drive parameters] 121
6.6 [Thermal monitoring] 123
6.7 [PID display] 124
6.8 [Counter management] 125
6.9 [Other state] 127
6.10 [I/O map] 128
6.11 [Communication map] 145
6.12 [Data logging] 168

EAV64318 01/2015 101

Display MOn-

Section 6.1
[Energy parameters]

[Energy parameters]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Electrical energy input counter] ELI- Menu 103
[Electrical energy output counter] ELO- Menu 105
[Mechanical energy] MEC- Menu 107
[Energy saving] ESA- Menu 109

102 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[Electrical energy input counter] ELI- Menu

Access
[Display] [Energy parameters] [Electrical energy input counter]

About This Menu

This menu presents the input electrical energy data.

[Active Input Power] IPrW

Active electrical input power estimation.

Setting Description
According to the drive rating Setting range in kW if [Basic Frequency] bFr is set to [50Hz IEC] 50
or in HP if [Basic Frequency] bFr is set to [60Hz NEMA] 60
Factory setting: _

[Real Input Energy(Wh)] IE0

Input electrical power consumed (Wh).
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Real Input Energy(TWh)] IE4,
 [Real Input Energy(GWh)] IE3,
 [Real Input Energy(MWh)] IE2, and
 [Real Input Energy(kWh)] IE1 are set to 0.

Setting Description
-999...999 Wh Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Real Input Energy(kWh)] IE1

Input electrical power consumed (kWh).
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Real Input Energy(TWh)] IE4, [Real Input Energy(GWh)] IE3 and [Real Input Energy(MWh)]
IE2 are set to 0, and
 [Real Input Energy(kWh)] IE1 is not set to 0.

Setting Description
-999...999 kWh Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Real Input Energy(MWh)] IE2

Input electrical power consumed (MWh).
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Real Input Energy(TWh)] IE4 and [Real Input Energy(GWh)] IE3 are set to 0, and
 [Real Input Energy(MWh)] IE2 is not set to 0

Setting Description
-999...999 MWh Setting range
Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 103

Display MOn-

[Real Input Energy(GWh)] IE3

Input electrical power consumed (GWh).
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Real Input Energy(TWh)] IE4 is set to 0, and
 [Real Input Energy(GWh)] IE3 is not set to 0.

Setting Description
-999...999 GWh Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Real Input Energy(TWh)] IE4

Input electrical power consumed (TWh).
This parameter can be accessed if [Real Input Energy(TWh)] IE4 is not set to 0.

Setting Description
-999...999 TWh Setting range
Factory setting: _

104 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[Electrical energy output counter] ELO- Menu

Access
[Display] [Energy parameters] [Electrical energy output counter]

About This Menu

This menu presents the output electrical energy data.

[Acv Elc out pwr estm] EPrW

Active electrical output power estimation.

[Real Consumption(Wh)] OE0

Electrical energy consumed (Wh).
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Real Consumption(TWh)] oE4,
 [Real Consumption(GWh)] oE3,
 [Real Consumption (MWh)] oE2, and
 [Real Consumption (kWh)] oE1 are set to 0.

[Real Consumption(kWh)] OE1

Electrical energy consumed (kWh).
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Real Consumption(TWh)] oE4, [Real Consumption(GWh)] oE3 and [Real
Consumption(MWh)] oE2 are set to 0, and
 [Real Consumption(kWh)] oE1 is not set to 0.

Setting Description
-999...999 kWh Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Real Consumption(MWh)] OE2

Electrical energy consumed (MWh).
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Real Consumption(TWh)] oE4 and [Real Consumption(GWh)] oE3 are set to 0, and
 [Real Consumption(MWh)] oE2 is not set to 0.

Setting Description
-999...999 MWh Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Real Consumption(GWh)] OE3

Electrical energy consumed (GWh).
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Real Consumption(TWh)] oE4 is set to 0, and
 [Real Consumption(GWh)] oE3 is not set to 0.

Setting Description
-999...999 GWh Setting range
Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 105

Display MOn-

[Real Consumption(TWh)] OE4

Electrical energy consumed (TWh).
This parameter can be accessed if [Real Consumption(TWh)] oE4 is not set to 0.

Setting Description
-999...999 TWh Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Elc egy TODAY(KWh)] OCt

Electrical energy consumed today by the motor (kWh).

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 kWh Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Elc egy YESTERD(KWh)] OCY

Electrical energy consumed yesterday by the motor (kWh).

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 kWh Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Over-Consumption Thd] PCAH

Power level for over-consumption.

Setting Description
[Under-Consumption Thd] Setting range
PCAL...200.0% Factory setting: 0.0%

[Under-Consumption Thd] PCAL

Power level for under-consumption.
Maximum value = PCAH if PCAH  100%.

Setting Description
0.0...100.0% or [Over-Consumption Thd] PCAH if Setting range
PCAH  100% Factory setting: 0.0%

[Over/Under-Cons Delay] PCAt

Over/under-consumption detection time.

Setting Description
0...60 min Setting range
Factory setting: 1 min

[Peak Output Power] MOEP

Peak output power.

Setting Description
According to the drive rating Setting range
Factory setting: _

106 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[Mechanical energy] MEC- Menu

Access
[Display] [Energy parameters] [Mechanical energy]

About This Menu

This menu presents the output mechanical energy data.

[Power Estim Value] OPrW

Motor mechanical power estimation.

[Motor Consumption (Wh)] ME0

Energy consumption (Wh).
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Motor Consumption(TWh)] mE4,
 [Motor Consumption(GWh)] mE3,
 [Motor Consumption(MWh)] mE2, and
 [Motor Consumption(kWh)] mE1 are set to 0.

Setting Description
0...999 Wh Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Motor Consumption(kWh)] ME1

Energy consumption (kWh).
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Motor Consumption(TWh)] mE4, [Motor Consumption(GWh)] mE3 and [Motor
Consumption(MWh)] mE2 are set to 0, and
 [Motor Consumption(kWh)] mE1 is not set to 0.

Setting Description
0...999 kWh Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Motor Consumption(MWh)] ME2

Energy consumption (MWh).
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Motor Consumption(TWh)] mE4 and [Motor Consumption(GWh)] mE3 are set to 0, and
 [Motor Consumption(MWh)] mE2 is not set to 0.

Setting Description
0...999 MWh Setting range
Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 107

Display MOn-

[Motor Consumption(GWh)] ME3

Energy consumption (GWh).
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Motor Consumption(TWh)] mE4 is set to 0, and
 [Motor Consumption(GWh)] mE3 is not set to 0.

Setting Description
0...999 GWh Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Motor Consumption(TWh)] ME4

Energy consumption (TWh).
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Consumption(TWh)] mE4 is not set to 0.

Setting Description
0...999 TWh Setting range
Factory setting: _

108 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[Energy saving] ESA- Menu

Access
[Display] [Energy parameters] [Energy saving]

About This Menu

This menu presents the comparison in term of cost, energy, CO² between solutions with and without drive.

[Reference Power] PrEF

Reference electrical power for a solution without drive.

Setting Description
0.00...655.35 kW Setting range in kW if [Basic Frequency] bFr is set to [50Hz IEC] 50
or in HP if [Basic Frequency] bFr is set to [60Hz NEMA] 60.
Factory setting: 0.00 kW

[kWh Cost] ECSt

Cost of the kWh.

Setting Description
0.00...42,949,672.95 $ Setting range in € if [Basic Frequency] bFr is set to [50 Hz IEC] (50) or
in $ if [Basic Frequency] bFr is set to [60Hz NEMA] 60.
Factory setting: _

[CO2 Ratio] ECO2

Quantity of CO2 by kWh.

Setting Description
0.000...65.535 kg/kWh Setting range
Factory setting: 0.000 kg/kWh

[Energy Saved] ESAU

Energy saved with the drive solution.

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 kWh Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Money Saved] CASH

Cost saved with the drive solution.

Setting Description
0.00...42,949,672.95 $ Setting range in € if [Basic Frequency] bFr is set to [50 Hz IEC] 50 or
in $ if [Basic Frequency] bFr is set to [60 Hz NEMA] 60.
Factory setting: _

[Co2 Saved] CO2S

CO2 saved with the drive solution.

Setting Description
0.0...429,496,729.5 t Setting range
Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 109

Display MOn-

Section 6.2
[Pump dashboard]

[Pump dashboard]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Pump follow up] PFU- Menu 111
[Process] PrU- Menu 113
[Graphics] PGr- Menu 115

110 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[Pump follow up] PFU- Menu

Access
[Display] [Pump dashboard] [Pump follow up]

About This Menu

This menu displays information related to the pump.

[Nb of start] nSM

Number of motor starts.

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Motor Run Time] rtH

Motor run time.
Run elapsed time display (resettable) in seconds, minutes, or hours (length of time the motor has been
switched on).

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 s Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Energy Cons. Ind.] ECI

Energy consumption indicator.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Energy Perf. Ind] EPI

Energy performance indicator.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Efficiency] EFY
Efficiency.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 111

Display MOn-

[Highest Eff.] EFYK

Highest efficiency.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Lowest Eff.] EFYJ

Lowest efficiency.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

112 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[Process] PrU- Menu

Access
[Display] [Pump dashboard] [Process]

About This Menu

This menu displays information related to the application.

[Application State] APPS

Application state.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Running] rUn No application function in progress; the drive is running
[Stop] StOP No application function in progress; the drive is not running
[Local Mode Active] LOCAL Forced local mode activated
[Channel 2 Active] OUEr Override speed control mode activated
[Manual Mode Active] MAnU Motor running; manual PID mode is active
[PID Active] Auto Motor running; auto PID mode is active
[Antijam In Progress] AJAM The Anti-jam is in progress
[Flow Limit In Progress] FLIM The flow limitation is in progress
[PipeFill In Progress] FILL The pipe fill is in progress
[Jockey Pump Active] JOCKEY The jockey pump is active
[Boost In progress] booSt The boost is in progress
[Sleep Active] SLEEP The sleep is active
[Priming Pump Active] PrIM The priming pump is active
[InletPres Comp In Progress] CoMP The inlet pressure compensation is in progress

[PID Reference] rPC

PID reference.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [Not Configured] no.

Setting Description
0...65,535% Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Installation Flow] FS1U

Flow rate sensor value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Inlet Press. Value] PS1U

Inlet pressure value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: –

EAV64318 01/2015 113

Display MOn-

[Outlet Pressure] PS2U

Outlet pressure value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Total Quantity] FS1C

Total quantity.

Setting Description
-2,147,483,647...2,147,483,647 Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Highest Flow] FS1K

Highest flow.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Lowest Flow] FS1J

Lowest flow.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: –

114 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[Graphics] PGr- Menu

Access
[Display] [Pump dashboard] [Graphics]

About This Menu

This menu displays pump curves and actual working point if valid pump characteristics have been entered
and if [Pump Curve Activate] PCA is set to [Yes] YES.

[Power vs Flow] CPq

This shows the mechanical power versus the flow curve of the system.

[Head vs Flow] CHq

This shows the head of the pump versus the flow curve of the system.

[Efficiency vs Flow] CEq

This shows the efficiency (%) versus flow curve of the system.

[Power vs Speed] CPS

This shows the mechanical power versus mechanical speed curve of the system.

EAV64318 01/2015 115

Display MOn-

Section 6.3
[Pump parameters]

[Pump parameters]

[Pump parameters] PPr- Menu

Access
[Display] [Pump parameters]

About This Menu

This menu shows the pump-related parameters.

[Motor Run Time] rtH

Motor run time.
Run elapsed time display (resettable) in seconds, minutes, or hours (length of time the motor has been
switched on).

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 s Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Motor Mechanical speed] SpdM

Motor mechanical speed.

Setting Description
0...65,535 rpm Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Nb of start] nSM

Number of motor starts.

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Acv Elc out pwr estm] EPrW

Active electrical output power estimation.

Setting Description
-327.67...327.67 kW Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Installation Flow] FS1U

Flow rate sensor value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: –

116 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[Inlet Press. Value] PS1U

Inlet pressure value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Outlet Pressure] PS2U

Outlet pressure.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Total Quantity] FS1C

Total quantity.

Setting Description
-2,147,483,647...2,147,483,647 Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Efficiency] EFY
Efficiency.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Energy Cons. Ind.] ECI

Energy consumption indicator.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Energy Perf. Ind] EPI

Energy performance indicator.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Highest Flow] FS1K

Highest flow.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: –

[Lowest Flow] FS1J

Lowest flow.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: –

EAV64318 01/2015 117

Display MOn-

[Highest Eff.] EFYK

Highest efficiency.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Lowest Eff.] EFYJ

Lowest efficiency.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

118 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

Section 6.4
[Motor parameters]

[Motor parameters]

[Motor parameters] MMO- Menu

Access
[Display] [Motor parameters]

About This Menu

This menu shows the motor-related parameters.

[Motor Speed] Spd

Motor speed.

Setting Description
0...65,535 krpm Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Motor Voltage] UOP

Motor voltage.

Setting Description
0...65,535 V Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Motor Power] OPr

Motor power.
Output power monitoring (100% = nominal motor power).

Setting Description
-300.00...300.00% Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Motor Torque] Otr

Motor torque.
Output torque value (100% = nominal motor torque).

Setting Description
-300.00...300.00% Setting range
Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 119

Display MOn-

[Motor Current] LCr

Motor current.

Setting Description
0.00...655.35 A Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Motor Therm state] tHr

Motor thermal state.
The normal motor thermal state is 100%, the [Motor Overload] OLF is set to 118%.

Setting Description
0.00...200.00% Setting range
Factory setting: _

120 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

Section 6.5
[Drive parameters]

[Drive parameters]

[Drive parameters] MPI- Menu

Access
[Display] [Drive parameters]

About This Menu

This menu shows the drive-related parameters.

[Image Input AIV1] AIU1

Virtual analog input value.
This parameter is read-only. It enables you to display the speed reference applied to the motor via the
fieldbus channel.

Setting Description
-8,192...8,192 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Pre-Ramp Ref Freq] FrH

Frequency reference before ramp.
This parameter is read-only. It enables you to display the speed reference applied to the motor, regardless
of which reference channel has been selected.

Setting Description
-500.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Ref Frequency] LFr

Reference frequency.
This parameter only appears if the function has been enabled. It is used to change the speed reference
from the remote control. OK does not have to be pressed to enable a change of reference.

Setting Description
-500.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[Motor Frequency] rFr

Motor frequency.

Setting Description
-3,276.7...3,276.7 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

EAV64318 01/2015 121

Display MOn-

[Multiplying Coeff.] MFr

Multiplying coefficient.
It can be accessed if [Ref Freq - Multiply] MA2,MA3 has been assigned.

Setting Description
0...100% Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Mains Voltage] ULn

Mains voltage based on DC bus measurement, motor running or stopped.

Setting Description
1.0...860.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: _

[DC Bus Voltage] UbuS

DC bus voltage.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Drive Therm State] tHd

Drive thermal state.
The normal drive thermal state is 100%, the [Motor Overload] OLF is set to 118%.

Setting Description
0...200% Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Used Param. Set] CFpS

Used parameter set.
Configuration parameter status (can be accessed if parameter switching has been enabled).

Setting Code / Value Description

[None] nO Not assigned
[Set N1] CFP1 Parameter set 1 active
[Set N2] CFP2 Parameter set 2 active
[Set N3] CFP3 Parameter set 3 active

122 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

Section 6.6
[Thermal monitoring]

[Thermal monitoring]

[Thermal monitoring] tPM- Menu

Access
[Display] [Thermal monitoring]

About This Menu

The content of this menu can be accessed if the thermal monitoring function has been activated.

Wiring
Refer to the wiring (see page 396) of the [Pump thermal monit] tPP- menu.

[AI2 Th Value] tH2U

AI2 thermal value.

Setting Description
-15...200C Setting range
Factory setting: –

[AI3 Th Value] tH3U

AI3 thermal value.
Identical to [AI2 Th Value] tH2U.

[AI4 Th Value] tH4U

AI4 thermal value.
Identical to [AI2 Th Value] tH2U.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.

[AI5 Th Value] tH5U

AI5 thermal value.
Identical to [AI2 Th Value] tH2U.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.

EAV64318 01/2015 123

Display MOn-

Section 6.7
[PID display]

[PID display]

[PID display] PIC- Menu

Access
[Display] [PID display]

About This Menu

NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Follow the instructions about the
compatibility of functions.
Following parameters can be accessed if [PID feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] no.

[Internal PID ref] rPI

Internal PID reference.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 150

[PID Reference] rPC

PID setpoint value.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[PID feedback] rPF

PID feedback value.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[PID Error] rPE

PID error value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: –

[PID Output] rPO

PID output value.

Setting Description
[PID Min Output] pol...[PID Max Setting range
Output] poh Factory setting: _

124 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

Section 6.8
[Counter management]

[Counter management]

[Counter Management] ELt- Menu

Access
[Display] [Counter Management]

About This Menu

This menu shows the drive and motor-related counters.

[Motor Run Time] rtH

Motor run time.
Run elapsed time display (resettable) in seconds, minutes, or hours (length of time the motor has been
switched on).

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 s Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Power-on Time] PtH

Power-on time.

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 s Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Fan Operation Time] FPbt

Fan operation time.
As soon as [Fan Operation Time] FPbt reach the predefined value of 45,000 hours, a warning [Fan
Counter Warning] FCtA is triggered.
[Fan Operation Time] FPbt counter can be set to 0 by using the [Counter Reset] rPr parameter.

Setting Description
0...50,000 h Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Nb of start] nSM

Number of motor starts.

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 Setting range
Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 125

Display MOn-

[Counter Reset] rPr

Counter reset.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
Factory setting
[Run Time Reset] rtH Run time reset
[Power ON Time Reset] PtH Power ON time reset
[Reset Fan Counter] FtH Reset fan counter
[Clear NSM] nsm Number of motor start
[Efficiency MAX] EFYK Efficiency max
[Efficiency MIN] EFYJ Efficiency min
[Flow Rate MAX] FS1K Flow rate max
[Flow Rate MIN] FS1J Flow rate min
[Reset Total Quantity] FS1C Reset total quantity

126 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

Section 6.9
[Other state]

[Other state]

[Other state] SSt- Menu

Access
[Display] [Other state]

About This Menu

List of secondary states.

List
[Anti-Jam pending] JAMP
[Anti-Jam In Progress] JAMr
[PipeFill In Progress] FILL
[InPres Comp Active] IPPC
[Sleep Active] SLM
[Priming pump running] PPOn
[Jockey pump running] JPOn
[Sleep Boost active] SLPb
[Sleep Checking activated] ASLC
[Set 1 active] CFP1
[Set 2 active] CFP2
[Set 3 active] CFP3
[Set 4 active] CFP4
[PID Active] AUtO
[DC Bus Charged] dbL
[Fast stop Active] FSt
[Fallback Frequency] FrF
[Speed Maintained] rLS
[Type of stop] Stt
[In braking] brS
[Ref Freq Warning] SrA
[Forward] MFrd
[Reverse] MrrS
[In motor fluxing] FLX
[Autotuning] tUn

EAV64318 01/2015 127

Display MOn-

Section 6.10
[I/O map]

[I/O map]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Digital Input Map] LIA- Menu 129
[AI1] AI1C- Menu 130
[AI2] AI2C- Menu 132
[AI3] AI3C- Menu 133
[AI4] AI4C- Menu 134
[AI5] AI5C- Menu 135
[Digital output map] LOA- Menu 136
[AQ1] AO1C- Menu 137
[AQ2] AO2C- Menu 141
[DI5 frequency measured] PFC5- Menu 142
[DI6 frequency measured] PFC6- Menu 144

128 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[Digital Input Map] LIA- Menu

Access
[Display] [I/O map] [Digital Input Map]

About This Menu

This menu presents the state and assignment of digital inputs.
Read-only parameters, cannot be configured.
It is used to visualize the state of the digital inputs and Safe Torque Off inputs.
It displays all the functions that are assigned to the digital input in order to verify for multiple assignments.
If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed. Use the touch wheel to scroll through the
functions.

EAV64318 01/2015 129

Display MOn-

[AI1] AI1C- Menu

Access
[Display] [I/O map] [Analog inputs image] [AI1]

[AI1] AI1C
Physical value AI1.
AI1 customer image: value of analog input 1.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: –

NOTE: The parameters [AI1 Assignment] AI1A, [AI1 min value] UIL1, [AI1 max value] UIH1
and [AI1 filter] AI1F can be accessed on the Graphic Display Terminal by pressing the OK key on the
[AI1] AI1C parameter.

[AI1 Assignment] AI1A

Analog input AI1 functions assignment.
Read-only parameter, cannot be configured. It displays all the functions associated with input AI1 in order
to verify, for example, for compatibility problems.
If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
[AQ1 assignment] AO1 Analog output AQ1
[AQ2 assignment] AO2 Analog output AQ2
[Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference frequency channel 1
Factory Setting
[Ref Freq Channel 2] Fr2 Reference frequency channel 2
[Ref Frequency 2 Summing] SA2 Reference frequency 2 summing
[PID Feedback] PIF PI controller feedback
[Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA2 Subtract reference frequency 2
[Manual PID Ref.] PIM Manual speed reference of the PID controller (auto-man)
[PID Ref Frequency] FPI PID reference frequency
[Ref Frequency 3 Summing] SA3 Reference frequency 3 summing
[Ref Frequency 1B] Fr1b Reference frequency 1B
[Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA3 Subtract reference frequency 3
[Forced local] FLOC Forced local reference source1
[Ref Frequency 2 multiplier] MA2 Reference frequency 2 multiplier
[Ref Frequency 3 multiplier] MA3 Reference frequency 3 multiplier
[Virtual AI1 Channel] AIC1 Virtual AI1 channel selector function
[InletPres Assign] PS1A Select the source of inlet pressure sensor
[OutletPres Assign] PS2A Select the source of outlet pressure sensor
[Inst Flow Assign] FS1A Select the source of installation flow sensor
[Pump Flow Assign] FS2A Select the source of pump flow sensor

130 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[AI1 min value] UIL1

AI1 minimum value.
AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] ai1t is set to [Voltage] 10u.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc

[AI1 max value] UIH1

AI1 maximum value.
AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] ai1t is set to [Voltage] 10u.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc

[AI1 min. value] CrL1

AI1 minimum value.
AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] ai1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AI1 max. value] CrH1

AI1 maximum value.
AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] ai1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

[AI1 filter] AI1F

AI1 filter.
Interference filtering.

Setting Description
0.00...10.00 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0.00 s

EAV64318 01/2015 131

Display MOn-

[AI2] AI2C- Menu

Access
[Display] [I/O map] [Analog inputs image] [AI2]

[AI2] AI2C
Physical value AI2.
AI2 customer image: value of analog input 2.
Identical to [AI1] AI1C (see page 130).

[AI2 Assignment] AI2A

Configuration of AI2.
Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 130).

[AI2 min value] UIL2

AI2 minimum value.
AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2T is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 131).

[AI2 max value] UIH2

AI2 maximum value.
AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2T is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 131).

[AI2 min. value] CrL2

AI2 minimum value.
AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2T is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 131).

[AI2 max. value] CrH2

AI2 maximum value.
AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2T is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 131).

[AI2 filter] AI2F

AI2 filter.
Interference filtering.
Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 131).

132 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[AI3] AI3C- Menu

Access
[Display] [I/O map] [Analog inputs image] [AI3]

[AI3] AI3C
Physical value AI3.
AI3 customer image: value of analog input 3.
Identical to [AI1] AI1C (see page 130).

[AI3 Assignment] AI3A

Configuration of AI3.
Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 130).

[AI3 min value] UIL3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3T is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 131).

[AI3 max value] UIH3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3T is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 131).

[AI3 min. value] CrL3

Value for low speed AI3.
AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3T is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 131).

[AI3 max. value] CrH3

Value for high-speed AI3.
AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3T is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 131).

[AI3 Filter] AI3F

AI3 filter.
Interference filtering.
Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 131).

EAV64318 01/2015 133

Display MOn-

[AI4] AI4C- Menu

Access
[Display] [I/O map] [Analog inputs image] [AI4]

[AI4] AI4C
Physical value AI4.
AI4 customer image: value of analog input 4.
Identical to [AI1] AI1C (see page 130).

[AI4 Assignment] AI4A

AI4 functions assignment. If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed.
Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 130).

[AI4 min value] UIL4

AI4 minimum value.
AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] AI4T is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 131).

[AI4 max value] UIH4

AI4 maximum value.
AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] AI4T is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 131).

[AI4 min. value] CrL4

AI4 minimum value.
AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] AI4T is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 131).

[AI4 max. value] CrH4

AI4 maximum value.
AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] AI4T is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 131).

[AI4 filter] AI4F

Interference filtering cut-off time of the low-filter.
Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 131).

134 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[AI5] AI5C- Menu

Access
[Display] [I/O map] [Analog inputs image] [AI5]

[AI5] AI5C
AI5 customer image: value of analog input 5.
Identical to [AI1] AI1C (see page 130).

[AI5 Assignment] AI5A

AI5 functions assignment. If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed.
Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 130).

[AI5 min value] UIL5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] AI5T is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 131).

[AI5 max value] UIH5

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] AI5T is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 131).

[AI5 min. value] CrL5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] AI5T is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 131).

[AI5 max. value] CrH5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] AI5T is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 131).

[AI5 filter] AI5F

Interference filtering cut-off time of the low filter.
Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 131).

EAV64318 01/2015 135

Display MOn-

[Digital output map] LOA- Menu

Access
[Display] [I/O map] [Digital output map]

About This Menu

DO assignment.
On the Graphic Display Terminal, click the digital output to see the assignment.
Read-only parameters, cannot be configured.
It displays the function which is assigned to a digital output. If no function has been assigned, [Not
assigned] nO is displayed.
It allows to verify the delay, active state, and holding time set for the digital output. Possible values are
identical as those in the configuration menu.

136 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[AQ1] AO1C- Menu

Access
[Display] [I/O map] [Analog outputs image] [AQ1]

Minimum and Maximum Output Values

The minimum output value, in volts, corresponds to the lower limit of the assigned parameter and the
maximum value corresponds to its upper limit. The minimum value may be greater than the maximum
value.

PA Parameter assigned
C / VO Current or voltage output
UL Upper limit
LL Low limit
1 [Min Output] AOLx or UOLx
2 [Max Output] AOHx or UOHx

EAV64318 01/2015 137

Display MOn-

Scaling of the Assigned Parameter

The scale of the assigned parameter can be adapted in accordance with requirements by modifying the
values of the lower and upper limits with two parameters for each analogic output.
These parameters are given in %. 100% corresponds to the total variation range of the configured
parameter, so: 100% = upper limit - lower limit.
For example, [Sign. torque] Stq which varies between –3 and +3 times the rated torque, 100%
corresponds to 6 times the rated torque.
 The [Scaling AQx min] ASLx parameter modifies the lower limit: new value = lower limit + (range x
ASLx). The value 0% (factory setting) does not modify the lower limit.
 The [Scaling AQx max] ASHx parameter modifies the upper limit: new value = lower limit + (range
x ASLx). The value 100% (factory setting) does not modify the upper limit.
 [Scaling AQx min] ASLx must always be lower than [Scaling AQx max] ASHx.

UL Upper limit of the assigned parameter

LL Lower limit of the assigned parameter
NS New scale
1 ASHx
2 ASLx

Application Example
The value of the motor current at the AO1 output is to be transferred with 0...20 mA, range 2 in motor, in
motor being the equivalent of a 0.8 In drive.
 The [Motor Current] OCr parameter varies from 0 to 2 times the rated drive current, or a range of 2.5
times the rated drive current.
 [Scaling AQ1 min] ASL1 must not modify the lower limit, which therefore remains at its factory
setting of 0%.
 [Scaling AQ1 max] ASH1 must modify the upper limit by 0.5x the rated motor torque, or 100 - 100/5
= 80% (new value = lower limit + (range x ASH1).

[AQ1] AO1C
AO1 customer image: value of analogic output 1.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: _

138 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[AQ1 assignment] AO1

AO1 assignment.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory Setting
[Motor Current] OCr Current in the motor, from 0 to 2 In (In = rated drive current indicated in the
Installation manual and on the drive nameplate)
[Motor Frequency] OFr Output frequency, from 0 to [Max Frequency] tFr
[Ramp out.] OrP From 0 to [Max Frequency] tFr
[Motor torq.] trq Motor torque, from 0 to 3 times the rated motor torque
[Sign. torque] Stq Signed motor torque, between –3 and +3 times the rated motor torque. The
+ sign corresponds to the motor mode and the – sign to the generator mode
(braking).
[sign ramp] OrS Signed ramp output, between –[Max Frequency] tFr and +[Max
Frequency] tFr
[PID ref.] OPS PID controller reference between [Min PID reference] PIP1 and [Max
PID reference] PIP2
[PID feedbk] OPF PID controller feedback between [Min PID feedback] PIF1 and [Max
PID feedback] PIF2
[PID error] OPE PID controller detected error between –5% and +5% of [Max PID
feedback] PIF2 – [Min PID feedback] PIF1
[PID output] OPI PID controller output between [Low speed] LSP and [High speed] HSP
[Drive power] OPr Motor power, between 0 and 2.5 times [Nominal Motor Power] nPr
[Mot thermal] tHr Motor thermal state, from 0 to 200% of the rated thermal state
[Drv thermal] tHd Drive thermal state, from 0 to 200% of the rated thermal state
[Sig. o/p frq.] OFS Signed output frequency, between –[Max Frequency] tFr and +[Max
Frequency] tFr
[Motor volt.] UOP Voltage applied to the motor, between 0 and [Nom Motor Voltage] UnS
warning
[Inlet Pressure Value] PS1u Inlet pressure value
[Outlet Pressure Value] PS2u Outlet pressure value
[Installation Flow] FS1u Installation flow value

[AQ1 Min Output] UOL1

AO1 minimum output.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc

[AQ1 max Output] UOH1

AO1 maximum output.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc

EAV64318 01/2015 139

Display MOn-

[AQ1 min output] AOL1

AO1 minimum output.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AQ1 max output] AOH1

AO1 maximum output.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

[Scaling AQ2 min] ASL1

Scaling of the lower limit of the assigned parameter, as a % of the maximum possible variation.

Setting Description
0.0...100.0% Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0%

[Scaling AQ1 max] ASH1

Scaling of the upper limit of the assigned parameter, as a % of the maximum possible variation.

Setting Description
0.0...100.0% Setting range
Factory setting: 100.0%

[AQ1 Filter] AO1F

Interference filtering.
This parameter is forced to 0 if [AQ1 assignment] AO1 is set to [DQ1] dO1.

Setting Description
0.00...10.00 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0.00 s

140 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[AQ2] AO2C- Menu

Access
[Display] [I/O Map] [Analog outputs image] [AQ2]

[AQ2] AO2C
AO2 customer image: value of analog output 2.
Identical to [AQ1] AO1C (see page 138).

[AQ2 Assignment] AO2

AO2 assignment.
Identical to [AQ1 assignment] AO1 (see page 139).

[AQ2 Min Output] UOL2

AO2 minimum output.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AQ1 min Output] UOL1 (see page 139).

[AQ2 Max Output] UOH2

AO2 maximum output.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AQ1 max Output] UOH1 (see page 139).

[AQ2 Min Output] AOL2

AO2 minimum output.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AQ1 min Output] UOL1 (see page 140).

[AQ2 Max Output] AOH2

AO2 maximum output.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AQ1 max Output] UOH1 (see page 140).

[Scaling AQ2 min] ASL2

Scaling of the lower limit of the assigned parameter, as a % of the maximum possible variation.
Identical to [Scaling AQ2 min] ASL1 (see page 140).

[Scaling AQ2 max] ASH2

Scaling of the upper limit of the assigned parameter, as a % of the maximum possible variation.
Identical to [Scaling AQ1 max] ASH1 (see page 140).

[AQ2 Filter] AO2F

Interference filtering.
This parameter is forced to 0 if [AQ2 Assignment] AO2 is set to [DQ2] dO2.
Identical to [AQ1 Filter] AO1F (see page 140).

EAV64318 01/2015 141

Display MOn-

[DI5 frequency measured] PFC5- Menu

Access
[Display] [I/O map] [Freq. signal image] [DI5 frequency measured]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed on the Graphic Display Terminal by pressing the OK key on the
[DI5 Frequency Measured] PFC5 parameter.

[DI5 Frequency Measured] PFC5

Filtered customer pulse input frequency reference.

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A

Di5 pulse input assignment.
It displays all the functions associated with the pulse input in order to verify, for example, for compatibility
problems.
If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory Setting
[AQ1 assignment] AO1 Analog output AQ1
[AQ2 assignment] AO2 Analog output AQ2
[Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference frequency channel 1
[Ref Freq Channel 2] Fr2 Reference frequency channel 2
[Ref Frequency 2 Summing] SA2 Reference frequency 2 summing
[PID Feedback] PIF PI controller feedback
[Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA2 Subtract reference frequency 2
[Manual PID Ref.] PIM Manual speed reference of the PID controller (auto-man)
[PID Ref Frequency] FPI PID reference frequency
[Ref Frequency 3 Summing] SA3 Reference frequency 3 summing
[Ref Frequency 1B] Fr1b Reference frequency 1B
[Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA3 Subtract reference frequency 3
[Forced local] FLOC Forced local reference source1
[Ref Frequency 2 multiplier] MA2 Reference frequency 2 multiplier
[Ref Frequency 3 multiplier] MA3 Reference frequency 3 multiplier
[Virtual AI1 Channel] AIC1 Virtual AI1 channel selector function
[InletPres Assign] PS1A Select the source of inlet pressure sensor
[OutletPres Assign] PS2A Select the source of outlet pressure sensor
[Inst Flow Assign] FS1A Select the source of installation flow sensor
[Pump Flow Assign] FS2A Select the source of pump flow sensor

[DI5 PulseInput Low Freq] PIL5

Di5 pulse input low frequency.
Pulse input scaling parameter of 0% in Hz x 10 unit.

Setting Description
0.00...30000.00 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0 Hz

142 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[DI5 PulseInput High Freq] PIH5

Di5 pulse input high frequency.
Pulse input scaling parameter of 100% in Hz x 10 unit.

Setting Description
0.00...30.00 kHz Setting range
Factory setting: 30.00 kHz

[DI5 Frequency Filter] PFI5

Interference filtering pulse input cut-off time of the low-filter.

Setting Description
0...1,000 ms Setting range
Factory setting: 0 ms

EAV64318 01/2015 143

Display MOn-

[DI6 frequency measured] PFC6- Menu

Access
[Display] [I/O map] [Freq. signal image] [DI6 frequency measured]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed on the Graphic Display Terminal by pressing the OK key on the
[DI6 Frequency Measured] PFC6 parameter.

[DI6 Frequency Measured] PFC6

Filtered customer pulse input frequency reference.
Identical to [DI5 frequency measured] PFC5 (see page 142).

[DI6 Pulse Input Assign] PI6A

Di6 pulse input assignment.
Identical to [DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A (see page 142).

[DI6 PulseInput Low Freq] PIL6

Di6 pulse input low frequency.
Identical to [DI5 PulseInput Low Freq] PIL5 (see page 142).

[DI6 PulseInput High Freq] PIH6

Di6 pulse input high frequency.
Identical to [DI5 PulseInput High Freq] PIH5 (see page 143).

[DI6 Frequency Filter] PFI6

Interference filtering pulse input cut-off time of the low-filter.
Identical to [DI5 Frequency Filter] PFI5 (see page 143).

144 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

Section 6.11
[Communication map]

[Communication map]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Communication map] CMM- Menu 146
[Modbus network diag] Mnd-Menu 149
[Com. scanner input map] ISA- Menu 150
[Com scan output map] OSA- Menu 151
[Modbus HMI Diag] MdH- Menu 152
[Ethernet Emb Diag] MPE- Menu 153
[Ethernet Module Diag] MtE- Menu 154
[DeviceNet Diag] dUn- Menu 155
[Profibus Diag] Prb- Menu 156
[PROFINET Diag] Prn- Menu 158
[Command word image] CWI- Menu 160
[Freq. ref. word map] rWI- Menu 161
[CANopen map] CnM- Menu 162
[PDO1 image] PO1- Menu 163
[PDO2 image] PO2- Menu 165
[PDO3 image] PO3- Menu 166
[CANopen map] CnM- Menu 167

EAV64318 01/2015 145

Display MOn-

[Communication map] CMM- Menu

Access
[Display] [Communication map]

[Command Channel] CMdC

Command channel.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Terminals] tEr Terminal block source
Factory Setting
[Ref. Freq- Rmt. Term] LCC Reference Frequency via remote terminal
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has been
inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has
been inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet

[Cmd Register] CMd

Command register.
[Control Mode] CHCF is not set to [I/O profile] IO
Possible values in CiA402 profile, separate, or not separate mode:

Bit Description, Value

0 Set to 1: "Switch on"/Contactor command
1 Set to 0: "Disable voltage"/Authorization to supply AC power
2 Set to 0: "Quick stop"
3 Set to 1: "Enable operation"/Run command
4 to 6 Reserved (= 0)
7 "Fault reset" acknowledgment active on 0 to 1 rising edge
8 Set to 1: Halt stop according to the [Type Of Stop] Stt parameter without leaving the
operation enabled state
9 and 10 Reserved (= 0)
11 to 15 Can be assigned to commands

Possible values in the I/O profile. On state command [2-Wire Control] 2C:

Bit Description, Value

0 Forward (on state) command:
0: No forward command
1: Forward command
NOTE: The assignment of bit 0 cannot be modified. It corresponds to the assignment of the
terminals. It can be switched. Bit 0 Cd00 is only active if the channel of this control word is
active.
1 to 15 Can be assigned to commands

Possible values in the I/O profile. On edge command [3-Wire Control] 3C:

Bit Description, Value

0 Stop (run authorization):
0: Stop
1: Run is authorized on a forward or reverse command
1 Forward (on 0 to 1 rising edge) command
2 to 15 Can be assigned to commands
NOTE: The assignment of bits 0 and 1 cannot be modified. It corresponds to the assignment of the terminals. It can
be switched. Bits 0 Cd00 and 1 Cd01 are only active if the channel of this control word is active.

146 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[Ref Freq Channel] rFCC

Channel of reference frequency.
Identical to [Command Channel] CMdC (see page 146)

[Pre-Ramp Ref Freq] FrH

Frequency reference before ramp.

Setting Description
-500.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: _

[CIA402 State Reg] EtA

CIA402 State Register.
Possible values in CiA402 profile, separate, or not separate mode:

Bit Description, Value

0 "Ready to switch on", awaiting power section line supply
1 "Switched on", ready
2 "Operation enabled", running
3 Operating detected error state:
0: Inactive
1: Active
4 "Voltage enabled", power section line supply present:
0: Power section line supply absent
1: Power section line supply present
NOTE: When the drive is powered by the power section only, this bit is always at 1.
5 Quick stop
6 "Switched on disabled", power section line supply locked
7 Warning:
0: No warning
1: Warning
8 Reserved (= 0)
9 Remote: command or reference via the network
0: Command or reference via the Graphic Display Terminal
1: Command or reference via the network
10 Targets reference reached:
0: The reference is not reached
1: The reference has been reached
NOTE: When the drive is in speed mode, this is the speed reference.
11 "Internal limit active", reference outside limits:
0: The reference is within the limits
1: The reference is not within the limits
NOTE: When the drive is in speed mode, the limits are defined by the [Low speed] LSP and
[High speed] HSP parameters.
12 Reserved
13 Reserved
14 "Stop key", STOP via stop key:
0: STOP key not pressed
1: Stop triggered by the STOP key on the Graphic Display Terminal
15 "Direction", direction of rotation:
0: Forward rotation at output
1: Reverse rotation at output
NOTE: The combination of bits 0, 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6 defines the state in the DSP 402 state chart (see the communication
manuals).

EAV64318 01/2015 147

Display MOn-

Possible values in the I/O profile:

Bit Description, Value

0 Reserved (= 0 or 1)
1 Ready:
0: Not ready
1: Ready
2 Running:
0: The drive does not start if a reference other than zero is applied
1: Running, if a reference other than zero is applied, the drive can start
3 Operating detected error state:
0: Inactive
1: Active
4 Power section line supply present:
0: Power section line supply absent
1: Power section line supply present
5 Reserved (= 1)
6 Reserved (= 0 or 1)
7 Warning
0: No warning
1: Warning
8 Reserved (= 0)
9 Command via a network:
0: Command via the terminals or the Graphic Display Terminal
1: Command via a network
10 Reference reached:
0: The reference is not reached
1: The reference has been reached
11 Reference outside limits:
0: The reference is within the limits
1: The reference is not within the limits
NOTE: When the drive is in speed mode, the limits are defined by LSP and HSP parameters.
12 Reserved (= 0)
13 Reserved (= 0)
14 Stop via STOP key:
0: STOP key not pressed
1: Stop triggered by the STOP key on the Graphic Display Terminal
15 Direction of rotation:
0: Forward rotation at output
1: Reverse rotation at output
NOTE: The value is identical in the CiA402 profile and the I/O profile. In the I/O profile, the description of the values
is simplified and does not refer to the CiA402 (Drivecom) state chart.

148 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[Modbus network diag] Mnd-Menu

Access
[Display] [Communication map] [Modbus network diag]

About This Menu

Used for the Modbus serial communication port at the bottom of the control block. Refer to the Modbus
serial embedded communication manual for a complete description.

[COM LED] MdB1

View of the Modbus communication LED.

[Mdb Frame Nb] M1Ct

Modbus network frames counter: number of processed frames.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Mb NET CRC errors] M1EC

Modbus network CRC error countered: number of CRC errors

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 149

Display MOn-

[Com. scanner input map] ISA- Menu

Access
[Display] [Communication map] [Modbus network diag] [Com. scanner input map]

About This Menu

Used for CANopen® and Modbus network.

[Com Scan In1 val.] nM1

Com scanner input 1 value. Value of the first input word.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Com Scan In2 val.] nM2

Com scanner input 2 value. Value of the second input word.
Identical to [Com Scan In1 val.] nM1 (see page 150).

[Com Scan In3 val.] nM3

Com scanner input 3 value. Value of the third input word.
Identical to [Com Scan In1 val.] nM1 (see page 150).

[Com Scan In4 val.] nM4

Com scanner input 4 value. Value of the fourth input word.
Identical to [Com Scan In1 val.] nM1 (see page 150).

[Com Scan In5 val.] nM5

Com scanner input 5 value. Value of the fifth input word.
Identical to [Com Scan In1 val.] nM1 (see page 150).

[Com Scan In6 val.] nM6

Com scanner input 6 value. Value of the sixth input word.
Identical to [Com Scan In1 val.] nM1 (see page 150).

[Com Scan In7 val.] nM7

Com scanner input 7 value. Value of the seventh input word.
Identical to [Com Scan In1 val.] nM1 (see page 150).

[Com Scan In8 val.] nM8

Com scanner input 8 value. Value of the eighth input word.
Identical to [Com Scan In1 val.] nM1 (see page 150).

150 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[Com scan output map] OSA- Menu

Access
[Display] [Communication map] [Com scan output map]

About This Menu

Used for CANopen® and Modbus networks.

[Com Scan Out1 val.] nC1

Com scanner output 1 value. Value of the first output word.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Com Scan Out2 val.] nC2

Com scanner output 2 value. Value of the second output word.
Identical to [Com Scan Out1 val.] nC1 (see page 151).

[Com Scan Out3 val.] nC3

Com scanner output 3 value. Value of the third output word.
Identical to [Com Scan Out1 val.] nC1 (see page 151).

[Com Scan Out4 val.] nC4

Com scanner output 4 value. Value of the fourth output word.
Identical to [Com Scan Out1 val.] nC1 (see page 151).

[Com Scan Out5 val.] nC5

Com scanner output 5 value. Value of the fifth output word.
Identical to [Com Scan Out1 val.] nC1 (see page 151).

[Com Scan Out6 val.] nC6

Com scanner output 6 value. Value of the sixth output word.
Identical to [Com Scan Out1 val.] nC1 (see page 151).

[Com Scan Out7 val.] nC7

Com scanner output 7 value. Value of the seventh output word.
Identical to [Com Scan Out1 val.] nC1 (see page 151).

[Com Scan Out8 val.] nC8

Com scanner output 8 value. Value of the eighth output word.
Identical to [Com Scan Out1 val.] nC1 (see page 151).

EAV64318 01/2015 151

Display MOn-

[Modbus HMI Diag] MdH- Menu

Access
[Display] [Communication map] [Modbus HMI Diag]

About This Menu

Used for the Modbus serial communication port at the front of the control block (used by the Graphic
Display Terminal)

[COM LED] Mdb2

View of the Modbus HMI communication LED.

[Mdb NET frames] M2Ct

Terminal Modbus 2: number of processed frames.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range

[Mdb NET CRC errors] M2EC

Terminal Modbus 2: number of CRC errors.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range

152 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[Ethernet Emb Diag] MPE- Menu

Access
[Display] [Communication map] [Ethernet Emb Diag]

About This Menu

Refer to the Modbus TCP Ethernet-IP communication module manual.

[MAC @] MACE
MAC address of the embedded Ethernet Modbus TCP board.
Read-only parameter.
The address format is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX.

[ETH emb Rx frames] ErXE

Ethernet embedded Rx frames counter.

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[ETH emb Tx frames] EtXE

Ethernet embedded Tx frames counter.

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[ETH emb error frames] EErE

Ethernet embedded error frames counter.

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Ethernet Rate Data] ArdE

Actual data rate.

Code / Value
Setting Description
[Auto] AUtO Automatic
[10M. full] 10F 10 F
[10M. half] 10H 10 H
[100M. full] 100F 100 F
[100M. half] 100H 100 H

EAV64318 01/2015 153

Display MOn-

[Ethernet Module Diag] MtE- Menu

Access
[Display] [Communication map] [Ethernet Module Diag]

About This Menu

Following parameters are accessible if Ethernet-IP - Modbus TCP Module (VW3A3720) has been inserted.

[MAC @] MACo
MAC address of the embedded Ethernet Modbus TCP board.
Read-only parameter.
The address format is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX.

[ETH opt Rx frames] ErXO

Ethernet embedded Rx frames counter.

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[ETH opt Tx frames] EtXO

Ethernet embedded Tx frames counter.

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[ETH opt error frames] EErO

Ethernet embedded error frames counter.

Setting Description
0...4,294,967,295 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Actual rate] Ard

Actual data rate.

Code / Value
Setting Description
[Auto] AUtO Automatic
[10M. full] 10F 10 F
[10M. half] 10H 10 H
[100M. full] 100F 100 F
[100M. half] 100H 100 H

154 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[DeviceNet Diag] dUn- Menu

Access
[Display] [Communication map] [DeviceNet Diag]

About This Menu

Following parameters are accessible if DeviceNet module (VW3A3609) has been inserted.

[Data rate used] bdrU

Data rate used by the fieldbus module.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Automatic] AUtO Automatic detection
Factory setting
[125 Kbps] 125k 125,000 Bauds
[250 Kbps] 250k 250,000 Bauds
[500 Kbps] 500k 500,000 Bauds

[Fieldbus Error] EPF2

External detected error from fieldbus module.

[Fieldbus Com Interrupt] CnF

Fieldbus module communication interruption.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 155

Display MOn-

[Profibus Diag] Prb- Menu

Access
[Display] [Communication] [Profibus Diag]

About This Menu

Following parameters are accessible if Profibus DP module (VW3A3607) has been inserted.

[Data rate used] bdrU

Data rate used by the fieldbus module.

Code / Value Description

Setting
[Automatic] AUtO Automatic detection
Factory setting
[9.6 Kbps] 9k6 9,600 Bauds
[19.2 Kbps] 19k2 19,200 Bauds
[93.75 Kbps] 93k7 93,750 Bauds
[187.5 Kbps] 187k 187,500 Bauds
[500 Kbps] 500k 500,000 Bauds
[1.5 Mbps] 1M5 1.5 MBauds
[3 Mbps] 3M 3 MBauds
[6 Mbps] 6M 6 MBauds
[12 Mbps] 12M 12 MBauds

[PPO profile used] PrFL

PPO profile in use.

Code / Value Description

Setting
[Not configured] UnGG Not configured
[1] 1 PROFIdrive
[100] 100 Device specific
[101] 101 Device specific
[102] 102 Device specific

[DP Master Active] dPMA

Active master: 1 or 2.

Code / Value Description

Setting
[MCL1] 1 Master 1
Factory setting
[MCL2] 2 Master 2

[Fieldbus Error] EPF2

External detected error from fieldbus module.

156 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[Fieldbus Com Interrupt] CnF

Fieldbus module communication interruption.

Description
Setting
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[InternCom Error1] ILF1

Option module communication interruption.

Description
Setting
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 157

Display MOn-

[PROFINET Diag] Prn- Menu

Access
[Display] [Communication map] [PROFINET Diag]

About This Menu

Following parameters are accessible if PROFINET® module (VW3A3627) has been inserted.

[MAC @] MAC
MAC address of the embedded Ethernet Modbus TCP board.
read-only parameter.
The address format is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX.

[PPO profile used] PrFL

PPO profile in use.

Code / Value Description

Setting
[Not configured] UnGG Not configured
[1] 1 PROFIdrive
[100] 100 Device specific
[101] 101 Device specific
[102] 102 Device specific
[106] 106 Device specific
[107] 107 Device specific

[Ethernet Error Code] Err

Ethernet specific error code.

Description
Setting
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[iPar Status] IPAE

PROFINET: IPAR service status.

Code / Value Description

Setting
[Idle State] IdLE Idle state
[Init] Init Initialization
[Configuration] COnF Configuration
[Ready] rdY Ready
[Operational] OPE Operational
[Not Configured] UCFG Not configured
[Unrecoverable Error] UrEC Unrecoverable detected error

[iPar Error Code] IPAd

IPar detected error code.

Description
Setting
0...5 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

158 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[DP Master Active] dPMA

Active master: 1 or 2.

Code / Value Description

Setting
[MCL1] 1 Master 1
Factory setting
[MCL2] 2 Master 2

[Fieldbus Error] EPF2

External detected error from fieldbus module.

[Fieldbus Com Interrupt] CnF

Fieldbus module communication interruption.

Description
Setting
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[InternCom Error1] ILF1

Option module communication interruption.

Description
Setting
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 159

Display MOn-

[Command word image] CWI- Menu

Access
[Display] [Communication map] [Command word image]

About This Menu

Command word image.

[Modbus Cmd] CMd1

Command word image built with Modbus port source.
Identical to [CMD Value] CMd (see page 146).

[CANopen Cmd] CMd2

Command word image built with CANopen® port source.
Identical to [CMD Value] CMd (see page 146).

[COM. Module Cmd.] CMd3

Command word image built with fieldbus module source.
Identical to [CMD Value] CMd (see page 146).

[Ethernet Embd cmd.] CMd5

Command word image built with Ethernet embedded source).
Identical to [CMD Value] CMd (see page 146).

160 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[Freq. ref. word map] rWI- Menu

Access
[Display] [Communication map] [Freq. ref. word map]

About This Menu

Frequency reference image.

[Modbus Ref Freq] LFr1

Frequency reference image built with Modbus port source (LFR_MDB).

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[CAN Ref Freq] LFr2

Frequency reference image built with CANopen® port source (LFR_CAN).

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[Com Module Ref Freq] LFr3

Frequency reference image built with fieldbus module source (LFR_COM).

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[Ethernet Embd Ref Freq] LFr5

Embedded Ethernet reference frequency.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

EAV64318 01/2015 161

Display MOn-

[CANopen map] CnM- Menu

Access
[Display] [Communication map] [CANopen map]

About This Menu

This menu is visible if a CANopen fieldbus module is present. Refer to the CANopen communication
module manual.

[RUN LED] COn

Bitfield: view of the CANopen® Run LED status.

[ERR LED] CAnE

Bitfield: view of the CANopen® error LED status.

162 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[PDO1 image] PO1- Menu

Access
[Display] [Communication map] [CANopen map] [PDO1 image]

About This Menu

View of the Receive PDO1 and Transmit PDO1.

[Receive PDO1-1] rp11

First frame of the receive PDO1.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Receive PDO1-2] rp12

Second frame of the receive PDO1.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Receive PDO1-3] rp13

Third frame of the receive PDO1.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Receive PDO1-4] rp14

Fourth frame of the receive PDO1.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Transmit PDO1-1] tp11

First frame of the transmit PDO1.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Transmit PDO1-2] tp12

Second frame of the transmit PDO1.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 163

Display MOn-

[Transmit PDO1-3] tp13

Third frame of the transmit PDO1.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Transmit PDO1-4] tp14

Fourth frame of the transmit PDO1.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

164 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[PDO2 image] PO2- Menu

Access
[Display] [Communication map] [CANopen map] [PDO2 image]

About This Menu

View of the RPDO2 and TPDO2: same structure as [PDO1 image] PO1- (see page 163).

[Receive PDO2-1] rp21

First frame of the receive PDO2.

[Receive PDO2-2] rp22

Second frame of the receive PDO2.

[Receive PDO2-3] rp23

Third frame of the receive PDO2.

[Receive PDO2-4] rp24

Fourth frame of the receive PDO2.

[Transmit PDO2-1] tp21

First frame of the transmit PDO2.

[Transmit PDO2-2] tp22

Second frame of the transmit PDO2.

[Transmit PDO2-3] tp23

Third frame of the transmit PDO2.

[Transmit PDO2-4] tp24

Fourth frame of the transmit PDO2.

EAV64318 01/2015 165

Display MOn-

[PDO3 image] PO3- Menu

Access
[Display] [Communication map] [CANopen map] [PDO3 image]

About This Menu

View of the RPDO3 and TPDO3.

[Receive PDO3-1] rp31

First frame of the receive PDO3.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Receive PDO3-2] rp32

Second frame of the receive PDO3.
Identical settings as in [Receive PDO3-1] rp31.

[Receive PDO3-3] rp33

Third frame of the receive PDO3.
Identical settings as in [Receive PDO3-1] rp31.

[Receive PDO3-4] rp34

Fourth frame of the receive PDO3.
Identical settings as in [Receive PDO3-1] rp31.

[Transmit PDO3-1] tp31

First frame of the transmit PDO3.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Transmit PDO3-2] tp32

Second frame of the transmit PDO3.
Identical settings as in [Transmit PDO3-1] tp31.

[Transmit PDO3-3] tp33

Third frame of the transmit PDO3.
Identical settings as in [Transmit PDO3-1] tp31.

[Transmit PDO3-4] tp34

Fourth frame of the transmit PDO3.
Identical settings as in [Transmit PDO3-1] tp31.

166 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[CANopen map] CnM- Menu

Access
[Display] [Communication map] [CANopen map]

About This Menu

CANopen® image.

[Canopen NMT state] nMtS

Drive NMT state of the CANopen® slave.

Settings Code / Value Description

[Boot] bOOt Bootup
[Stopped] StOP Stopped
[Operation] OPE Operational
[Pre-op] POPE Pre-Operational

[Number of TX PDO] nbtp

Number of transmit PDO.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Number of RX PDO] nbrp

Number of receive PDO.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[CANopen Error] ErCO

Error registry CANopen®.

Setting Description
0...5 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[RX Error Counter] rECI

Number of receive error counter (not saved at power off).

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[TX Error Counter] tECI

Number of transmit errors countered (not saved at power off).

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 167

Display MOn-

Section 6.12
[Data logging]

[Data logging]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Distributed logging] dLO- Menu 169
[Log dstrb prm select] LdP- Menu 170
[Distributed logging] dLO- Menu 171

168 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[Distributed logging] dLO- Menu

Access
[Display] [Data logging] [Distributed logging]

About This Menu

This menu is used to store data following specific parameters.
This function allows to log up to four parameter distributions at the same time. Each parameter storage is
synchronized with the same sample time.
The result of this function gives the possibility to extract a bar graph with 10 bars (every 10% of the defined
maximum value) to visualize the distribution for each of the four selected parameters.
NOTE: Any modification of the data logging function configuration will clear the data previously stored.
This function aims at extracting samples of data to store them. When available, these samples can be
uploaded by other tools (SoMove and/or Webserver). Data logging meets the need to record and store data
over time.
The drive can store the following data:

Type of [Data logging] Description [Data logging] storage: Access

Automatic/Manual
Drive identification Drive identification data Automatic SoMove
Webserver
Even warning logging Warning logging Automatic SoMove
Webserver
Even error logging Error logging Automatic SoMove
Webserver
Distribution logging 4 Distribution data Manual SoMove
Webserver
Energy logging 1 Energy logging data Automatic SoMove
Webserver

Activation
To activate [Distributed logging ] dLO-:
 Select 1 to 4 data to store with [Log dstrb prm select] LdP-
 Set [Log Distrib State] LdEn to [Start] StArt

The logging starts as soon as the motor is running.

To stop logging, set [Log Distrib State] LdEn to [Stop] StOP.

[Log Distrib State] LdEn

Logging distribution state.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Stop] StOP Distribution logging disabled.
Factory setting
[Start] StArt Distribution logs only when the motor is started.
[Always] Always Distribution logs all the time.
[Reset] Reset Distribution logging reset (configuration, data).
[Clear] Clear Clear distribution data.
[Error] Error An error has been detected during distribution logging.

EAV64318 01/2015 169

Display MOn-

[Log dstrb prm select] LdP- Menu

Access
[Display] [Data logging] [Distributed logging] [Log dstrb prm select]

About This Menu

This menu allows you to select up to 4 parameters for data logging. The peak value for each parameter is
also stored.

[Log Distrib. Data 1] Ldd1

Logging distribution data 1.

Code / Value Description

Setting
[Distrib. Log. Disable] nO Distribution logging disable
Factory setting
[Motor Frequency] rFr Motor frequency
[Motor Current] LCr Motor current
[Motor Speed] SPd Motor speed
[Motor Voltage] UOP Motor voltage
[Motor Mech. Power] OPrW Motor mechanical power
[Input Elec. Power] IPrW Input electrical power
[Output Elec. Power] EPrW Output electrical power
[Motor Torque] Otr Motor torque
[Mains Voltage] ULn Mains voltage
[DC BUS Voltage] UbUS DC BUS voltage
[PID Feedback] rPF PID feedback
[AI2 Th Value] tH2U Thermal sensor AI2
[AI3 Th Value] tH3U Thermal sensor AI3
[AI4 Th Value] tH4U Thermal sensor AI4
[AI5 Th Value] tH5U Thermal sensor AI5
[Drive Thermal State] tHd Drive thermal state
[Motor Therm State] tHr Motor thermal state
[Installation Flow] FS1U Installation flow
[Pump Flow] FS2U Pump flow
[Inlet Pressure Value] PS1U Inlet pressure sensor
[Outlet Pressure Value] PS2U Outlet pressure sensor
[Energy Consum. Ind.] ECI Energy consumption indicator
[Pump Efficiency] EFY Pump efficiency
[Energy Perf. Ind.] EPI Energy performance indicator

[Log Distrib. Data 2] Ldd2

Logging distribution data 2.
Identical to [Log Distrib. Data 1] Ldd1 (see page 170).

[Log Distrib. Data 3] Ldd3

Logging distribution data 3.
Identical to [Log Distrib. Data 1] Ldd1 (see page 170).

[Log Distrib. Data 4] Ldd4

Logging distribution data 4.
Identical to [Log Distrib. Data 1] Ldd1 (see page 170).

170 EAV64318 01/2015

 Display MOn-

[Distributed logging] dLO- Menu

Access
[Display] [Data logging] [Distributed logging]

About This Menu

NOTE: If a log data exceeds the user defined maximum values for log distribution data, this value will not
be stored in the log distribution.

[Log Distrib Slp Time] LdSt

Logging distribution sample time.

Setting Code / Value Description

[200 ms] 200MS 200 ms
[1 second] 1S 1s
Factory setting
[2 second] 2S 2s
[5 second] 5S 5s

[Max val log dist dat1] LdM1

Maximum value of the log distribution data 1.

Setting Description
10...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Max val log dist dat2] LdM2

Maximum value of the log distribution data 2.

Setting Description
10...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Max val log dist dat3] LdM3

Maximum value of the log distribution data 3.

Setting Description
10...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Max val log dist dat4] LdM4

Maximum value of the log distribution data 4.

Setting Description
10...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 171

Display MOn-

172 EAV64318 01/2015

 Altivar Process
Complete settings CSt-
EAV64318 01/2015

Chapter 7
[Complete settings] CSt-

[Complete settings] CSt-

Introduction

[Complete settings] CSt- menu presents all the settings related to drive functions for:
 Motor and drive configuration
 Application functions
 Monitoring functions

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following sections:
Section Topic Page
7.1 Overview 175
7.2 [Motor parameters] 177
7.3 [Define system units] 209
7.4 [Sensors assignment] 213
7.5 [Command and Reference] 242
7.6 [Pump functions] - [PID controller] 255
7.7 [Pump functions] - [Sleep/wakeup] 274
7.8 [Pump functions] - [Feedback monitoring] 316
7.9 [Pump functions] - [Pump characteristics] 318
7.10 [Pump functions] - [Sensorless flow estimation] 325
7.11 [Pump functions] - [Pump start stop] 328
7.12 [Pump functions] - [Pipe fill] 332
7.13 [Pump functions] - [Friction loss compensation] 335
7.14 [Pump functions] - [Jockey pump] 348
7.15 [Pump functions] - [Priming pump ctrl] 351
7.16 [Pump functions] - [Flow limitation] 353
7.17 [Pump monitoring] - [Pumpcycle monitoring] 367
7.18 [Pump monitoring] - [Anti jam] 369
7.19 [Pump monitoring] - [Dry run] 375
7.20 [Pump monitoring] - [Pump low flow Monit] 378
7.21 [Pump monitoring] - [Pump thermal monit] 395
7.22 [Pump monitoring] - [Inlet pressure monitori..] 403
7.23 [Pump monitoring] - [Outlet pressure monito..] 416
7.24 [Pump monitoring] - [High flow monitoring] 428
7.25 [Fan] - [PID controller] 441
7.26 [Fan] - [Feedback monitoring] 460
7.27 [Fan] - [Jump frequency] 461
7.28 [Fan] 462
7.29 [Generic functions] - [Speed limits] 464
7.30 [Generic functions] - [Ramp] 467
7.31 [Generic functions] - [Ramp switching] 470
7.32 [Generic functions] - [Stop configuration] 472
7.33 [Generic functions] - [Auto DC injection] 477
7.34 [Generic functions] - [Ref. operations] 480
7.35 [Generic functions] - [Preset speeds] 482
7.36 [Generic functions] - [+/- speed] 486

EAV64318 01/2015 173

Complete settings CSt-

Section Topic Page

7.37 [Generic functions] - [Jump frequency] 489
7.38 [Generic functions] - [PID controller] 490
7.39 [Generic functions] - [Feedback mon.] 509
7.40 [Generic functions] - [Threshold reached] 510
7.41 [Generic functions] - [Mains contactor command] 512
7.42 [Generic functions] - [Reverse disable] 514
7.43 [Generic functions] - [Torque limitation] 515
7.44 [Generic functions] - [Parameters switching] 517
7.45 [Generic functions] - [Stop on prolonged spd] 526
7.46 [Generic monitoring] 528
7.47 [Input/Output] - [I/O assignment] 535
7.48 [Input/Output] - [DI/DQ] 557
7.49 [Input/Output] - [Analog I/O] 578
7.50 [Input/Output] - [Relay] 595
7.51 [Error/Warning handling] 604
7.52 [Maintenance] 629

174 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.1
Overview

Overview

Application Control Mode

Introduction
There are five application control modes for the pump controller.
The application control mode is determined according to the selected channel and [PID regul.] PID
mode.
This table presents the priority order of the control modes:

Priority Channel Function Control mode

1 Local FLO or TK Local
2 Channel 2 FR2 Override
3 Channel 1 PIM PID manu
4 Channel 1 PISP PID auto
5 Channel 1 FR1 or FR1b Speed control

Application Control Functions

Application control functions are not all available in all modes.This table presents the availability of each
function according to the selected mode:

Function Channel 1 Channel 2 Local Application

PID Manu PID Auto No PID status

Reference Frequency PIM PISP FR1 or FR2 BMP or –

Source FR1b FLOC
Centrifugal Pump Start & Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes –
Stop
Thermal Pump Monitoring Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes –
Anti-Jam Yes Yes Yes No No AJAM
Priming Pump Control Yes Yes Yes No No PRIM
Pipe Fill Yes Yes Yes No No FILL
Dry Run Pump Monitoring Yes Yes Yes No No –
Pump Low Flow Monitoring Yes Yes Yes No No –
Pumpcycle Monitoring Yes Yes Yes No No –
High Flow Monitoring Yes Yes Yes No No –
Flow Limitation Yes Yes Yes No No FLIM
Outlet Pressure Monitoring Yes Yes Yes No No –
Inlet Pressure Monitoring Yes Yes Yes No No COMP
Process Control (PID) Yes (Manu) Yes (Auto) Not No No AUTO
configured MANU
PID Controller Yes Yes No No No BOOST
SLEEP
Sleep Wake-Up (Pressure No Yes No No No –
Control)
Advanced sleep Checking No Yes No No No –
(Pressure Control)
Friction Loss No Yes No No No –
Compensation
Jockey Pump Control No Yes No No No –
PID Feedback Monitoring No Yes No No No –
Stop After Speed Timeout Yes No Yes Yes Yes SLEEP

EAV64318 01/2015 175

Complete settings CSt-

Reference Channel Overview with PID Configured

1 Commutation between channel 1 and channel 1b done with [Acceleration 2] RCB parameter
2 Choice of the process setpoint done with [Intern PID Ref ] PII parameter
3 Manual function of the [PID regul.] PID, commutation done with PAU parameter
4 Choice between channel 1 and channel 2 done with [Freq Switch Assign] RFC parameter
5 Forced local mode activated by the function [Forced Local Assign] FLO or [T/K] fntK

Reference Channel Overview with PID Not Configured

1 Commutation between channel 1 and channel 1b done with [Acceleration 2] RCB parameter
2 Choice between channel 1 and channel 2 done with [Freq Switch Assign] RFC parameter
3 Forced local mode activated by the function [Forced Local Assign] FLO or [T/K] fntK

Monitoring Functions
This table presents the function availability depending on the application status:

Application System monitoring functions Pump monitoring functions (pump running)

status Outlet low Outlet high High flow Inlet low Pump low Dry run Pumpcycle
pressure pressure pressure flow
AJAM No No No No No No Only 1 per
cycle
PRIM No Yes Yes N/A or no N/A N/A N/A
FILL No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Each start
RUN, Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Each start
MANU,
AUTO,
FLIM,
COMP
BOOST Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes N/A
SLEEP Yes Yes Yes N/A or no N/A N/A N/A
JOCKEY Yes Yes Yes Yes (1) Yes (1) Yes (1) Each start
(1)
1 If the VSD pump is used as a jockey pump

176 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.2
[Motor parameters]

[Motor parameters]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Motor parameters] MPA- Menu 178
[Data] Mtd- Menu 180
[Motor tune] MtU- Menu 187
[Motor thermal monitoring] MOP- Menu 191
[Pump thermal monit] tPP- Menu 192
[Motor thermal monitoring] MOP- Menu 200
[Motor control] drC- Menu 202
[Switching frequency] SWF- Menu 207

EAV64318 01/2015 177

Complete settings CSt-

[Motor parameters] MPA- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Motor parameters]

About This Menu

For an application where less than 110% of overload is required
 Power rating of the drive could be equal to power rating of the motor
 Normal rating should be used

For an application where more that 110% of overload is required (up to 150%)
 Power rating of the drive should be greater than power rating of the motor
 High rating could be used to pre-adjust motor nameplate parameter

If high rating is selected, drive current limitation is extended to 1.5. In and maximum values of motor
parameters linked to current and/or power are reduced. When switching from one to another selection, all
the related parameters are set to their factory setting values.
In any case, the maximum current of the drive does not change. Setting the drive in high rating mode
decrease the nominal values for the motor parameters. It means that for the same motor name plate, an
oversized drive is required in high rating mode.

[Dual Rating] drt

Dual rating state.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Normal rating] nOrMAL Normal rating, drive current limitation is 1.1 In
Factory setting
[High rating] HIGH High rating, drive current limitation is 1.5 In

178 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Motor Control Type] Ctt

Motor control type.
NOTE: Select the motor control type before entering parameter values.

Setting Code / Value Description

[U/F VC Standard] Std Standard motor control type. For applications that require torque at low
speed. This motor control type can be used for motors connected in parallel.
[U/F VC 5pts] UFS 5–segment V/F profile: As [U/F VC Standard] Std profile but also
supports the avoidance of resonance (saturation).

The profile is defined by the values of parameters UnS, FrS, U1 to U5

and F1 to F5.
FrS > F5 > F4 > F3 > F2 > F1
NOTE: U0 is the result of an internal calculation based on motor parameters
and multiplied by UFr (%). U0 can be adjusted by modifying UFr value.
[U/F VC Quad.] UFq Motor control type dedicated to variable torque applications, typically used
for pumps and fans.
Factory setting
[SYN_U VC] SYnU Motor control type specific for permanent magnet synchronous motors.
[U/F VC Energy Sav.] ECO Specific motor control type optimized for energy saving.
This motor control type automatically reduces the drive output current
according to the motor load. This automatic current level adaptation allows
energy saving for periods when load is kept to a minimum and preserves
the drive performance up to full load.

EAV64318 01/2015 179

Complete settings CSt-

[Data] Mtd- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Motor parameters] [Motor data] [Data]

About This Menu

For synchronous motor parameters. Dedicated parameters can be accessed if [Motor Control Type]
Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.

NOTICE
RISK OF DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR AND THE DRIVE
 Check that the motor will withstand this current, particularly in the case of permanent magnet
synchronous motors, which are susceptible to demagnetization.
 Check that the profile mission complies with the derating curve given in the installation manual.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

This table presents the steps to follow to set and optimize the motor data:

Step Action
1 Enter the motor nameplate
2 Perform the [Autotuning] tUn operation
3 Adjust [Syn. EMF constant] PHS to optimize the behavior:
 Start the motor at minimal stable frequency available on the machine (at minimum load).
 Check and note the [% error EMF sync] rdAE value:
 If the [% error EMF sync] rdAE value is lower than 0%, then [Syn. EMF constant] PHS may
be increased.
 If the [% error EMF sync] rdAE value is upper than 0%, then [Syn. EMF constant] PHS may
be reduced. [% error EMF sync] rdAE value should be closed to 0%.
 Stop the motor for modify [Syn. EMF constant] PHS in accordance with the value of the [% error
EMF sync] rdAE (previously noted).

[Basic Frequency] bFr

Basic frequency.
This parameter modifies the presets of the following parameters:
 [High Speed] HSP
 [Motor Freq Thd] Ftd
 [Nom Motor Voltage] UnS
 [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS
 [Max Frequency] tFr

This parameter cannot be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.

Setting Code / Value Description

[50 Hz IEC] 50 IEC
Factory setting
[60 Hz NEMA] 60 NEMA

[Nominal Motor Power] nPr

Nominal motor power.
This parameter cannot be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.
Rated motor power given on the nameplate, in kW if [Basic Frequency] bFr is set to [50Hz IEC] 50,
in HP if [Basic Frequency] bFr is set to [60Hz NEMA] 60.

Setting Description
According to drive rating –
Factory setting: according to the drive rating

180 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Nom Motor Voltage] UnS

Nominal motor voltage.
This parameter cannot be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.
Rated motor voltage given on the nameplate.

Setting Description
100...690 Vac Setting range
Factory setting: according to drive rating and [Basic Frequency] bFr

[Nom Motor Current] nCr

Rated motor current given on the nameplate.
This parameter cannot be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.

Setting Description

0.25...1.5 In (1) Setting range

Factory setting: according to drive rating and [Basic Frequency] bFr
(1) Corresponding to the rated drive current indicated in the installation manual and on the drive nameplate.

[Nominal Motor Freq] FrS

Nominal motor frequency.
This parameter cannot be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.
The factory setting is 50 Hz, or preset to 60 Hz if [Basic Frequency] bFr is set to 60 Hz.

Setting Description
40.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 50 Hz

[Nominal Motor Speed] nSP

Nominal motor speed.
This parameter cannot be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.
If the nameplate indicates the synchronous speed and the slip in Hz or as a %, use any 1 of the formulas
to calculate the rated speed:

 Nominal speed = Synchronous speed x

 Nominal speed = Synchronous speed x (60 Hz motors)

 Nominal speed = Synchronous speed x (50 Hz motors).

Setting Description
0...65,535 rpm Setting range
Factory setting: according to drive rating

EAV64318 01/2015 181

Complete settings CSt-

[Motor Param Choice] MPC

Motor parameter choice.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU and if
[Motor param choice] MPC is set to [Mot Power] nPr.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Mot Power] nPr Motor power
Factory setting
[Mot Cosinus] COS Motor cosinus

[Motor 1 Cosinus Phi] COS

Nominal motor cosinus Phi.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU and if
[Motor param choice] MPC is set to [Mot Cosinus] COS.

Setting Description
0.50...1.00 Setting range
Factory setting: according to the drive rating

[AsyncMotor R Stator] rSA

Asynchronous motor stator resistance.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr and if [Motor Control
Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.
The factory setting is replaced by the result of the autotuning operation if it has been performed.

Setting Description
0...65,535 mOhm Setting range
Factory setting: 0 mOhm

[Magnetizing Current] IdA

Magnetizing current.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr and if [Motor Control
Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.

Setting Description
0...6,553.5 A Setting range
Factory setting: 0 A

[AsyncMotor L Stator] LFA

Asynchronous motor stator inductance.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr and if [Motor Control
Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.
The factory setting is replaced by the result of the autotuning operation if it has been performed.

Setting Description
0...655.35 mH Setting range
Factory setting: 0 mH

182 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Rotor Time Const] trA

Rotor time constant.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr and if [Motor Control
Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.

Setting Description
0...65,535 ms Setting range
Factory setting: 0 ms

[Sync Nominal I] nCrS

Sync motor nominal current.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.

Setting Description

0.25...1.5 In (1) Setting range

Factory setting: according to the drive rating.
(1) Corresponding to the rated drive current indicated in the installation manual and on the drive nameplate.

[Nom SyncMotor Speed] nSPS

Nominal synchronous motor speed.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.

Setting Description
0...48,000 rpm Setting range
Factory setting: according to the drive rating.

[Nom Motor torque] tqS

Nominal motor torque
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.

Setting Description
0.1...6,553.5 Nm Setting range
Factory setting: according to the drive rating.

[Pole pairs] PPnS

Pole pairs.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.

Setting Description
1...50 Setting range
Factory setting: according to the drive rating.

EAV64318 01/2015 183

Complete settings CSt-

[Angle setting type] ASt

Automatic angle setting type.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.
This function is used to compute the angle of the rotor flux linked to permanent magnets in order to reduce
torque jolt at start-up.

Setting Code / Value Description

[PSI align] PSI Pulse signal injection. Standard alignment mode, without rotor motion
The angle measurement is realized by monitoring the stator current
response to a pulse signal injection over a wide range of frequencies
[PSIO align] PSIO Pulse signal injection. Optimized alignment mode, without rotor motion
Same operation as [PSI align] PSI is performed over an optimized range
of frequencies
The measurement time is reduced after the first run order or tune operation,
even if the drive has been turned off
Factory setting
[No align] nO No alignment

[Syn. EMF constant] PHS

Synchronous motor: permanent magnet flux with R/W access to the customer.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr and if [Motor Control
Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.
PHS adjustment allows you to reduce the current in operation without load.

Setting Description
0...6,553.5 mV/rpm Setting range
Factory setting: 0 mV/rpm

[SyncMotor Stator R] rSAS

Calculated synchronous motor stator R.
Cold state stator resistance (per winding). The factory setting is replaced by the result of the tuning
operation if it has been performed.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr and if [Motor Control
Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.
You can enter the value if you know it.

Description
Setting
0...65,535 mOhm Setting range
Factory setting: 0 mOhm

[Autotune L d-axis] LdS

Autotune L d-axis.
Axis "d" stator inductance in mH (per phase).
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr and if [Motor Control
Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.
On motors with smooth poles [Autotune L d-axis] LdS = [Autotune L q-axis] LqS = Stator inductance L.
The factory setting is replaced by the result of the autotuning operation if it has been performed.

Setting Description
0...655.35 mH Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[Autotune L q-axis] LqS

Autotune L q-axis.

184 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Axis "q" stator inductance in mH (per phase).

This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr.
On motors with smooth poles [Autotune L d-axis] LdS = [Autotune L q-axis] LqS = Stator inductance L.
The factory setting is replaced by the result of the autotuning operation if it has been performed.

Setting Description
0...655.35 mH Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[Sync Nominal Freq] FrSS

Synchronous motor nominal frequency.
Nominal motor frequency for synchronous motor in Hz unit. Automatically updated according to [Nom
SyncMotor Speed] nSPS and [Pole pairs] PPnS data.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr.

Description
Setting
10...500 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: nSPS * PPnS / 60

[PSI Align Curr Max] MCr

Maximum current of PSI alignment.
Current level in % of [Sync Nominal I] nCrS for [PSI align] PSI and [PSI Oalign] PSIO angle shift
measurement modes. This parameter has an impact on the inductor measurement.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr.
This current must be equal to or higher than the maximum current level of the application; otherwise an
instability may occur.
If [PSI Align Curr Max] MCr is set to [AUTO] AUtO, [PSI Align Curr Max] MCr = 150% of [Sync
Nominal I] nCrS during the tune operation and 100% of [Sync Nominal I] nCrS during angle shift
measurement in case of standard alignment [PSI align] PSI or [PSI Oalign] PSIO.

Setting Description
[AUTO] AUtO...300% Setting range
Factory setting: [AUTO] AUtO

[Current Filter Time] CrtF

Filter time of the current.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr.

Setting Description
[AUTO] AUtO...100.0 ms Setting range
Factory setting: [AUTO] AUtO

[Currents Filter] CrFA

Internal currents filter time.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr.

Description
Setting
0.0...100.0 ms Setting range
Factory setting: nSPS * PPnS / 60

[% error EMF sync] rdAE

Ratio D-axis current.

EAV64318 01/2015 185

Complete settings CSt-

This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_UVC] SYnU.
Use [% error EMF sync] rdAE to adjust [Syn. EMF constant] PHS, [% error EMF sync] rdAE
should be closed to 0%.
If the [% error EMF sync] rdAE value is:
 Lower than 0%:[Syn. EMF constant] PHS may be increased.
 Upper than 0%: [Syn. EMF constant] PHS may be reduced.

For the all steps to follow to optimize the synchronous motor settings (see page 180).

Description
Setting
-3,276.7...3,275.8 % Setting range
Factory setting: _

186 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Motor tune] MtU- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Motor parameters] [Motor data] [Motor tune]

[Autotuning] tUn

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK OR ARC FLASH
During [Autotuning] tUn, the motor operates at nominal current.
 Verify that the same precautions are in place during [Autotuning] tUn as during normal operation
of the motor as specified in product manuals and in the manual of the motor.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
LOSS OF CONTROL
 The parameters [Nom Motor Voltage] UnS, [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS, [Nom Motor Current]
nCr, [Nominal Motor Speed] nSP, and [Nominal motor power] nPr or [Motor 1 Cosinus Phi]
COS must be correctly set before starting autotuning.
 When one or more of these parameters have been changed after autotuning has been performed,
[Autotuning] tUn will return nO and the autotuning will have to be repeated.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

In any case, the motor has to be stopped before performing a tune operation. Verify that the application
does not make the motor turn during the tune operation.
The tune operation optimizes:
 The motor performances at low speed.
 The estimation of the motor torque.
 The accuracy of the estimation of the process values in sensorless operation and monitoring.

Autotuning is only performed if no stop command has been activated. If a “freewheel stop” or “fast stop”
function has been assigned to a digital input, this input must be set to 1 (active at 0).
Autotuning takes priority over any run or prefluxing commands, which will be taken into account after the
autotuning sequence.
If autotuning has detected error, the drive always displays [No action] nO and, depending on the
configuration of [Tuning Error Resp] tnL, may switch to [Autotuning] tUn detected error mode.
Autotuning may last for several seconds. Do not interrupt the process. Wait for the Graphic Display
Terminal to change to [No action] nO.
NOTE: The motor thermal state has a significant influence on the tuning result. Always perform a motor
tuning with the motor stopped and cold. Verify that the application does not have the motor operate during
a tuning operation.
To redo a motor tuning, wait that it is stopped and cold. Set first [Autotuning] tUn to [Erase
Autotuning] CLr, then redo the motor tuning.
The use of the motor tuning without doing a [Erase Autotuning] CLr first is used to get the thermal state
estimation of the motor.

EAV64318 01/2015 187

Complete settings CSt-

The cable length has an influence on the tune result. If the wiring is modified, it is necessary to redo the
tune operation.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No action] nO Autotuning not in progress

Factory setting
[Apply YES Autotuning is performed immediately if possible, then the parameter
Autotuning] automatically changes to [No action] nO. If the drive state does not allow
the tune operation immediately, the parameter changes to [No] nO and the
operation must be done again.
[Erase CLr The motor parameters measured by the autotuning function are reset. The
Autotuning] default motor parameter values are used to control the motor. [Autotuning
Status] tUS is set to [Not done] tAB.

[Autotuning Status] tUS

Autotuning status.
(for information only, cannot be modified)
This parameter is not saved at drive power-off. It shows the autotuning status since the last power-on.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not done] tAb The autotuning is not done

Factory setting
[Pending] PEnd The autotuning has been requested but not yet performed
[In Progress] PrOG The autotuning is in progress
[Failed] FAIL The autotuning has detected an error
[Done] dOnE The motor parameters measured by the autotuning function are used to
control the motor

[Tuning Error Resp] tnL

Response to autotune error.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
Factory setting

188 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Autotuning Assign] tUL

Autotuning input assignment.
The autotuning is performed when the assigned input or bit changes to 1.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr.
NOTE: The autotuning causes the motor to start up.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration

[Automatic autotune] AUt

Automatic autotune.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK OR ARC FLASH
If this function is activated, autotuning is performed each time the drive is switched on.
 Verify that activating this function does not result in unsafe conditions.

Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

The motor must be stopped when switching on the drive.

This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Function deactivated

Factory setting
[Yes] YES A tuning is automatically done at each power-up

EAV64318 01/2015 189

Complete settings CSt-

[Tune Selection] StUn

Tune selection.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr.
(for information only, cannot be modified)

Setting Code / Value Description

[Default] tAb The default motor parameter values are used to control the motor
Factory setting
[Measure] MEAS The values measured by the autotuning function are used to control the
motor
[Custom] CUS The values manually set are used to control the motor

[Angle setting type] ASt

Automatic angle setting type.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.
This function is used to compute the angle of the rotor flux linked to permanent magnets in order to reduce
torque jolt at start-up.

Setting Code / Value Description

[PSI align] PSI Pulse signal injection. Standard alignment mode, without rotor motion
The angle measurement is realized by monitoring the stator current
response to a pulse signal injection over a wide range of frequencies
[PSIO align] PSIO Pulse signal injection. Optimized alignment mode, without rotor motion
Same operation as [PSI align] PSI is performed over an optimized range
of frequencies
The measurement time is reduced after the first run order or tune operation,
even if the drive has been turned off
Factory setting
[No align] nO No alignment

[PSI Align Curr Max] MCr

Maximum current of PSI alignment.
Current level in % of [Sync Nominal I] nCrS for [PSI align] PSI and [PSI Oalign] PSIO angle shift
measurement modes. This parameter has an impact on the inductor measurement.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr.
This current must be equal to or higher than the maximum current level of the application, otherwise an
instability may occur.
If [PSI Align Curr Max] MCr is set to [AUTO] AUtO, [PSI Align Curr Max] MCr = 150% of [Sync
Nominal I] nCrS during the tune operation and 100% of [Sync Nominal I] nCrS during angle shift
measurement in case of standard alignment [PSI align] PSI or [PSI O align] PSIO.

Setting Description
[AUTO] AUtO...300% Setting range
Factory setting: [AUTO] AUtO

190 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Motor thermal monitoring] MOP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Motor parameters] [Motor thermal monitoring]

[Motor Th Current] ItH

Motor thermal monitoring current to be set to the rated current indicated on the nameplate.

Setting Description

0.2...1.1_In(1) Setting range

Factory setting: According to drive rating
(1) Corresponding to the rated drive current indicated in the installation manual and on the drive nameplate.

[Motor Thermal Mode] tHt

Motor thermal monitoring mode.
NOTE: An error is detected when the thermal state reaches 118% of the rated state and reactivation occurs
when the state falls back below 100%.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No thermal monitoring
[Self cooled] ACL Self ventilated motor
Factory setting
[Force-cool] FCL Fan-cooled motor

[MotorTemp ErrorResp] OLL

Overload error response.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Free wheel
Factory setting

EAV64318 01/2015 191

Complete settings CSt-

[Pump thermal monit] tPP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Motor parameters] [Motor thermal monitoring] [Pump thermal monit]

About This Menu

The thermal monitoring function helps to prevent against high temperature by monitoring the real
temperature by the drive.
PTC, PT100, PT1000, and KTY84 thermal probes are supported by this function.
The function gives the possibility to manage two levels of monitoring:
 A Warning level: the drive triggers an event without stopping the application.
 An Error level: the drive triggers an event and stops the application.

The thermal probe is monitored for the following detected error:

 Overheating
 Probe break (loss of signal)
 Probe short-circuit

Activation
[AIx Th Monitoring] tHxS allows you to activate the thermal monitoring on the related analog input:
 [No] nO: the function is disabled
 [Yes] yES: the thermal monitoring is enabled on the related AIx.

Type of Thermal Probe Selection

[AIx Type] AIxt allows you to select the type of thermal sensors connected on the related analog input:
 [No] nO: no sensor
 [PTC Management] ptc: 1 to 6 PTC (in serial) is used
 [KTY] KtY: 1 KTY84 is used
 [PT100] 1Pt2: 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires is used
 [3PT100] 3Pt2: 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires are used
 [PT1000] 1Pt3: 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires is used
 [3PT1000] 3Pt3: 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires are used
 [PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23: 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires is used (AI4 & AI5 only)
 [3PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23: 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires are used (AI4 & AI5 only)
 [PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33: 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires is used (AI4 & AI5 only)
 [3PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33: 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires are used (AI4 & AI5 only)

2-wire thermal probes are supported on analog input 2 to analog input 5.

3-wire thermal probes are supported on analog input 4 and analog input 5. These inputs are available with
the I/O extension option module.
If the probe is far from the drive, the 3-wire connection is recommended as compared to a 2-wire
connection.
NOTE: In case of 3 serial probes, the drive monitors the average probe values.

192 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Wiring for PT100 and PT1000 Probes

For 2-wire probes, the following wirings are possible:

For 3-wire probes, the following wirings are possible:

[AI2 Th Monitoring] tH2S

Activation of the thermal monitoring on AI2.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
Factory setting
[YES] YES Yes

[AI2 Type] AI2t

AI2 assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Th Monitoring] tH2S is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[Water Prob] leuel Water level
[3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires

EAV64318 01/2015 193

Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 Th Error Resp] tH2b

Thermal monitoring response to a detected error for AI2.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] Ai2t is not set to
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error
triggered after stop
[Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
Factory setting
1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output
to its indication.

[AI2 Th Error Level] tH2F

Error detection level for AI2.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] Ai2t is not set to
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description

-15.0...200.0C Setting range

Factory setting: 110.0C

[AI2 Th Warn Level] tH2A

Warning level for AI2.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] Ai2t is not set to
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description

-15.0...200.0C Setting range

Factory setting: 90.0C

[AI2 Th Value] tH2U

AI2 thermal value.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] Ai2t is not set to
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description
-15.0...200.0C Setting range
Factory setting: _

194 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI3 Th Monitoring] tH3S

Activation of the thermal monitoring on AI3.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
Factory setting
[YES] YES Yes

[AI3 Type] AI3t

Configuration of analog input AI3.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Th Monitoring] tH3S is not set to [No] nO.
Identical to [AI2 Type] AI2t with factory setting: [Current] 0A (see page 193).

[AI3 Th Error Resp] tH3b

Thermal monitoring response to a detected error for AI3.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] Ai3t is not set to
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error
triggered after stop
[Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
Factory setting
1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output
to its indication.

[AI3 Th Error Level] tH3F

Error detection level for AI3.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] Ai3t is not set to
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description

-15.0...200.0C Setting range

Factory setting: 110.0C

[AI3 Th Warn Level] tH3A

Warning level for AI3.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] Ai3t is not set to
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description

-15.0...200.0C Setting range

Factory setting: 90.0C

EAV64318 01/2015 195

Complete settings CSt-

[AI3 Th Value] tH3U

AI3 thermal value.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] Ai3t is not set to
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description
-15.0...200.0C Setting range
Factory setting: _

[AI4 Th Monitoring] tH4S

Activation of the thermal monitoring on AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
Factory setting
[YES] YES Yes

[AI4 Type] AI4t

AI4 assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Th Monitoring] tH4S is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc
Factory setting
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)

196 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 Th Error Resp] tH4b

Thermal response to a detected error for AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] Ai4t is not set to
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error
triggered after stop
[Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
Factory setting
1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output
to its indication.

[AI4 Th Error Level] tH4F

Error detection level for AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] Ai4t is not set to
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description

-15.0...20.00C Setting range

Factory setting: 110.0C

[AI4 Th Warn Level] tH4A

Warning level for AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] Ai4t is not set to
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description

-15.0...200.0C Setting range

Factory setting: 90.0C

[AI4 Th Value] tH4U

AI4 thermal value.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] Ai4t is not set to
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description
-15.0...200.0C Setting range
Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 197

Complete settings CSt-

[AI5 Th Monitoring] tH5S

Activation of the thermal monitoring on AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
Factory setting
[YES] YES Yes

[AI5 Type] AI5t

AI5 assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Th Monitoring] tH5S is not set to [No] nO.
Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t (see page 196).

[AI5 Th Error Resp] tH5b

Thermal monitoring response to a detected error for AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] Ai5t is not set to
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error
triggered after stop
[Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
Factory setting
1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output
to its indication.

[AI5 Th Error Level] tH5F

Error detection level for AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] Ai5t is not set to
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description

-15.0...200.0C Setting range

Factory setting: 110.0C

[AI5 Th Warn Level] tH5A

Warning level for AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] Ai5t is not set to
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description

-15.0...200.0C Setting range

Factory setting: 90.0C

198 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI5 Th Value] tH5U

AI5 thermal value.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] Ai5t is not set to
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description
-15.0...200.0C Setting range
Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 199

Complete settings CSt-

[Motor thermal monitoring] MOP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Motor parameters] [Motor thermal monitoring]

About This Menu

The thermal monitoring function helps to prevent the motor from overheating by an estimation of the
thermal state of the motor.

[Current Limitation] CLI

Internal current limit.

NOTICE
OVERHEATING AND DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR
 Verify that the motor is properly rated for the maximum current to be applied to the motor.
 Consider the duty cycle of the motor and all factors of your application including derating requirements
in determining the current limit.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

NOTE: If the setting is less than 0.25. In, the drive may lock in [OutPhaseLoss Assign] OPL if this has
been enabled. If it is less than the no-load motor current, the motor cannot run.

Setting Description

0...1.2 In (1) Setting range

Factory setting: 1.2 In(1)
(1) Corresponding to the rated drive current indicated in the installation manual and on the drive nameplate.

[Attenuation Time] SOP

Attenuation time.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor surge limit.] SVL is not set to [No] No.
The value of the [Volt surge limit. opt ] SOP parameter corresponds to the attenuation time of the cable
used. It is defined to help to prevent the superimposition of voltage wave reflections resulting from long
cable lengths. It limits over-voltages to twice the DC bus rated voltage.
As surge voltage depends on many parameters such as types of cable, different motor powers in parallel,
different cable lengths in parallel, and so on, it is recommend the use of an oscilloscope to check the over-
voltage values obtained at the motor terminals.
For long cable lengths, an output of the filter or a dV/dt protection filter must be used.
To retain the overall drive performance, do not increase the SOP value unnecessarily.

Setting Code / Value Description

[6] 6 6 µs
[8] 8 8 µs
Factory setting
[10] 10 10 µs

200 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Sinus Filter Activation] OFI

Sinus filter activation.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U VC] SynU.

NOTICE
RISK OF DAMAGE TO THE SINUS FILTER
On systems using a sinus filter, the maximum output frequency [Max frequency ] tFr must not exceed
100 Hz.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No sinus filter
Factory setting
[Yes] YES Use of a sinus filter to limit over-voltages on the motor and reduce the
ground detected error leakage current.

[IGBT test] Strt

IGBT test configuration.
The IGBTs are tested on power-up and every time a run command is applied. These tests cause a slight
delay (a few ms). In the event of an error, the drive locks.
The following errors can be detected:
 Drive output short-circuit (terminals U-V-W): SCF display.
 IGBT inoperable: xtF, where x indicates the number of the IGBT concerned.
 IGBT short-circuited: x2F, where x indicates the number of the IGBT concerned.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No test
[Yes] YES IGBT test enabled
Factory setting

EAV64318 01/2015 201

Complete settings CSt-

[Motor control] drC- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Motor parameters] [Motor control]

[IR compensation] UFr

This parameter is used to optimize torque at low speed, or to adapt to special cases (for example: for
motors connected in parallel, decrease [IR compensation] UFr). If there is insufficient torque at low
speed, increase [IR compensation] UFr. A too high value can avoid the motor to start (locking) or
change the current limiting mode.

Setting Description
0...200% Setting range
Factory setting: 100%

[Slip compensation] SLP

Slip compensation.
This parameter cannot be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.
This parameter is set to 0% when [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [U/F VC Quad.] UFq.
The speeds given on motor nameplates are not necessarily exact.
If the slip setting is lower than the actual slip, the motor is not rotating at the correct speed in steady state,
but at a lower speed than the reference.
If the slip setting is higher than the actual slip, the motor is overcompensated and the speed is unstable.

Setting Description
0...300% Setting range
Factory setting: 100%

[U/F Profile] PFL

U/F profile.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [U/F VC Quad.] UFq.
This parameter is used to adjust the fluxing current level at zero speed, in % of nominal motor current at
nominal speed.

Setting Description
0...100% Setting range
Factory setting: 30%

[U1] U1
Voltage point 1 on 5 points V/F.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5.

Setting Description
0...800 Vac Setting range according to rating
Factory setting: 0 Vac

202 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[U2] U2
Voltage point 2 on 5 points V/F.
V/F profile setting.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5.

Setting Description
0...800 Vac Setting range according to rating
Factory setting: 0 Vac

[U3] U3
Voltage point 3 on 5 points V/F.
V/F profile setting.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5.

Setting Description
0...800 Vac Setting range according to rating
Factory setting: 0 Vac

[U4] U4
Voltage point on 4 points V/F.
V/F profile setting.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5.

Setting Description
0...800 Vac Setting range according to rating
Factory setting: 0 Vac

[U5] U5
Voltage point 5 on 5 points V/F.
V/F profile setting.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5.

Setting Description
0...800 Vac Setting range according to rating
Factory setting: 0 Vac

[F1] F1
Frequency point 1 on 5 points V/F.
V/F profile setting.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

EAV64318 01/2015 203

Complete settings CSt-

[F2] F2
Frequency point 2 on 5 points V/F.
V/F profile setting.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[F3] F3
Frequency point 3 on 5 points V/F.
V/F profile setting.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[F4] F4
Frequency point 4 on 5 points V/F.
V/F profile setting.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[F5] F5
Frequency point 5 on 5 points V/F.
V/F profile setting.
This parameter can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [V/F 5pts] UF5.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[Output Ph Rotation] PHr

Output phase rotation.
Modifying this parameter operates as an inversion of 2 of the three motor phases. This results in changing
the direction of rotation of the motor.

Setting Code / Value Description

[ABC] AbC Standard rotation
Factory setting
[ACB] ACb Opposite rotation

204 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Inertia Factor] SPGU

Inertia factor for following motor control types.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr, and
 [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to [U/F VC 5pts] UFS, or
[U/F VC Quad.] UFq, or
[SYN_U VC] SYnU.

Setting Description
0...1,000% Setting range
Factory setting: 40%

[Boost Activation] bOA

Boost activation.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Inactive] nO No boost
Factory setting
[Dynamic] dYnA Dynamic boost, the magnetizing current value is modified according to the
motor load, can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is not set to
[SYN_U VC] Synu
[Static] StAt Static boost, the magnetizing current value follows the profile whatever the
motor load
[Constant] CStE Constant boost, can be accessed if [Motor Control Type] Ctt is set to
[SYN_U VC] Synu

[Boost] bOO
Value at 0 Hz: % of nominal magnetizing current (taken into account if different from 0).
A too high value of [Boost] bOO can result in a magnetic saturation of the motor, which leads to a torque
reduction.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr, and
 [BOA] BOA is not set to [NO]No.

Setting Description
-100...100% Setting range
If [Boost Activation] BOA is set to [Dynamic] DYNA, [BOOST] BOo
is set to 25%.
Factory setting: 0%

EAV64318 01/2015 205

Complete settings CSt-

[Freq Boost] FAb

Value at 0 Hz: speed threshold to reach nominal magnetizing current.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr, and
 [BOA] BOA is not set to [Inactive]No.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
If [Boost Activation] BOA is set to [Dynamic] DYNA, [FAB] FAB is
set to 30.0 Hz.
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

206 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Switching frequency] SWF- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Motor parameters] [Switching frequency]

[Switching frequency] SFr

Drive switching frequency.
Adjustment range: The maximum value is limited to 4 kHz if [Motor surge limit.] SUL parameter is
configured.
If [Sinus Filter Activation] OFI is set to [Yes] YES, the minimum value is 2 kHz and the maximum
value is limited to 6 kHz or 8 kHz according to drive rating.
NOTE: In the event of excessive temperature rise, the drive automatically reduces the switching frequency
and reset it once the temperature returns to normal.
In case of high-speed motor, it is advised to increase the PWM frequency [Switching frequency] SFr
at 8, 12 kHz or 16 kHz

Setting Description
1...8 or 16 kHz according to drive rating Setting range
Factory setting: 4.0 kHz or 2.5 kHz according to the drive rating

[Noise Reduction] nrd

Motor noise reduction.
Random frequency modulation helps to prevent any resonance, which may occur at a fixed frequency.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Fixed frequency
Factory setting
[Yes] YES Frequency with random modulation

[Switch Freq Type] SFt

Switching frequency type.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr.
The motor switching frequency is modified (reduced) when the internal temperature of the drive is too high.

Setting Code / Value Description

[SFR type 1] HF1 Heating optimization
Allows the system to adapt the switching frequency according to the motor
frequency. This setting optimizes the heating loss of the drive in order to
improve the drive efficiency.
Factory setting
[SFR type 2] HF2 Allows the system to keep a constant chosen switching frequency
[Switching frequency] SFr whatever the motor frequency [Output
frequency] rFr.
With this setting, the motor noise is kept as low as possible for a high
switching frequency.
In the event of overheating, the drive automatically decreases the switching
frequency.
It is restored to its original value when the temperature returns to normal.

EAV64318 01/2015 207

Complete settings CSt-

[Motor Surge Limit.] SUL

Surge voltage limitation.
This function limits motor over-voltages and is useful in the following applications:
 NEMA motors
 Old or poor quality motors
 Spindle motors
 Rewound motors

This parameter can remain set to [No] nO for 230/400 Vac motors used at 230 Vac, or if the length of
cable between the drive and the motor does not exceed:
 4 m with unshielded cables
 10 m with shielded cables

NOTE: When [Motor Surge Limit.] SUL is set to [Yes] yes, the maximum switching frequency
[Switching freq.] SFr is modified.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Function inactive
Factory setting
[Yes] YES Function active

[Attenuation Time] SOP

Attenuation time.
The value of the [Volt surge limit. opt ] SOP parameter corresponds to the attenuation time of the cable
used. It has been defined to prevent the superimposition of voltage wave reflections resulting from long
cable lengths. It limits over-voltages to twice the DC bus rated voltage.
As surge voltage depends on many parameters such as types of cable, different motor powers in parallel,
different cable lengths in parallel, and so on, It is recommended use an oscilloscope to check the over-
voltage values obtained at the motor terminals.
For long cable lengths, an output of the filter or a dV/dt protection filter must be used.
To retain the overall drive performance, do not increase the SOP value unnecessarily.

Setting Code / Value Description

[6] 6 6 µs
[8] 8 8 µs
Factory setting
[10] 10 10 µs

208 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.3
[Define system units]

[Define system units]

[Define system units] SUC- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Define system units]

About This Menu

In order to be easy to configure, commission, operate, and maintain, the drive uses the application units.
The physicals that are concerned by application units are:
 Pressure values
 Flow rate values
 Temperature values
 Currency values

NOTE: Some other default system units are automatically deduced from configurable system units or from
other parameters.
System unit applies by default to all communication parameters and HMI (Graphic Display Terminal, Web
server, DTM-based software).
When a system unit is changed, there is no rescaling of values. Numerical values are kept, but the meaning
of these values is not the same:
 After a change, the behavior of the product will not change (the system stays numerically the same).
 If new values are written through communication or through HMI in new unit, then the behavior is
impacted. In that case, all parameters should be reconfigured according to the new selected unit.
 In order to avoid issues due to a modification of system unit parameters, system units should be
modified only during the installation of the product and before the commissioning of the functions.
The precision of the physical values is selected at the same time as the unit.
By default, values are signed.
Default range of values are:

16 bits values 32 bits values

-32,768...32,767 -2,147,483,648...2,147,483,648

EAV64318 01/2015 209

Complete settings CSt-

[P sensor unit] SUPr

Default system application unit used for pressure.
Available pressure units:

Unit Symbol Conversion

Kilo Pascal kPa 100 kPa = 1 bar
Millibar mbar
Bar bar
Pound / square psi 14.5 psi = 1 bar
inch (lb/in²) psig
Inch H2O inH2O 1 inH2O 4C = 0.0024908891 bar (0.036127292 psi)
Inch water gauge inWG
Inch water column inWC
Feet water gauge ftWG 1 inH2O 4C = 0.0298906692 bar (0.433527504 psi)
Feet water column ftWC
Feet ft
Meter water gauge mWG 1 mH2O(4C) = 0.0980665 bar (1.42233433 psi)
Meter water mWC (mCE)
column m
Meter
Inch of mercury inHg 1 inHg = 0.0338638864 bar (0.491154147 psi)
Percentage % –
w/o unit – –

Setting Code / Value Description

[1Kpa] PA 1 kpa
[1mbar] 1MbAr 1 mbar
[1Bar] bAr 1 bar
[0.1Bar] 0.1bAr 0.1 bar
Factory setting
[0.01Bar] 0.01bAr 0.01 bar
[1 PSI] PSI 1 Psi
[0.1 PSI] 0.1PSI 0.1 psi
[1 PSIG] PSIG 1 Psig
[0.1 PSIG] 0.1PSIG 0.1 Psig
[1inH20] 1InH20 1 inH20
[1inWg] 1InWG 1 inWg
[1inWC] 1InWC 1 inWc
[1 FtWg] 1FtWG 1 FtWg
[1 FtWC] 1FtWC 1 FtWC
[1 Ft] 1Ft 1 Ft
[1 MWG] 1MWG 1 mWg
[0.1 MWG] 0.1MWG 0.1 mWg
[1 MWC] 1MWC 1 mWC
[0.1 MWC] 0.1MWC 0.1 mWC
[1m] 1M 1m
[0.1 m] 0.1M 0.1 m
[1 inHG] 1InHG 1 inHg
[0.1%] 0.1 0.1%
[0.1] 0.1WO 0.1 w/o

210 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Flow rate unit] SUFr

Default system application unit used for flow rate.
Available flow units:

Unit Symbol Conversion

Liter / second l/s –
Liter / minute l/min –
Liter / hour l/h –
Cubic decimeter / minute dm3/min –
Cubic meter / second m3/s –
Cubic meter / minute m3/min –
Cubic meter / hour m3/h –
Gallon per second gal/s 1 usgal = 3,785411784 l
Gallon per minute gal/min; GPM –
Gallon per hour gal/h –
Cubic feet / second ft3/s 1 ft3 = 28.317 l
Cubic feet / minute ft3/min; CFM, –
SCFM
Cubic feet / hour ft3/h –
Percentage % –
w/o unit – –

Setting Code / Value Description

[1 L/s] 1LS L/s
[l/s] 01LS 0.1 L/s
[1 L/m] 1LM L/m
[1 L/h] 1Lh L/h
[1 dm3/mn] 1DM3M d3/m
[1 m3/s] 1M3S M3/s
[0.1 m3/sec] 01M3S 0.1 M3/s
[1m3/m] 1M3Mn M3/min
[0.1 m3/m] 01M3Mn 0.1 M3/min
[1 m3/h] 1M3h 1 M3/h
[0.1m3/h] 01M3h 0.1 M3/h
Factory setting
[1 gal/sec] 1GPS 1 Gal/s
[1 GPM] 1GPM 1 GPM
[1 gal/h] 1GPH 1 Gal/h
[1 ft3/sec] 1CFS 1 ft3/s
[1CFM] 1CFM 1 CFM
[1SCFM] 1SCFM 1 SCFM
[1 Ft3/h] 1CFH 1 ft3/h
[1 Kg/s] 1GS 1 kg/s
[1 Kg/m] 1GM 1 kg/m
[1 Kg/h] 1GH 1 kg/h
[1 Lb/s] 1LbS 1 lb/s
[1 Lb/m] 1LbM 1 lb/m
[1 Lb/h] 1LbH 1 lb/h
[0.1%] 01PC 0.1%
[0.1] 01WO 0.1 w/o

EAV64318 01/2015 211

Complete settings CSt-

[Temperature unit] SUtp

Default system application unit used for temperature.
Available temperature units:

Unit Symbol Conversion

Celsius Degree C –
Fahrenheit Degree F TF = 9/5*Tc+32
Percentage % –
w/o unit – –

Setting Code / Value Description

[0.1C] 0.1C 0.1 C
Factory setting
[0.1F] 0.1F 0.1 F
[0.1%] 0.1 0.1%
[0.1] 0.1WO 0.1 w/o

[Currency unit list] SUCU

Default system application unit used for currency.

Setting Code / Value Description

[EURO] EUrO Euro
Factory setting
[$] Dollar
[£] Pound
[Krone] Kr Krone
[Renminbi] rMb Renminbi
[Other] OtHEr Other

[Liquid Density] rHO

Density of the fluid to be pumped.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is not set to [Expert] EPr.

Setting Description
100...10,000 kg/m3 Setting range
Factory setting: 1000 kg/m3

212 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.4
[Sensors assignment]

[Sensors assignment]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Sensors assignment] SCC- Menu 214
[AI1 sensor config.] ICA1- Menu 216
[AI2 sensor config.] ICA2- Menu 218
[AI3 sensor config.] ICA3- Menu 219
[AI4 sensor config.] ICA4- Menu 220
[AI5 sensor config.] ICA5- Menu 222
[AIV1 sensor config.] ICU1- Menu 223
[Sensors assignment] SCC- Menu 224
[AI1 sensor config.] OCA1- Menu 225
[AI2 sensor config.] OCA2- Menu 227
[AI3 sensor config.] OCA3- Menu 228
[AI4 sensor config.] OCA4- Menu 229
[AI5 sensor config.] OCA5- Menu 230
[AIV1 sensor config.] OCU1- Menu 231
[Sensors assignment] SCC- Menu 232
[AI1 sensor config.] IF1- Menu 233
[AI2 sensor config.] IF2- Menu 235
[AI3 sensor config.] IF3- Menu 236
[AI4 sensor config.] IF4- Menu 237
[AI5 sensor config.] IF5- Menu 238
[DI5 pulse sensor configuration] IF8- Menu 239
[DI6 pulse sensor configuration] IF9- Menu 240
[AIV1 sensor config.] IFU1- Menu 241

EAV64318 01/2015 213

Complete settings CSt-

[Sensors assignment] SCC- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment]

About This Menu

This function helps to detect an inlet low-pressure situation.
This monitoring function is at station level and not a pump level only.
This function requires a pressure sensor to monitor the inlet pressure of the system.
In case of low inlet pressure situation, this function:
 Triggers a warning and reduces the outlet pressure set point within a predefined range in order to
maintain the inlet pressure at an acceptable level. The inlet pressure compensation applies only to
pressure controlled application.
 Triggers a detected error signal if, despite of this pressure set point reduction, the inlet pressure
feedback is less than the minimum acceptable value configured.
The inlet pressure monitoring function can be used for mono-pump or multi-pump stations.
This is an example of a station architecture:

214 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Monitoring Diagram

When the inlet pressure feedback is lower than [InletPres High Thd] IPPH, a warning [Inlet Pressure
Warning] IPPA is triggered. In case of a pressure controlled application, the pressure set point is
reduced according to [InletPres Comp] IPPC.
When the inlet pressure feedback is less than [InletPres High Thd] IPPL, a detected error [Inlet
Pressure detected error] IPPF is triggered. The application follows the [InletPresErrorResp] IPFb
defined behavior.

[InletPres Assign] PS1A

Inlet pressure sensor assignment.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5, if VW3A3203 I/O extension
module has been inserted
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6]
[AI Virtual 1] AIU1 Virtual analogic input 1

EAV64318 01/2015 215

Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 sensor config.] ICA1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [AI1 sensor config.]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if [InletPres Assign] PS1A is set to [AI1] AI1.

[AI1 Type] AI1t

Configuration of analog input AI1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA

[AI1 min value] UIL1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc

[AI1 max value] UIH1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc

[AI1 min. value] CrL1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AI1 max. value] CrH1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

216 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J

AI1 lowest process.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AI1 Highest Process] AI1K

AI1 highest process.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 217

Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 sensor config.] ICA2- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [AI2 sensor config.]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if [InletPres Assign] PS1A is set to [AI2] AI2.

[AI2 Type] AI2t

Configuration of analog input AI2.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[Water Prob] leuel Water level
[3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires

[AI2 min value] UIL2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 216).

[AI2 max value] UIH2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 216).

[AI2 min. value] CrL2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oa.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 216).

[AI2 max. value] CrH2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oa.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 216).

[AI2 Lowest Process] AI2J

AI2 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 217).

[AI2 Highest Process] AI2K

AI2 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 217).

218 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI3 sensor config.] ICA3- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [AI3 sensor config.]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if [InletPres Assign] PS1A is set to [AI3] AI3.

[AI3 Type] AI3t

Configuration of analog input AI3.
Identical to [AI2 Type] AI2t with factory setting: [Current] 0A. (see page 218)

[AI3 min value] UIL3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 216).

[AI3 max value] UIH3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 216).

[AI3 min. value] CrL3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 216).

[AI3 max. value] CrH3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 216).

[AI3 Lowest Process] AI3J

AI3 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 217).

[AI3 Highest Process] AI3K

AI3 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 217).

EAV64318 01/2015 219

Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 sensor config.] ICA4- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [AI4 sensor config.]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted and if
[InletPres Assign] PS1A is set to [AI4] AI4.

[AI4 Type] AI4t

Configuration of analog input AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc
Factory setting
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)

[AI4 min value] UIL4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 216).

[AI4 max value] UIH4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 216).

[AI4 min. value] CrL4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 216).

[AI4 max. value] CrH4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 216).

220 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 Lowest Process] AI4J

AI4 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 217).

[AI4 Highest Process] AI4K

AI4 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 217).

EAV64318 01/2015 221

Complete settings CSt-

[AI5 sensor config.] ICA5- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [AI5 sensor config.]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted and if
[InletPres Assign] PS1A is set to [AI5] AI5.

[AI5 Type] AI5t

Configuration of analog input AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t (see page 220).

[AI5 min value] UIL5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 216).

[AI5 max value] UIH5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 216).

[AI5 min. value] CrL5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 216).

[AI5 max. value] CrH5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 216).

[AI5 Lowest Process] AI5J

AI5 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 217).

[AI5 Highest Process] AI5K

AI5 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 217).

222 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AIV1 sensor config.] ICU1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [AIV1 sensor config.]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if [InletPres Assign] PS1A is set to [AI Virtual 1] AIU1.

[AIV1 Channel Assignment] AIC1

Channel assignment for virtual analog input AIV1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has been
inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has
been inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet

[AIV1 Lowest Process] AU1J

AI virtual: minimum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AIV1 Highest Process] AU1K

AI virtual x: maximum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 223

Complete settings CSt-

[Sensors assignment] SCC- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment]

[OutletPres Assign] PS2A

Outlet pressure sensor assignment.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[AI Virtual 1] AIU1 Virtual analogic input 1

224 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 sensor config.] OCA1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [AI1 sensor config.]

[AI1 Type] AI1t

Configuration of analog input AI1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA

[AI1 min value] UIL1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 V Setting range
Factory setting: 0 V

[AI1 max value] UIH1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 V Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 V

[AI1 min. value] CrL1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AI1 max. value] CrH1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

EAV64318 01/2015 225

Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J

AI1 lowest process.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AI1 Highest Process] AI1K

AI1 highest process.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

226 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 sensor config.] OCA2- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [AI2 sensor config.]

[AI2 Type] AI2t

Configuration of analog input AI2.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[Water Prob] leuel Water level
[3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires

[AI2 min value] UIL2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 225).

[AI2 max value] UIH2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 225).

[AI2 min. value] CrL2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oa.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 225).

[AI2 max. value] CrH2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oa.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 225).

[AI2 Lowest Process] AI2J

AI2 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 217).

[AI2 Highest Process] AI2K

AI2 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 217).

EAV64318 01/2015 227

Complete settings CSt-

[AI3 sensor config.] OCA3- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [AI3 sensor config.]

[AI3 Type] AI3t

Configuration of analog input AI3.
Identical to [AI2 Type] AI2t with factory setting: [Current] 0A (see page 227).

[AI3 min value] UIL3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 225).

[AI3 max value] UIH3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 225).

[AI3 min. value] CrL3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 225).

[AI3 max. value] CrH3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 225).

[AI3 Lowest Process] AI3J

AI3 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 217).

[AI3 Highest Process] AI3K

AI3 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 217).

228 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 sensor config.] OCA4- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [AI4 sensor config.]

[AI4 Type] AI4t

Configuration of analog input AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc
Factory setting
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)

[AI4 min value] UIL4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 225).

[AI4 max value] UIH4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 225).

[AI4 min. value] CrL4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 225).

[AI4 max. value] CrH4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 225).

[AI4 Lowest Process] AI4J

AI4 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 217).

[AI4 Highest Process] AI4K

AI4 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 217).

EAV64318 01/2015 229

Complete settings CSt-

[AI5 sensor config.] OCA5- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [AI5 sensor config.]

[AI5 Type] AI5t

Configuration of analog input AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t (see page 220).

[AI5 min value] UIL5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 225).

[AI5 max value] UIH5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 225).

[AI5 min. value] CrL5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 225).

[AI5 max. value] CrH5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 225).

[AI5 Lowest Process] AI5J

AI5 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 217).

[AI5 Highest Process] AI5K

AI5 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 217).

230 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AIV1 sensor config.] OCU1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [AIV1 sensor config.]

[AIV1 Channel Assignment] AIC1

Channel assignment for virtual analog input AIV1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has
been inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has
been inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet

[AIV1 Lowest Process] AU1J

AI virtual x: minimum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AIV1 Highest Process] AU1K

AI virtual x: maximum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 231

Complete settings CSt-

[Sensors assignment] SCC- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment]

About This Menu

[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A

Installation flow sensor assignment.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5, if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has
been inserted
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment
On DI6]
[AI Virtual 1] AIU1 Virtual analogic input 1
[Flow Estimation] SLPF Sensor less estimated flow

232 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 sensor config.] IF1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [AI1 sensor config.]

[AI1 Type] AI1t

Configuration of analog input AI1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA

[AI1 min value] UIL1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 V Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 V

[AI1 max value] UIH1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 V Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 V

[AI1 min. value] CrL1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AI1 max. value] CrH1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

EAV64318 01/2015 233

Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J

AI1 lowest process.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AI1 Highest Process] AI1K

AI1 highest process.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

234 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 sensor config.] IF2- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [AI2 sensor config.]

[AI2 Type] AI2t

Configuration of analog input AI2.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[Water Prob] leuel Water level
[3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires

[AI2 min value] UIL2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 233).

[AI2 max value] UIH2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 233).

[AI2 min. value] CrL2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 233).

[AI2 max. value] CrH2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 233).

[AI2 Lowest Process] AI2J

AI2 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 234).

[AI2 Highest Process] AI2K

AI2 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 234).

EAV64318 01/2015 235

Complete settings CSt-

[AI3 sensor config.] IF3- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [AI3 sensor config.]

[AI3 Type] AI3t

Configuration of analog input AI3.
Identical to [AI2 Type] AI2t with factory setting: [Current] 0A (see page 235).

[AI3 min value] UIL3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 233).

[AI3 max value] UIH3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 233).

[AI3 min. value] CrL3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 233).

[AI3 max. value] CrH3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 233).

[AI3 Lowest Process] AI3J

AI3 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 234).

[AI3 Highest Process] AI3K

AI3 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 234).

236 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 sensor config.] IF4- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [AI4 sensor config.]

[AI4 Type] AI4t

Configuration of analog input AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc
Factory setting
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)

[AI4 min value] UIL4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 233).

[AI4 max value] UIH4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 233).

[AI4 min. value] CrL4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 233).

[AI4 max. value] CrH4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 233).

[AI4 Lowest Process] AI4J

AI4 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 234).

[AI4 Highest Process] AI4K

AI4 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 234).

EAV64318 01/2015 237

Complete settings CSt-

[AI5 sensor config.] IF5- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [AI5 sensor config.]

[AI5 Type] AI5t

Configuration of analog input AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t (see page 237).

[AI5 min value] UIL5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 233).

[AI5 max value] UIH5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 233).

[AI5 min. value] CrL5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 233).

[AI5 max. value] CrH5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 233).

[AI5 Lowest Process] AI5J

AI5 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 234).

[AI5 Highest Process] AI5K

AI5 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 234).

238 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[DI5 pulse sensor configuration] IF8- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [Inst. Flow Assign] [ PulseInput Assignment]
[DI5 pulse sensor configuration]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [DI5 PulseInput
Assignment] PI5.

[PulseInput DI5 Low Freq] PIL5

Pulse input DI5 low frequency.

Setting Description
0.00...30,000.00 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.00 Hz

[PulseInput DI5 High Freq] PIH5

Pulse input DI5 high frequency.

Setting Description
0.00...30.00 kHz Setting range
Factory setting: 30.00 kHz

[DI5 Min Process] PI5J

Minimum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[DI5 Max Process] PI5K

Maximum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 239

Complete settings CSt-

[DI6 pulse sensor configuration] IF9- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [DI6 pulse sensor configuration]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [DI6 PulseInput
Assignment] PI6.
Identical to [DI5 pulse sensor configuration] IF8- Menu (see page 288).

[PulseInput DI6 Low Freq] PIL6

Pulse input DI6 low frequency.

[PulseInput DI6 High Freq] PIH6

Pulse input DI6 high frequency.

[DI6 Min Process] PI6J

Minimum process value for selected input.

[DI6 Max Process] PI6K

Maximum process value for selected input.

240 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AIV1 sensor config.] IFU1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Sensors assignment] [AIV1 sensor config.]

[AIV1 Channel Assignment] AIC1

Channel assignment for virtual analog input AIV1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has
been inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module
has been inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet

[AIV1 Lowest Process] Au1J

AI virtual x: minimum process value.
This parameter is also available when selecting [Ref. Frequency via Modbus] Mdb and [Embedded
Ethernet] EtH.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AIV1 Highest Process] AU1K

AI virtual x: maximum process value.
This parameter is also available when selecting [Ref. Frequency via Modbus] Mdb and [Embedded
Ethernet] EtH.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 241

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.5
[Command and Reference]

[Command and Reference]

[Command and Reference] CrP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Command and Reference]

Command and Reference Channels Parameter Can Be Accessed

Run commands (forward, reverse, stop, and so on) and references can be sent using the following
channels:

Command Reference
Terminals: Digital inputs DI Terminals: Analog inputs AI, pulse input
Graphic Display Terminal Graphic Display Terminal
Integrated Modbus Integrated Modbus
CANopen® CANopen
Fieldbus module Fieldbus module
– +/– speed via the Graphic Display Terminal
Integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP Integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP

NOTE: The stop keys on the Graphic Display Terminal can be programmed as non-priority keys. A stop
key can only have priority if the [Stop Key Enable] PSt parameter menu is set to [Yes] YES.
The behavior of the drive can be adapted according to requirements:
 [Not separ.] SIM: Command and reference are sent via the same channel.
 [Separate] SEP: Command and reference may be sent via different channels.In these configurations,
control via the communication bus is performed in accordance with the DRIVECOM standard with only
5 freely assignable bits (see communication parameter manual). The application functions cannot be
accessed via the communication interface.
 [I/O profile] IO: The command and the reference can come from different channels. This configuration
both simplify and extends use via the communication interface. Commands may be sent via the digital
inputs on the terminals or via the communication bus. When commands are sent via a bus, they are
available on a word, which acts as virtual terminals containing only digital inputs. Application functions
can be assigned to the bits in this word. More than one function can be assigned to the same bit.
NOTE: Stop commands from the Graphic Display Terminal remain active even if the terminals are not the
active command channel.

242 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Reference Channel for [Not separ.] SIM, [Separate] SEP and [I/O profile] IO Configurations, PID Not Configured

(1) Note: Forced local is not active in [I/O].

The black square represents the factory setting assignment.

Fr1, SA2, SA3, dA2, dA3, MA2, MA3: Graphic Display Terminal, integrated Modbus serial,
CANopen®, and fieldbus module.
Fr1b, for SEP and IO: Graphic Display Terminal, integrated Modbus, CANopen®, integrated
Ethernet Modbus TCP, and fieldbus module.
Fr1b, for SIM: Graphic Display Terminal, only accessible if Fr1 = terminals.
Fr2: Graphic Display Terminal, integrated Modbus serial, CANopen®, integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP,
+/– speed, and fieldbus module.

EAV64318 01/2015 243

Complete settings CSt-

Reference Channel for [Not separ.] SIM, [Separate] SEP and [I/O profile] IO Configurations, PID Configured with
PID References at the Terminals

(1) Note: Forced local is not active in [I/O profile].

(2) Ramps not active if the PID function is active in automatic mode.

The black square represents the factory setting assignment.

Fr1: Graphic Display Terminal, integrated Modbus, CANopen®, and fieldbus module.
Fr1b, for SEP and IO: Graphic Display Terminal, integrated Modbus serial, CANopen®, and fieldbus
module.
Fr1b, for SIM: Graphic Display Terminal, only accessible if Fr1 = terminals.
SA2, SA3, dA2, dA3: Graphic Display Terminal only.
Fr2: Graphic Display Terminal, integrated Modbus serial, CANopen®, +/– speed, and fieldbus module.

244 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1

Configuration reference frequency 1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
[AI1] AI1 Analog input AI1
Factory Setting
[AI2]...[AI3] AI2...AI3 Analog input AI2...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has
been inserted
[Ref Frequency via DI] UPdt Up/Down function is assigned by DIx
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has
been inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has
been inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment
On DI6]

[Ref.1B channel] Fr1b

Configuration reference frequency 1B.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension
module has been inserted
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6]

EAV64318 01/2015 245

Complete settings CSt-

[Ref 1B switching] rCb

WARNING
UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
This parameter can cause unintended movements, for example an inversion of the direction of the
rotation of the motor, a sudden acceleration or a stop.
 Verify that the setting of this parameter does not cause unintended movements.
 Verify that the setting of this parameter does not result in unsafe conditions.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

Select switching (1 to 1B).

 If the assigned input or bit is at 0, [Config Ref Freq 1] Fr1 is active.
 If the assigned input or bit is at 1, [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b is active.

[Ref 1B switching] rCb is forced to [Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 if [Control Mode] CHCF is set to
[Not separ. ] SIM with [Config Ref Freq 1] Fr1 assigned via the terminals (analog inputs, pulse input).

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ref Freq Fr1 Reference channel = channel 1 (for RFC)
Channel 1]
[Ref.1B channel] Fr1b Reference channel = channel 2 (for RFC)
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet
ModbusTCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet
ModbusTCP regardless of configuration

246 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Reverse Disable] rIn

Reverse directions disable.
NOTE: Anti-Jam function takes priority over [Reverse Disable] rIn function. If an Anti jam function is
used, reverse direction is applied despite of the [Reverse disable] rIn configuration.
Lock of movement in reverse direction does not apply to direction requests sent by digital inputs.
Reverse direction requests sent by digital inputs are taken into account.
Reverse direction requests sent by the Graphic Display Terminal or sent by the line are not taken into
account.
Any reverse speed reference originating from the PID, summing input, and so on, is interpreted as a zero
reference (0 Hz).

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
[Yes] YES Yes
Factory Setting

[Control Mode] CHCF

Mixed mode configuration.

WARNING
UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Disabling [I/O profile] IO resets the drive to the factory settings.
 Verify that restoring the factory settings is compatible with the type of wiring used.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not separ.] SIM Reference and command, not separate
Factory Setting
[Separate] SEP Separate reference and command. This assignment cannot be accessed in
[I/O profile] IO.
[I/O profile] IO I/O profile

EAV64318 01/2015 247

Complete settings CSt-

[Command Switching] CCS

Control channel switch.
This parameter can be accessed if [Control Mode] CHCF is set to [Separate] SEP or to [I/O profile]
IO.
If the assigned input or bit is at 0, channel [Cmd channel 1] Cd1 is active.If the assigned input or bit is
at 1, channel [Cmd channel 2] Cd2 is active.

WARNING
UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
This parameter can cause unintended movements, for example an inversion of the direction of the
rotation of the motor, a sudden acceleration or a stop.
 Verify that the setting of this parameter does not cause unintended movements.
 Verify that the setting of this parameter does not result in unsafe conditions.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Command channel 1] Cd1 Command channel = channel 1 (for CCS)
Factory setting
[Command channel 2] Cd2 Command channel = channel 2 (for CCS)
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[C101]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial
in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module
in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus
module regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet
ModbusTCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet
ModbusTCP regardless of configuration

[Cmd channel 1] Cd1

Command channel 1 assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [Control Mode] CHCF is set to [Separate] SEP or [I/O profile] IO.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Terminals] tEr Terminal block source
Factory Setting
[Ref. Freq- Rmt. Term] LCC Reference Frequency via remote terminal
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has been
inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has
been inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet

248 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Cmd channel 2] Cd2

Command channel 2 assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [Control Mode] CHCF is set to [Separate] SEP or [I/O profile] IO.
Identical to [Cmd channel 1] Cd1 with factory setting [Ref. Freq- Modbus] Mdb.

[Freq Switch Assign] rFC

WARNING
UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
This parameter can cause unintended movements, for example an inversion of the direction of the
rotation of the motor, a sudden acceleration or a stop.
 Verify that the setting of this parameter does not cause unintended movements.
 Verify that the setting of this parameter does not result in unsafe conditions.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

frequency switching assignment.

If the assigned input or bit is at 0, channel [Ref Freq Channel 1] FR1 is active.
If the assigned input or bit is at 1, channel [Ref Freq Channel 2] FR2 is active.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference channel = channel 1 (for RFC)
[Ref Freq Channel 2] Fr2 Reference channel = channel 2 (for RFC)
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[C101]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.01...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus
Serial in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus
Serial regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus
module in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus
module regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet
ModbusTCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet
ModbusTCP regardless of configuration
[DI1 (Low level)]...[DI6 L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level
(Low level)]
[DI11 (Low L11L...L16L Digital input DI11...DI16 used at low level if VW3A3203 I/O extension
level)]...[DI16 (Low module has been inserted
level)]

EAV64318 01/2015 249

Complete settings CSt-

[Ref Freq 2 Config] Fr2

Configuration reference frequency 2.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned. If [Control Mode] CHCF is set to[ Not separ.] SIM,
the command is at the terminals with a zero reference. If [Control Mode]
CHCF is set to [Separate] SEP or [I/O profile] IO, the reference is
zero.
Factory Setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[Ref Frequency via DI] UPdt +/– speed command assigned to DIx
[Ref.Freq-Rmt.Term] LCC Display terminal source
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq- CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has been
inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has been
inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] Eth Integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP
[PulseInput Assignment PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
On DI5]...[PulseInput
Assignment On DI6]

[Copy Ch1-Ch2] COP

Copy channel 1 reference frequency to channel 2.

WARNING
UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
This parameter can cause unintended movements, for example an inversion of the direction of the
rotation of the motor, a sudden acceleration or a stop.
 Verify that the setting of this parameter does not cause unintended movements.
 Verify that the setting of this parameter does not result in unsafe conditions.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

Can be used to copy the current reference and/or the command with switching in order to avoid speed
surges, for example.
If [Control Mode] CHCF (see page 247) is set to [Not separ.] SIM or [Separate] SEP, copying is
possible only from channel 1 to channel 2.
If [Control Mode] CHCF is set to [I/O profile] IO, copying is possible in both directions.A reference or
a command cannot be copied to a channel on the terminals.The reference copied is [Pre-Ramp Ref Freq]
FrH (before ramp) unless the destination channel reference is set via +/– speed. In this case, the
reference copied is [Output frequency] rFr (after ramp).

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No copy
Factory Setting
[Reference SP Copy reference
Frequency]
[Command] Cd Copy command
[Cmd + Ref ALL Copy reference and command
Frequency]

250 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

As the Graphic Display Terminal may be selected as the command and/or reference channel, its action
modes can be configured.
Comments:
 The Graphic Display Terminal command/reference is only active if the command and/or reference
channels from the terminal are active except for [T/K] Ft (command via the Graphic Display Terminal),
which takes priority over these channels. Press [T/K] Ft (command via the Graphic Display Terminal)
again to revert control to the selected channel.
 Command and reference via the Graphic Display Terminal are impossible if the latter is connected to
more than one drive.
 The preset PID reference functions can only be accessed if [Control Mode] CHCF is set to [Not
separ.] SIM or [Separate] SEP.
 The command via the Graphic Display Terminal can be accessed regardless of the [Control Mode]
CHCF.

[Forced Local Freq] FLOC

Forced local reference source assignment.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned (control via the terminals with zero reference)
Factory Setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has
been inserted
[Ref.Freq-Rmt.Term] LCC Display terminal source
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment
On DI6]

[Time-out Forc. Local] FLOt

Time for channel confirmation after forced local.
This parameter can be accessed if [Forced Local Assign] FLO is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
0.1...30.0 s Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 s

[Forced Local Assign] FLO

Forced local assignment.
Forced local mode is active when the input is at state 1.
[Forced Local Assign] FLO is forced to [No] nO if [Control Mode] CHCF is set to [I/O profile] IO

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted

EAV64318 01/2015 251

Complete settings CSt-

[Reverse Assign] rrS

Reverse assignment.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration

252 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[2/3-wire control] tCC

2-wire or 3-wire control.

WARNING
UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
If this parameter is changed, the parameters [Reverse Assign] rrS and [2-wire type] tCt and the
assignments of the digital inputs are reset to the factory setting.
Verify that this change is compatible with the type of wiring used.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

Setting Code / Value Description

[2-Wire Control] 2C 2-wire control (level commands): This is the input state (0 or 1) or edge
(0 to 1 or 1 to 0), which controls running or stopping.
Example of source wiring:

DI1 Forward
DIx Reverse

Factory setting
[3-Wire Control] 3C 3-wire control (pulse commands) [3 wire]: A forward or reverse pulse is
sufficient to command starting, a stop pulse is sufficient to command
stopping.
Example of source wiring:

DI1 Stop
DI2 Forward
DIx Reverse

[2-wire type] tCt

Type of 2-wire control.
This parameter can be accessed if [2/3-wire control] tCC is set to [2-Wire Control] 2C.

WARNING
UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Verify that the parameter setting is compatible with the type of wiring used.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Level] LEL State 0 or 1 is taken into account for run (1) or stop (0)
[Transition] trn A change of state (transition or edge) is necessary to initiate operation in
order to avoid accidental restarts after a break in the supply mains
Factory setting
[Level With Fwd Priority] PFO State 0 or 1 is taken into account for run or stop, but the “forward” input
takes priority over the “reverse” input

EAV64318 01/2015 253

Complete settings CSt-

[Stop Key Enable] PSt

Stop key enable.

WARNING
LOSS OF CONTROL
This function disables the Stop key of the Display Terminal if the setting of the parameter [Command
Channel] CMdC is not HMI.
Only set this parameter to nO if you have implemented appropriate alternative stop functions.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

This is a freewheel stop. If the active command channel is the Graphic Display Terminal, the stop is
performed according to the [Type of stop] Stt irrespective of the configuration of [Stop Key Enable]
PSt.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO –
[Yes] YES Gives priority to the STOP key on the Graphic Display Terminal when the
Graphic Display Terminal is not enabled as the command channel.
Factory Setting

[HMI cmd.] bMP

HMI command.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Stop] StOP Stops the drive (although the controlled direction of operation and reference
of the previous channel are copied (to be taken into account on the next
RUN command)).
[Bumpless] bUMP Does not stop the drive (the controlled direction of operation and the
reference of the previous channel are copied)
[Disabled] dIS Disabled
Factory Setting

254 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.6
[Pump functions] - [PID controller]

[Pump functions] - [PID controller]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[PID controller] PId- Overview 256
[Feedback] Fdb- Menu 259
[Reference frequency] rF- Menu 265
[PID preset references] PrI- Menu 268
[Reference frequency] rF- Menu 270
[Settings] St- Menu 271

EAV64318 01/2015 255

Complete settings CSt-

[PID controller] PId- Overview

About This Menu

NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Follow the instructions about the
compatibility of functions.

Block Diagram
The function is activated by assigning an analog input to the PID feedback (measurement).
The PID feedback needs to be assigned to one of the analog inputs AI1 to AI5 or a pulse input, according
to whether any I/O extension module has been inserted.
The PID reference needs to be assigned to the following parameters:
 Preset references via digital inputs ([Ref PID Preset 2] rP2, [Ref PID Preset 3] rP3, [Ref PID
Preset 4]rP4).
 In accordance with the configuration of [Intern PID Ref] PII:
 [Internal PID ref] rPI, or
 Reference A [Config Ref Freq 1] Fr1 or [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b.

Combination Table for Preset PID References:

DI (Pr4) DI (Pr2) Pr2 = nO Reference

rPI or Fr1b
0 0 rPI or Fr1b
0 1 rP2
1 0 rP3
1 1 rP4

A predictive speed reference can be used to initialize the speed on restarting the process.
Scaling of feedback and references:
 [Min PID feedback] PIF1, [Max PID feedback] PIF2 parameters can be used to scale the PID
feedback (sensor range). This scale MUST be maintained for all other parameters.
 [Min PID Process] PIP1, [Max PID Process] PIP2 parameters can be used to scale the
adjustment range, for example the reference. The adjustment range MUST remain within the sensor
range.
The maximum value of the scaling parameters is 32,767. To facilitate the installation, it is recommended
to use values as close as possible to this maximum level, while retaining powers of 10 in relation to the
actual values. The scaling is without unit if [Type of control] tOCt is set to [NA] nA, in % if set to
[OTHER] OtHEr, in process unit if set [toPRESSURE] PrESS or [FLOW] FLOW.

256 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Example
Adjustment of the volume in a tank, 6...15 m3.
3 3
 Probe used 4-20 mA, 4.5 m for 4 mA and 20 m for 20 mA, with the result that PIF1 = 4,500 and
PIF2 = 20,000.
3
 Adjustment range 6 to 15 m , with the result that PIP1 = 6,000 (min. reference) and PIP2 = 15,000
(max. reference).
 Example references:
 rP1 (internal reference) = 9,500
 rP2 (preset reference) = 6,500
 rP3 (preset reference) = 8,000
 rP4 (preset reference) = 11,200

Other parameters:
 Reversal of the direction of correction [PID Inversion] PIC. If [PID Inversion] PIC is set to [No]
nO, the speed of the motor increases when the detected error is positive (for example pressure control
with a compressor). If [PID Inversion] PIC is set to [Yes] YES, the speed of the motor decreases
when the detected error is positive (for example temperature control using a cooling fan).
 The integral gain may be short-circuited by a digital input.
 A warning on the [PID feedback] PiF may be configured.
 A warning on the [PID error] rPE may be configured.

"Manual - Automatic" Operation with PID

This function combines the PID controller, the preset speeds, and a manual reference. Depending on the
state of the digital input, the speed reference is given by the preset speeds or by a manual reference input
via the PID function.
Manual PID reference [Manual PID reference] PIM:
 Analog inputs AI1 to AI5
 Pulse inputs

Predictive speed reference [Predictive Speed Ref] FPI:

 [AI1] AI1: analog input
 [AI2] AI2: analog input
 [AI3] AI3: analog input
 [AI4] AI4: analog input
 [AI5] AI5: analog input
 [DI5 PulseInput Assignment] PI5: pulse input
 [DI6 PulseInput Assignment] PI6: pulse input
 [Ref.Freq-Rmt.Term] LCC: Graphic Display Terminal
 [Modbus] Mdb: integrated Modbus
 [CANopen] CAn: CANopen®
 [Com. card] nEt: fieldbus option module (if inserted)
 [Embedded Ethernet] EtH: integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP

EAV64318 01/2015 257

Complete settings CSt-

Setting Up the PID Controller

1. Configuration in PID mode.
Refer to the Block Diagram (see page 256).
2. Perform a test in factory settings mode.
To optimize the drive, adjust [PID Prop.Gain] rPG or [PID Intgl.Gain] rIG gradually and
independently, and observe the effect on the PID feedback in relation to the reference.
3. If the factory settings are unstable or the reference is incorrect.

Step Action
1 Perform a test with a speed reference in Manual mode (without PID controller) and with the drive on load
for the speed range of the system:
 In steady state, the speed must be stable and comply with the reference, and the PID feedback signal
must be stable.
 In transient state, the speed must follow the ramp and stabilize quickly, and the PID feedback must
follow the speed. If not, see the settings for the drive and/or sensor signal and wiring.
2 Switch to PID mode.
3 Set [PID ramp] PrP to the minimum permitted by the mechanism without triggering an [DC Bus
Overvoltage] ObF.
4 Set the integral gain [PID Intgl.Gain] rIG to minimum.
5 Leave the derivative gain [PID derivative gain] rdG at 0.
6 Observe the PID feedback and the reference.
7 Switch the drive ON/OFF a number of times or vary the load or reference rapidly a number of times.
8 Set the proportional gain [PID Prop.Gain] rPG in order to ascertain the compromise between
response time and stability in transient phases (slight overshoot and 1 to 2 oscillations before
stabilizing).
9 If the reference varies from the preset value in steady state, gradually increase the integral gain [PID
Intgl.Gain] rIG, reduce the proportional gain [PID Prop.Gain] rPG in the event of instability (pump
applications), find a compromise between response time and static precision (see diagram).
10 Lastly, the derivative gain may permit the overshoot to be reduced and the response time to be
improved, although this is more difficult to obtain a compromise in terms of stability, as it depends on 3
gains.
11 Perform in-production tests over the whole reference range.

The oscillation frequency depends on the system kinematics:

Parameter Rise time Overshoot Stabilization time Static Error

rPG + -- + = -
rIG + - ++ + --
rdG + = - - =

258 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Feedback] Fdb- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [PID controller] [Feedback]

About This Menu

NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Follow the instructions about the
compatibility of functions.

[Type of Control] tOCt

Type of control for the PID = unit choice.

Setting Code / Value Description

[nA] nA (without unit)
Factory setting
[Pressure] P Pressure control and unit
[Flow] F Flow control and unit
[Other] O Other control and unit (%)

[PID Feedback] PIF

PID controller feedback.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[AI Virtual 1] AIU1 Virtual analogic input 1
[PulseInput Assignment PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
On DI5]...[PulseInput
Assignment On DI6]

[AI1 Type] AI1t

Configuration of analog input AI1.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA

[AI1 min value] UIL1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1, and
 [AI1 Type] AI1t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc

EAV64318 01/2015 259

Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 max value] UIH1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1, and
 [AI1 Type] AI1t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc

[AI1 min. value] CrL1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1, and
 [AI1 Type] AI1t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AI1 max. value] CrH1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1, and
 [AI1 Type] AI1t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

[AI2 Type] AI2t

Configuration of analog input AI2.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[Water Prob] leuel Water level
[3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires

[AI2 min value] UIL2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2, and
 [AI2 Type] AI2t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 259).

260 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 max value] UIH2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2, and
 [AI2 Type] AI2t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 260).

[AI2 min. value] CrL2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2, and
 [AI2 Type] AI2t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 260).

[AI2 max. value] CrH2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2, and
 [AI2 Type] AI2t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 260).

[AI3 Type] AI3t

Configuration of analog input AI3.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3.
Identical to [AI2 Type] AI2t with factory setting: [Current] 0A (see page 260).

[AI3 min value] UIL3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3, and
 [AI3 Type] AI3t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 259).

[AI3 max value] UIH3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3, and
 [AI3 Type] AI3t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 260).

[AI3 min. value] CrL3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3, and
 [AI3 Type] AI3t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 260).

EAV64318 01/2015 261

Complete settings CSt-

[AI3 max. value] CrH3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3, and
 [AI3 Type] AI3t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 260).

[AI4 Type] AI4t

Configuration of analog input AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted, and
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc
Factory setting
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)

[AI4 min value] UIL4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4, and
 [AI4 Type] AI4t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 259).

[AI4 max value] UIH4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4, and
 [AI4 Type] AI4t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 260).

[AI4 min. value] CrL4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4, and
 [AI4 Type] AI4t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 260).

262 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 max. value] CrH4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4, and
 [AI4 Type] AI4t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 260).

[AI5 Type] AI5t

Configuration of analog input AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted, and
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5.

Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t (see page 262).

[AI5 min value] UIL5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5, and
 [AI5 Type] AI5t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 259).

[AI5 max value] UIH5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5, and
 [AI5 Type] AI5t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 260).

[AI5 min. value] CrL5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5, and
 [AI5 Type] AI5t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 260).

[AI5 max. value] CrH5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5, and
 [AI5 Type] AI5t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 260).

[Min PID feedback] PIF1

Minimum PID feedback.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PiF is not set to [No] no.

Setting Description
0...[Max PID feedback] PIF2 Setting range
Factory setting: 100

EAV64318 01/2015 263

Complete settings CSt-

[Max PID feedback] PIF2

Maximum PID feedback.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PiF is not set to [No] no.

Setting Description
[Min PID feedback] PIF1...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 1,000

[PID feedback] rPF

Value for PID feedback, display only.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PiF is not set to [No] no.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Min Fbk Warning] PAL

Minimum feedback level warning.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PiF is not set to [No] no.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: 100

[Max Fbk Warning] PAH

Maximum feedback level warning.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PiF is not set to [No] no.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: 1,000

264 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Reference frequency] rF- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [PID controller] [Reference frequency]

About This Menu

NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Follow the instructions about the
compatibility of functions.

[Intern PID Ref] PII

Internal PID controller reference.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO The PID controller reference is given by [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 or
[Ref.1B channel] Fr1b with summing/subtraction/multiplication
functions. Refer to the block diagram (see page 256).
Factory setting
[Yes] YES The PID controller reference is internal via [Internal PID ref] rPI.

[Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1

Configuration reference frequency 1.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No, and
 [Intern PID Ref] PII is set to [No] NO.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
[AI1] AI1 Analog input AI1
Factory Setting
[AI2]...[AI3] AI2...AI3 Analog input AI2...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has
been inserted
[Ref Frequency via DI] UPdt Up/Down function is assigned by DIx
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has
been inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has
been inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput
Assignment On DI6]

[Min PID reference] PIP1

Minimum PID reference.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO.

Setting Description
[Min PID feedback] PIF1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range
Factory setting: 150

EAV64318 01/2015 265

Complete settings CSt-

[Max PID reference] PIP2

Maximum PID reference.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO.

Setting Description
[Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID feedback] PIF2 Setting range
Factory setting: 900

[Internal PID ref] rPI

Internal PID controller reference.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No, and
 [Intern PID Ref] PII is set to [Yes] YES.

Setting Description
[Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range
Factory setting: 150

[Auto/Manual assign.] PAU

Auto/Manual select input.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration

266 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Manual PID Reference] PIM

Manual PID reference.
Reference input in manual mode.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO, and
 [Auto/Manual assign.] PAU is not set to [No] nO.

The preset speeds are active on the manual reference if they have been configured.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension
module has been inserted
[Ref.Freq-Rmt.Term] LCC Display terminal source
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq- CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via COM module
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet source
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6]

EAV64318 01/2015 267

Complete settings CSt-

[PID preset references] PrI- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [PID controller] [Reference frequency] [PID
preset references]

About This Menu

The function can be accessed if [PID feedback ass.] PIF is assigned.

[2 PID Preset Assign] Pr2

2 PID preset assignment.
If the assigned input or bit is at 0, the function is inactive.
If the assigned input or bit is at 1, the function is active.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration
[DI1 (Low L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level
level)]...[DI6 (Low
level)]
[DI11 (Low L11L...L16L Digital input DI11...DI16 used at low level if VW3A3203 I/O extension
level)]...[DI16 module has been inserted
(Low level)]

[4 PID Preset Assign] Pr4

4 PID preset assignment.
Identical to [2 PID Preset Assign] Pr2 (see page 268).
Verify that [2 PID Preset Assign] Pr2 has been assigned before assigning this function.

268 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Ref PID Preset 2] rP2

Second PID preset reference.
This parameter can be accessed only if [2 PID Preset Assign] Pr2 is assigned.

Setting Description
[Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range
Factory setting: 300

[Ref PID Preset 3] rP3

Third PID preset reference.
This parameter can be accessed only if [4 preset PID ref.] Pr4 is assigned.

Setting Description
[Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range
Factory setting: 600

[Ref PID Preset 4] rP4

Fourth PID preset reference.
This parameter can be accessed only if [2 preset PID ref.] Pr2 and [4 preset PID ref.] Pr4 are
assigned.

Setting Description
[Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range
Factory setting: 900

EAV64318 01/2015 269

Complete settings CSt-

[Reference frequency] rF- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [PID controller] [Reference frequency]

[Predictive Speed Ref] FPI

Predictive speed reference.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has
been inserted
[Ref. Freq- Rmt.Term] LCC Reference frequency via remote terminal
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via communication module
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput
Assignment On DI6]

[Speed Input %] PSr

PID speed input % reference.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr.

Setting Description
1...100% Setting range
Factory setting: 100%

270 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Settings] St- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [PID controller] [Settings]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No.
NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Follow the instructions about the
compatibility of functions.

[PID Prop.Gain] rPG

Proportional gain.

Setting Description
0.01...100.00 Setting range
Factory setting: 1.00

[PI Intgl.Gain] rIG

Integral gain.

Setting Description
0.01...100.00 Setting range
Factory setting: 1.00

[PID derivative gain] rdG

Derivative gain.

Setting Description
0.00...100.00 Setting range
Factory setting: 0.00

[PID ramp] PrP

PID acceleration/deceleration ramp, defined to go from [Min PID reference] PIP1 to [Max PID
reference] PIP2 and conversely.

Setting Description
0.0...99.9 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 s

[PID Inversion] PIC

PID inversion.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
Factory setting
[YES] YES Yes

EAV64318 01/2015 271

Complete settings CSt-

[PID Min Output] POL

PID controller minimum output in Hz.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[PID Max Output] POH

PID controller maximum output in Hz.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 60.0 Hz

[PID Error Warning] PEr

PID error warning.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: 100

[PID Integral OFF] PIS

Integral shunt.
If the assigned input or bit is at 0, the function is inactive (the PID integral is enabled).
If the assigned input or bit is at 1, the function is active (the PID integral is disabled).

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration

272 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[PID acceleration time] ACCP

PID: acceleration during start-up.
PID start ramp can be applied before starting the PID controller to allow reaching quickly the PID reference
without increasing PID gains. If configured, the [Start Accel Ramp] ACCS is applied up to [Low Speed]
LSP instead of [PID acceleration time] ACCP.

Setting Description

0.01...99,99 s (1) Setting range

Factory setting: 0.50 s
1 Range 0.01 to 99.99 s or 0.1 to 999.9 s or 1...6,000 s according to [Ramp increment] Inr.

[PID Start Ref Freq] SFS

PID: speed reference for start-up.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
If [PID Start Ref Freq] SFS is lower than [Low speed] LSP, this function
has no effect.
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

EAV64318 01/2015 273

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.7
[Pump functions] - [Sleep/wakeup]

[Pump functions] - [Sleep/wakeup]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Sleep/Wakeup] SPW- Overview 275
[Sleep menu] SLP- Menu 278
[AI1 Sensor config.] SIF1- Menu 280
[AI2 Sensor config.] SIF2- Menu 282
[AI3 Sensor config.] SIF3- Menu 284
[AI4 Sensor config.] SIF4- Menu 285
[AI5 Sensor config.] SIF5- Menu 287
[DI5 Sensor Configuration] SIF8- Menu 288
[DI6 Sensor Configuration] SIF9- Menu 289
[AIV1 Sensor config.] SIV1- Menu 290
[Sleep menu] SLP- Menu 291
[AI1 Sensor config.] Soa1- Menu 292
[AI2 Sensor config.] Soa2- Menu 294
[AI3 Sensor config.] Soa3- Menu 296
[AI4 Sensor config.] Soa4- Menu 297
[AI5 Sensor config.] Soa5- Menu 299
[AIV1 Sensor config.] SoV1- Menu 300
[Sleep menu] SLP- Menu 301
[Boost] Sbt- Menu 302
[Advanced sleep check] AdS- Menu 303
[Wake up menu] wKP- Menu 305
[AI1 Sensor config.] woa1- Menu 306
[AI2 Sensor config.] woa2- Menu 308
[AI3 Sensor config.] woa3- Menu 310
[AI4 Sensor config.] WOA4- Menu 311
[AI5 Sensor config.] WoA5- Menu 313
[AIV1 Sensor config.] wov1- Menu 314
[Wake up menu] wKP- Menu 315

274 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Sleep/Wakeup] SPW- Overview

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if [PID feedback ass. ] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO.

WARNING
UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Verify that activating this function does not result in unsafe conditions.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

The purpose of the "Sleep / Wake-Up" function is to stop the motor in process standstill situations.
It allows you to save energy and helps to prevent premature aging of some equipment that cannot run for
a long time at low speed because the greasing or cooling depends on the machine speed.
In a pressure-controlled pumping application:
 The purpose of the Sleep / Wake-Up function is to manage periods of the application where the water
demand is low and where it is not needed to keep the main pumps running.
 It allows you to save energy in low demand periods. Then, when the demand is increasing, the
application needs to wake up in order to meet the demand.
 Optionally, during a sleep period, a Jockey pump can be started to maintain an emergency service
pressure or meet a low water demand.
Depending on user-defined wakeup conditions, the motor is restarted automatically.

Sleep/Wake-Up in PID Control Mode

When the drive is used in PID control, one of the following conditions is used to switch the application to
the sleep state:
 Sleep on low speed (when all fixed pumps are Off in case of a multi-pump application).
 Sleep on low sleep sensor value (using flow sensor for monitoring).
 Sleep on low motor power (when all fixed pumps are Off in case of a multi-pump application).
 Sleep on external condition (using drive input).

The drive is in "PID control mode" when PID is active. Typically when:
 PID is configured, and
 Channel 1 is selected, and
 PID is in automatic mode.

When the drive is in a sleep state, a wake-up condition is used to restart the application:
 Wake-up on PID Feedback level
 Wake-up on PID Error level
 Wake-up on low-pressure condition

EAV64318 01/2015 275

Complete settings CSt-

Sleep Conditions in PID Control Mode

If there is no valid wake-up condition, then the system switches to the sleep mode after one of the
configured sleep conditions remains longer than [Sleep Delay] SLPd.
The sleep detection mode is selected by configuring [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM. Then the system
switches to sleep mode if the selected condition is met:

Configuration Condition
LF sleep on flow sensor value Sensor value is below the sleep level
SW sleep on switch or external The switch input becomes active
condition
SPd sleep on speed The output frequency is below the sleep speed and all auxiliary
PWr sleep on power level The output power is below the sleep power
HP sleep on pressure sensor value Sensor value is higher than the sleep level
or multiple conditions At least 1 of the configured condition to enter in sleep mode is met

Wake-Up Conditions in PID Control Mode

The system wakes up according to [Wake Up Mode] WUPM configuration:
 On PID Feedback level
 On PID Error level.
 On low-pressure condition.

If [Feedback] FbK is selected, then the system wakes up and goes back in PID control mode:
 When PID feedback drops below configured [Wake Up Process Level] WUPF if PID is configured in
Direct mode, ([PID Inversion] PIC is set to nO).
 When PID feedback raises above configured [Wake Up Process Level] WUPF, if PID is configured
in Reverse mode ([PID Inversion] PIC is set to yES).
If [Error] Err is selected, then the system wakes up and goes back in PID control mode:
 When PID feedback drops below ([PID reference] RPC - [WUP Process Error] WUPE), if PID is
configured in Direct mode ([PID Inversion] PIC is set to nO).
 When PID feedback raises above ([PID reference] RPC + [WUP Process Error] WUPE), if PID is
configured in Reverse mode ([PID Inversion] PIC is set to yES).
If [Pressure] LP is selected, then the system wakes up and goes back in PID control mode when the
pressure feedback drops below [Wake Up Process Level] WUPF.

Boosting Phase in PID Control Mode

When entering the sleep mode, the motor accelerates to [Sleep Boost Speed] SLbS during [Sleep
Boost Time] SLbt and then stops.
If [Sleep Boost Time] SLbt is set to 0, then the boost phase is ignored.

Initial State in PID Control Mode

Just after the system starts in automatic mode (a run order appears while in automatic mode - channel 1
already selected and PID auto):
 If a wake-up condition is met, the drive goes in control mode (PID started).
 If a wake-up condition is not met, the drive goes in sleep mode (PID stays stopped and motor is kept
halted), and Boosting phase is ignored.
When the control is switched to automatic mode while the motor is running (switch to channel 1 or switch
to PID auto mode for example), the drive stays in running state and switches to PID automatic mode.

Configuration of Sleep External Condition (Usage of a No Flow Switch for Example)

Sleep switch allows you to select the source of sleep external condition:
 nO: no input selected for the sleep external condition.
 dIx: the sleep external condition (switch for example) is connected to DIx (the assignment is also
possible on a control bit in I/O profile).

276 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Configuration of Sleep Sensor (Flow or Pressure Sensor)

The assignment of a sleep sensor, the configuration of the selected physical input and the configuration of
scaling to process value are performed.
A sleep sensor source is selected by [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A and [OutletPres Assign] PS2A
which allows to select the analog or pulse input on which the sensor is connected:
 nO: no input selected for sleep sensor value.
 AIx: sleep sensor is connected to AIx.
 AIUx: sleep sensor is connected to virtual AIUx.
 PIx: sleep sensor is connected to pulse input PIx.

The configuration of an analog input is performed.

The configuration of a pulse input is performed.
Depending on the selected source, the process range of the sensor is configured by:
 [AIx Lowest Process] AIxJ, [AIx Highest Process] AIxk (without unit), when connected on an
analog input.
 [AIv1 Lowest Process] AVIJ, [AIv1 Highest Process] AVIk (without unit), when using the
virtual analog input.
 [DIx PulseInput Low Freq] PILx, [DIx PulseInput High Freq] PIHx (without unit), when
connected on a pulse input configured in frequency.

EAV64318 01/2015 277

Complete settings CSt-

[Sleep menu] SLP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/Wakeup] [Sleep menu]

About This Menu

[Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM

Sleep detection mode.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not configured
Factory setting
[Switch] SW System enters in sleep mode on switch condition
[Flow] LF System enters in sleep mode on low flow condition
[Speed] SPd System enters in sleep mode on speed condition
[Power] PWr System enters in sleep mode on power condition
[Pressure] HP System enters in sleep mode on high-pressure condition
[Multiple] Or System enters in sleep mode on multiple-OR condition

[Sleep Switch Assign] SLPW

Sleep switch assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [Switch] Sw.
Select an external condition to enter in sleep mode (for example, flow switch).

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration
[DI1 (Low L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level
level)]...[DI6 (Low
level)]
[DI11 (Low L11L...L16L Digital input DI11...DI16 used at low level if VW3A3203 I/O extension
level)]...[DI16 module has been inserted
(Low level)]

278 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A

Installation flow sensor assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [Sensor] SnSr.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module
has been inserted
[AI Virtual 1] AIU1 Virtual analogic input 1
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6]
[Flow Estimation] SLPF Sensor less estimated flow

EAV64318 01/2015 279

Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 Sensor config.] SIF1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [AI1 Sensor
config.]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI1] AI1, and
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to
 [Flow] LF, or
 [Multiple] or.

[AI1 Type] AI1t

Configuration of analog input AI1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA

[AI1 min value] UIL1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc

[AI1 max value] UIH1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc

[AI1 min. value] CrL1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] oA.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AI1 max. value] CrH1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] oA.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

280 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J

AI1 lowest process.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AI1 Highest Process] AI1K

AI1 highest process.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 281

Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 Sensor config.] SIF2- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [AI2 Sensor
config.]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI2] AI2, and
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to
 [Flow] LF, or
 [Multiple] or.

[AI2 Type] AI2t

Configuration of analog input AI2.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[Water Prob] leuel Water level
[3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires

[AI2 min value] UIL2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 280).

[AI2 max value] UIH2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 280).

[AI2 min. value] CrL2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 280).

[AI2 max. value] CrH2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 280).

282 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 Lowest Process] AI2J

AI2 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 281).

[AI2 Highest Process] AI2K

AI2 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 281).

EAV64318 01/2015 283

Complete settings CSt-

[AI3 Sensor config.] SIF3- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [AI3 Sensor
config.]

About this menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI3] AI3, and
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to
 [Flow] LF, or
 [Multiple] or.

[AI3 Type] AI3t

Configuration of analog input AI3.
Identical to [AI2 Type] AI2t (see page 282) with factory setting: [Current] 0A.

[AI3 min value] UIL3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 280).

[AI3 max value] UIH3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 280).

[AI3 min. value] CrL3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if AI3t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 280).

[AI3 max. value] CrH3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if AI3t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 280).

[AI3 Lowest Process] AI3J

AI3 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 281).

[AI3 Highest Process] AI3K

AI3 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 281).

284 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 Sensor config.] SIF4- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [AI4 Sensor
config.]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI4] AI4, and
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to
 [Flow] LF, or
 [Multiple] or.

[AI4 Type] AI4t

Configuration of analog input AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc
Factory setting
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)

[AI4 min value] UIL4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 280).

[AI4 max value] UIH4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 280).

[AI4 min. value] CrL4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 280).

[AI4 max. value] CrH4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 280).

EAV64318 01/2015 285

Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 Lowest Process] AI4J

AI4 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 281).

[AI4 Highest Process] AI4K

AI4 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 281).

286 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI5 Sensor config.] SIF5- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [AI5 Sensor
config.]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI5] AI5, and
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to
 [Flow] LF, or
 [Multiple] or.

[AI5 Type] AI5t

Configuration of analog input AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t (see page 285).

[AI5 min value] UIL5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 280).

[AI5 max value] UIH5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 280).

[AI5 min. value] CrL5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 280).

[AI5 max. value] CrH5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 280).

[AI5 Lowest Process] AI5J

AI5 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 281).

[AI5 Highest Process] AI5K

AI5 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 281).

EAV64318 01/2015 287

Complete settings CSt-

[DI5 Sensor Configuration] SIF8- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [DI5 Sensor
Configuration]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [PI5] PI5, and
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to
 [Flow] LF, or
 [Multiple] or.

[PulseInput DI5 Low Freq] PIL5

Pulse input DI5 low frequency.

Setting Description
0.00...30,000.00 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.00 Hz

[PulseInput DI5 High Freq] PIH5

Pulse input DI5 high frequency.

Setting Description
0.00...30.00 kHz Setting range
Factory setting: 30.00 kHz

[DI5 Min Process] PI5J

Minimum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[DI5 Max Process] PI5K

Maximum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

288 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[DI6 Sensor Configuration] SIF9- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [DI6 Sensor
Configuration]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI5 Sensor Configuration] SIF8- Menu (see page 288).
This menu can be accessed if:
 [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [PI6] PI6, and
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to
 [Flow] LF, or
 [Multiple] or.

[PulseInput DI6 Low Freq] PIL6

Pulse input DI6 low frequency.

[PulseInput DI6 High Freq] PIH6

Pulse input DI6 high frequency.

[DI6 Min Process] PI6J

Minimum process value for selected input.

[DI6 Max Process] PI6K

Maximum process value for selected input.

EAV64318 01/2015 289

Complete settings CSt-

[AIV1 Sensor config.] SIV1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [AIV1 Sensor
config.]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI Virtual 1] AIU1, and
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to
 [Flow] LF, or
 [Multiple] or.

[AIV1 Channel Assignment] AIC1

Channel assignment for virtual analog input AIV1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has
been inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has
been inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet

[AIV1 Lowest Process] AU1J

AI virtual x: minimum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AIV1 Highest Process] AU1K

AI virtual x: maximum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

290 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Sleep menu] SLP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu]

[Sleep Flow Level] SLnL

Sleep flow level.
Sensor level under which the system should enter the sleep mode (Zero value to deactivate).
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is not set to [Not Configured] nO, and
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to
 [Flow] LF, or
 [Multiple] or.

Setting Description
[No] nO to 32,767 Setting range
Unit: [Flow rate unit] SuFr (for example, %, l/s; m3/h)
Factory setting: [No] nO

[OutletPres Assign] PS2A

Outlet pressure sensor assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [Pressure] HP, or
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [Multiple] or.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[AI Virtual 1] AIU1 Virtual analogic input 1

EAV64318 01/2015 291

Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 Sensor config.] Soa1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [AI1 Sensor
config.]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [OutletPres Assign] ps2A is set to [AI1] AI1, and
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to
 [Pressure] HP, or
 [Multiple] or.

[AI1 Type] AI1t

Configuration of analog input AI1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA

[AI1 min value] UIL1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc

[AI1 max value] UIH1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc

[AI1 min. value] CrL1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] oA.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AI1 max. value] CrH1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] oA.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

292 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J

AI1 lowest process.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AI1 Highest Process] AI1K

AI1 highest process.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 293

Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 Sensor config.] Soa2- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [AI2 Sensor
config.]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [OutletPres Assign] ps2A is set to [AI2] AI2, and
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to
 [Pressure] HP, or
 [Multiple] or.

[AI2 Type] AI2t

Configuration of analog input AI2.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[Water Prob] leuel Water level
[3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires

[AI2 min value] UIL2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 292).

[AI2 max value] UIH2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 292).

[AI2 min. value] CrL2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 292).

[AI2 max. value] CrH2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 292).

294 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 Lowest Process] AI2J

AI2 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 293).

[AI2 Highest Process] AI2K

AI2 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 293).

EAV64318 01/2015 295

Complete settings CSt-

[AI3 Sensor config.] Soa3- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [AI3 Sensor
config.]

About this menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [OutletPres Assign] ps2A is set to [AI3] AI3, and
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to
 [Pressure] HP, or
 [Multiple] or.

[AI3 Type] AI3t

Configuration of analog input AI3.
Identical to [AI2 Type] AI2t (see page 294) with factory setting: [Current] 0A.

[AI3 min value] UIL3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 292).

[AI3 max value] UIH3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 292).

[AI3 min. value] CrL3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if AI3t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 292).

[AI3 max. value] CrH3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if AI3t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 292).

[AI3 Lowest Process] AI3J

AI3 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 293).

[AI3 Highest Process] AI3K

AI3 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 293).

296 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 Sensor config.] Soa4- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [AI4 Sensor
config.]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [OutletPres Assign] ps2A is set to [AI4] AI4, and
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to
 [Pressure] HP, or
 [Multiple] or.

[AI4 Type] AI4t

Configuration of analog input AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc
Factory setting
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)

[AI4 min value] UIL4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 292).

[AI4 max value] UIH4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 292).

[AI4 min. value] CrL4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 292).

[AI4 max. value] CrH4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 292).

EAV64318 01/2015 297

Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 Lowest Process] AI4J

AI4 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 293).

[AI4 Highest Process] AI4K

AI4 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 293).

298 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI5 Sensor config.] Soa5- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [AI5 Sensor
config.]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [OutletPres Assign] ps2A is set to [AI5] AI5, and
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to
 [Pressure] HP, or
 [Multiple] or.

[AI5 Type] AI5t

Configuration of analog input AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t (see page 297).

[AI5 min value] UIL5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 292).

[AI5 max value] UIH5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 292).

[AI5 min. value] CrL5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 292).

[AI5 max. value] CrH5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 292).

[AI5 Lowest Process] AI5J

AI5 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 293).

[AI5 Highest Process] AI5K

AI5 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 293).

EAV64318 01/2015 299

Complete settings CSt-

[AIV1 Sensor config.] SoV1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [AIV1 Sensor
config.]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [OutletPres Assign] ps2A is set to [AI Virtual 1] AIU1, and
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to
 [Pressure] HP, or
 [Multiple] or.

[AIV1 Channel Assignment] AIC1

Channel assignment for virtual analog input AIV1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has been
inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has
been inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet

[AIV1 Lowest Process] AU1J

AI virtual x: minimum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AIV1 Highest Process] AU1K

AI virtual x: maximum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

300 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Sleep menu] SLP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu]

[Sleep Pressure Level] SLPL

Sleep pressure level.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is not set to [Not Configured] nO, and
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to
 [Pressure] HP, or
 [Multiple] or.

Setting Description
[No] nO to 32,767 Setting range
Unit: [Flow rate unit] SuFr (for example, %, l/s; m3/h)
Factory setting: [No] nO

[Sleep Min Speed] SLSL

Sleep flow level.
Speed level under which the system should enter the sleep mode.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [Speed] spd, or
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [Multiple] or.

Setting Description
0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: [No] nO

[Sleep Power Level] SLPr

Sleep power level.
Power level under which the system should enter the sleep mode.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [Power] pwr, or
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is set to [Multiple] or.

Setting Description
0...[Nominal Motor Power] nPr Setting range
Factory setting: [No] nO

[Sleep Delay] SLPd

Sleep delay.
This parameter can be accessed if [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is not set to [Not Configured] nO.

Setting Description
0...3,600 s Setting range
Factory setting: 20 s

EAV64318 01/2015 301

Complete settings CSt-

[Boost] Sbt- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [Boost]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is not set to [No] nO.

[Sleep Boost Speed] SLbS

Sleep boost speed.

Setting Description
0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: nO

[Sleep Boost Time] SLbt

Sleep boost time.
This parameter can be accessed if [Sleep Boost Speed] SLbS is not set to 0.

Setting Description
0...3,600 s Setting range
Factory setting: nO

302 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Advanced sleep check] AdS- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Sleep menu] [Advanced sleep
check]

About This Menu

This function can be activated if [Type of control] tOCt is set to [Speed] Spd or [Power] PWr.

[Sleep Mode] ASLM

Advanced sleep mode.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
Factory setting
[YES] YES Yes

EAV64318 01/2015 303

Complete settings CSt-

[Sleep Condition] ASLC

Advanced sleep verifies speed condition.
This parameter can be accessed if [Sleep Mode] ASLM is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
0...[High Speed] HSP Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[Sleep Delay] ASLd

Advanced sleep verifies delay.
This parameter can be accessed if [Sleep Mode] ASLM is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
0...9,999 s Setting range
Factory setting: 20 s

[Check Sleep Ref Spd] ASLr

Advanced sleep verifies speed reference.
This parameter can be accessed if [Sleep Mode] ASLM is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
0...[High Speed] HSP Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

304 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Wake up menu] wKP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Wake up menu]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is not set to [Not Configured] nO.

[Wake Up Mode] WUPM

Wake-up mode.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Feedback] FbK Wake-up on PID feedback level
Factory setting
[Error] Err Wake-up on PID error level
[Pressure] LP Wake-up on low-pressure condition

[Wake Up Process Level] WUPF

Wake-up process value level.
This parameter can be accessed if [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [FeedBack] Fbk.

Setting Description
[Min PID feedback] PIF1...[Max PID feedback] PIF2 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[WUP Process Error] WUPE

Wake-up process value error level.
This parameter can be accessed if [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Error] Err.

Setting Description
0...[Max PID feedback] PIF2 Setting range
Factory setting: 0,0 Hz

[OutletPres Assign] PS2A

Outlet pressure sensor assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Pressure] LP.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[AI Virtual 1] AIU1 Virtual analogic input 1

EAV64318 01/2015 305

Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 Sensor config.] woa1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Wake up menu] [AI1 Sensor
config.]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is set to [AI1] AI1, and
 [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Pressure] LP.

[AI1 Type] AI1t

Configuration of analog input AI1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA

[AI1 min value] UIL1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc

[AI1 max value] UIH1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc

[AI1 min. value] CrL1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] oA.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AI1 max. value] CrH1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] oA.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

306 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J

AI1 lowest process.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AI1 Highest Process] AI1K

AI1 highest process.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 307

Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 Sensor config.] woa2- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Wake up menu] [AI2 Sensor
config.]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is set to [AI2] AI2, and
 [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Pressure] LP.

[AI2 Type] AI2t

Configuration of analog input AI2.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[Water Prob] leuel Water level
[3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires

[AI2 min value] UIL2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 306).

[AI2 max value] UIH2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 306).

[AI2 min. value] CrL2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 306).

[AI2 max. value] CrH2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 306).

308 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 Lowest Process] AI2J

AI2 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 307).

[AI2 Highest Process] AI2K

AI2 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 307).

EAV64318 01/2015 309

Complete settings CSt-

[AI3 Sensor config.] woa3- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Wake up menu] [AI3 Sensor
config.]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is set to [AI3] AI3, and
 [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Pressure] LP.

[AI3 Type] AI3t

Configuration of analog input AI3.
Identical to [AI2 Type] AI2t (see page 308) with factory setting: [Current] 0A.

[AI3 min value] UIL3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 306).

[AI3 max value] UIH3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 306).

[AI3 min. value] CrL3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if AI3t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 306).

[AI3 max. value] CrH3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if AI3t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 306).

[AI3 Lowest Process] AI3J

AI3 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 307).

[AI3 Highest Process] AI3K

AI3 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 307).

310 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 Sensor config.] WOA4- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Wake up menu] [AI4 Sensor
config.]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is set to [AI4] AI4, and
 [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Pressure] LP.

[AI4 Type] AI4t

Configuration of analog input AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc
Factory setting
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)

[AI4 min value] UIL4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 306).

[AI4 max value] UIH4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 306).

[AI4 min. value] CrL4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 306).

[AI4 max. value] CrH4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 306).

EAV64318 01/2015 311

Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 Lowest Process] AI4J

AI4 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 307).

[AI4 Highest Process] AI4K

AI4 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 307).

312 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI5 Sensor config.] WoA5- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Wake up menu] [AI5 Sensor
config.]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is set to [AI5] AI5, and
 [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Pressure] LP.

[AI5 Type] AI5t

Configuration of analog input AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t (see page 311).

[AI5 min value] UIL5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 306).

[AI5 max value] UIH5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 306).

[AI5 min. value] CrL5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 306).

[AI5 max. value] CrH5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 306).

[AI5 Lowest Process] AI5J

AI5 lowest process.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 307).

[AI5 Highest Process] AI5K

AI5 highest process.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 307).

EAV64318 01/2015 313

Complete settings CSt-

[AIV1 Sensor config.] wov1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Wake up menu] [AIV1 Sensor
config.]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is set to [AI Virtual 1] AIV1, and
 [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Pressure] LP.

[AIV1 Channel Assignment] AIC1

Channel assignment for virtual analog input AIV1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has been
inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has been
inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet

[AIV1 Lowest Process] AU1J

AI virtual x: minimum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AIV1 Highest Process] AU1K

AI virtual x: maximum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

314 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Wake up menu] wKP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sleep/wakeup] [Wake up menu]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is not set to [Not Configured] nO.

[Wake Up Press Level] WUPL

Wake-up pressure level.
Pressure level over which the system should leave the sleep mode.
This parameter can be accessed if [Wake Up Mode] WUPM is set to [Pressure] LP.

Setting Description
[No] nO to 32,767 Setting range
Unit: [P sensor unit] SuPr (for example, Pa, Bar, PSI, %)
Factory setting: [No] nO

EAV64318 01/2015 315

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.8
[Pump functions] - [Feedback monitoring]

[Pump functions] - [Feedback monitoring]

[Feedback monitoring] FKM- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Feedback monitoring]

About This Menu

The function is typically used to detect cases where the installation capability is exceeded or where the
installation is not operating properly:
 Fire hydrant opened.
 Pump start-up with open discharge valve.
 Mechanical breakdown of pipes.
 Water leakage.

When the drive is running at high speed, this function monitors the PID feedback in order to detect if it is
out of a given range around the setpoint during a configurable time.
By using a warning or a detected error, this function also indicates that:
 The capability of the installation is exceeded
 The proper control could not be ensured
 Something is wrong on the installation.

This graphic presents the PID feedback monitoring:

[PID Fdbk Monitoring] PFMM

PID feedback monitoring mode.
Parameter used to activate the function.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
Factory setting
[YES] YES Yes

316 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[PID Fdbk Range] PFMr

PID feedback monitoring range.
Range within which the PID feedback value is supposed to stay in normal situation.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Fdbk Monitoring] PFMM is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
0...100% Setting range
Factory setting: 3%

[PID Fdbk Error Delay] PFMd

PID feedback monitoring delay.
Delay to trig an error after detection of an anomaly.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Fdbk Monitoring] PFMM is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
0...3,600 s Setting range
Factory setting: 10 s

[PID Fdbk Error Resp] PFMb

PID feedback monitoring response to a detected error.
Define how the drive reacts when a feedback monitoring error occurs.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Fdbk Monitoring] PFMM is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error
triggered after stop
[Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
Factory setting
1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output
to its indication.

EAV64318 01/2015 317

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.9
[Pump functions] - [Pump characteristics]

[Pump functions] - [Pump characteristics]

[Pump characteristics] PCr- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Pump characteristics]

About This Menu

Centrifugal pump characteristic allows you to define the curve points for:
 Head
 Mechanical power
 Efficiency

The pump manufacture supplies these elements and it is necessary to define the performances of a pump
at a given speed.
Pump data is characterized in several points and for a given speed (typically nominal speed):
 Speed (N) used for characterization: typically nominal speed.
 Flow (Q) on each characteristic point.
 Head (H) on each characteristic point.
 Power (P) on each characteristic point.

Example for simplified pump data curves:

Efficiency / Flow rate Head / Flow rate Power / Flow rate

This function allows to:

 interpolate the curves at a given speed, thus minimizing interpolation errors,
 interpolate the curves for other pump speeds using affinity motor control types.

Use-case
Several functions need [Head/Flow] Hq or [Power/Flow] Pq curves before being used.
Monitoring of pump working point on pump curve:

Use-case Characterized Pump Data (vs. pump speed)

HQ PQ
"Head vs Flow" curve X
"Power vs Flow" curve X
"Power vs Speed" (fixed Q values) X

Sensorless flow estimation:

Use-case Characterized Pump Data (vs. pump speed)

HQ PQ
Estimation of flow from head X
Estimation of flow from power X

318 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Function Activation
To activate this function, set [Mode] PCM to [HQ] Hq or [PQ] Pq or [PHQ] PHq. It depends on the
data you enter.
After entering all the data (curve + BEP), set [Pump Curve Activate] PCA to [YES] YES.

Curve Setting
The entering points should be spaced as evenly as possible over the operating range for the given speed:

Wrong points spacing Right points spacing

Wrong points entering Right points entering

For [Head/Flow] Hq or [Power/Flow] Pq curves, 5 points are advised:

 Q1 near the zero flow point.
 Q3 near the BEP point.
 Q5 near the zero head point.
 Q2 equidistant between Q1 and Q3.
 Q4 equidistant between Q3 and Q5.

Configuration of Best Efficiency Point (BEP)

The configuration of BEP allows you to display this on Hq, Pq and Eq curve:
 Pump curve flow rate at BEP: [Flow at BEP] PCBQ.
 Pump curve head at BEP: [Head BEP] PCBH.
 Pump curve power at BEP: [Power BEP] PCBP.

This graphic represents the curve and the BEP:

1 System curve
2 Pump HQ curve
3 Pump PQ curve

EAV64318 01/2015 319

Complete settings CSt-

[Mode] PCM
Pump curve mode.
Select which curve data are managed and is entered on.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Function is not activated
Factory setting
[HQ] Hq H, Q data is activated
[PQ] Pq P, Q data is activated
[PHQ] PHq P, H, Q data is activated

[Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A

Pump flow sensor assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [Flow] Q or to [Flow vs
Speed] QN.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5, if VW3A3203 I/O extension
module has been inserted
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6]
[Flow Estimation] SLPF Sensor less estimated flow

[Pump Curve Activate] PCA

Pump curve activation.
Parameter used to reset or validate data to be used by other functions.
This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Pump characteristics are deactivated and data can be modified
Factory setting
[YES] YES Ask for pump characteristic activation. If it does not succeed, write back NO;
else lock data modification

[Status] PCS
Pump curve status.
This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Code / Value Description

[None] nOnE Function is not configured
Factory setting
[INACTIVE] nACt Function is configured but inactive (data is unlocked)
[ACTIVE] ACtiVE Data is activated and can be used for other functions (data is locked)
[FAILED] FAiLEd Data activation does not succeed (some points have not been entered or
data entered does not comply with the rules)

320 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Pump Speed] PCSP

Pump speed for which curves are entered.
This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Description
0...32,767 rpm Setting range
Factory setting: 0 rpm

[Flow at BEP] PCbq

Pump curve flow rate at BEP.
This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFr
Factory setting: 0

[Head BEP] PCbH

Pump curve head at BEP.
This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPr
Factory setting: 0

[Power BEP] PCbP

Pump curve power at BEP.
This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range according to [Basic Frequency] bFr
Factory setting: 0

[Flow 1] PCq1
Pump curve flow rate for point 1.
Flow rate entered at point 1 (for HQ and PQ curves).
This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFr
Factory setting: 0

[Head 1] PCH1
Pump curve head for point 1.
Head entered at point 1 (for HQ curve).
This parameter ca be accessed if [Mode] PCM is set to [HQ] Hq or [PHQ] PHq.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPr
Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 321

Complete settings CSt-

[Power 1] PCP1
Pump curve power for point 1.
Mechanical power entered at point 1 (for PQ curve).
This parameter ca be accessed if [Mode] PCM is set to [PQ] Pq or [PHQ] PHq.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range according to [Basic Frequency] bFr
Factory setting: 0

[Flow 2] PCq2
Pump curve flow rate for point 2.
Flow rate entered at point 2 (for HQ and PQ curves).
This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFr
Factory setting: 0

[Head 2] PCH2
Pump curve head for point 2.
Head entered at point 2 (for HQ curve).

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPr
Factory setting: 0

[Power 2] PCP2
Pump curve power for point 2.
Mechanical power entered at point 2 (for PQ curve).
This parameter ca be accessed if [Mode] PCM is set to [PQ] Pq or [PHQ] PHq.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range according to [Basic Frequency] bFr
Factory setting: 0

[Flow 3] PCq3
Pump curve flow rate for point 3.
Flow rate entered at point 3 (for HQ and PQ curves).
This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFr
Factory setting: 0

322 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Head 3] PCH3
Pump curve head for point 3.
Head entered at point 3 (for HQ curve).
This parameter ca be accessed if [Mode] PCM is set to [HQ] Hq or [PHQ] PHq.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPr
Factory setting: 0

[Power 3] PCP3
Pump curve power for point 3.
Mechanical power entered at point 3 (for PQ curve).
This parameter ca be accessed if [Mode] PCM is set to [PQ] Pq or [PHQ] PHq.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range according to [Basic Frequency] bFr
Factory setting: 0

[Flow 4] PCq4
Pump curve flow rate for point 4.
Flow rate entered at point 4 (for HQ and PQ curves).
This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFr
Factory setting: 0

[Head 4] PCH4
Pump curve head for point 4.
Head entered at point 4 (for HQ curve).
This parameter ca be accessed if [Mode] PCM is set to [HQ] Hq or [PHQ] PHq.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPr
Factory setting: 0

[Power 4] PCP4
Pump curve power for point 4.
Mechanical power entered at point 4 (for PQ curve).
This parameter ca be accessed if [Mode] PCM is set to [PQ] Pq or [PHQ] PHq.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range according to [Basic Frequency] bFr
Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 323

Complete settings CSt-

[Flow 5] PCq5
Pump curve flow rate for point 5.
Flow rate entered at point 5 (for HQ and PQ curves).
This parameter can be accessed if [Mode] PCM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFr
Factory setting: 0

[Head 5] PCH5
Pump curve head for point 5.
Head entered at point 5 (for HQ curve).
This parameter ca be accessed if [Mode] PCM is set to [HQ] Hq or [PHQ] PHq.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPr
Factory setting: 0

[Power 5] PCP5
Pump curve power for point 5.
Mechanical power entered at point 5 (for PQ curve).
This parameter ca be accessed if [Mode] PCM is set to [PQ] Pq or [PHQ] PHq.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range according to [Basic Frequency] bFr
Factory setting: 0

[Head Static Offset] HEO

Head static offset.
This parameter can be accessed if [Flow Estimation Mode] FEM is set to [HQ] Hq.

Setting Description
0.0...100.0% Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0%

[Head Dynamic Gain] HEG

Head dynamic gain.
This parameter can be accessed if [Flow Estimation Mode] FEM is set to [HQ] Hq.

Setting Description
-100.0...100.0% Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0%

[Head Estimated] SLHU

Head estimation: Value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPr
Factory setting: 0

324 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.10
[Pump functions] - [Sensorless flow estimation]

[Pump functions] - [Sensorless flow estimation]

[Sensorless flow estimation] SFE- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Sensorless flow estimation]

About This Menu

This function allows the estimation of the flow of the pump using the predefined pump curves HQ or PQ
set in the pump characteristics.
The PQ curve shall be used if there is no pressure sensor on the system.
The HQ curve shall be used if inlet and/or outlet pressure feedbacks are available (or a differential value).
The curves shall be set in the pump characteristic functions before setting the sensorless flow estimation
function.
The figure below shows the calculating area (1) using the HQ curve.

The figure below shows the calculating area (2) using the PQ curve.

Using the [PQ] curve, it is necessary to calibrate the function with:

 [Power Dynamic Gain] PEG to define a correction gain applied to the estimated power from the drive
 [Power Static Offset] PEO to define a correction offset applied to the estimated power from the drive
 [Liquid Density] RHO is the density of the fluid to be pumped

Using the [HQ] curve, it is necessary to enter the data related to the application:
 [Liquid Density] RHO is the density of the fluid to be pumped
 [Head Dynamic Gain] HEG is the correction gain, modeling the dynamical head losses between the
two pressure sensors
 [Head Static Offset] HEO is a correction offset applied to the head provided by the pump

EAV64318 01/2015 325

Complete settings CSt-

[Flow Estimation Mode] FEM

Flow estimation mode.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Function not activated
Factory setting
[Hq] Hq H, Q data is activated
[Pq] Pq P, Q data is activated

[Head Dynamic Gain] HEG

Head dynamic gain.
This parameter can be accessed if [Flow Estimation Mode] FEM is set to [HQ] Hq.

Setting Description
-100.0...100.0% Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0%

[Head Static Offset] HEO

Head static offset.
This parameter can be accessed if [Flow Estimation Mode] FEM is set to [HQ] Hq.

Setting Description
-100.0...100.0% Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0%

[Power Dynamic Gain] PEG

Power dynamic gain.
This parameter can be accessed if [Flow Estimation Mode] FEM is set to [PQ] Pq.

Setting Description
-100.0...100.0% Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0%

[Power Static Offset] PEO

Power static offset.
This parameter can be accessed if [Flow Estimation Mode] FEM is set to [PQ] Pq.

Setting Description
-100.0...100.0% Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0%

326 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Pump Flow] FS2U

Pump flow sensor value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: -

[Flow Estimated] SLFU

Estimated flow value.
This parameter can be accessed if [Flow Estimation Mode] FEM is not set to [No] nO

Description
Setting
Value in application customer unit Setting range
Factory setting: -

EAV64318 01/2015 327

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.11
[Pump functions] - [Pump start stop]

[Pump functions] - [Pump start stop]

[Pump start stop] PST- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Pump start stop]

About This Menu

This function defines how the acceleration and deceleration are controlled during start and stop of the
pump.
The pump working area is within the speed range [Low Speed] LSP - [High Speed] HSP.
The minimum speed is provided by the pump manufacturer according to the application.
Running below the minimum speed and/or starting the pump with a long acceleration ramp time has an
impact on the lubrication of the seal, on the cooling of the impeller and the bearings.
A specific check-valve deceleration ramp is available to reduce any large variation of pressure that can
generate an instability of the valve.

When the pump starts, the pump accelerates up to [Low Speed] LSP according to [Start Accel Ramp]
ACCS.When the pump speed is above [Low Speed] LSP, the pump acceleration and deceleration are
managed according to [Acceleration] ACC and [Deceleration] DEC if no other function is activated.
When the pump stops:
 The pump decelerates down to [Check Valve Speed 2] CVHS according to [Deceleration] DEC
 The pump decelerates from [Check Valve Speed 2] CVHS to [Check Valve Speed 1] CVLS
according to [Dec. Check Valve] DECV
 The pump decelerates from [Check Valve Speed 1] CVLS to zero speed according to [Deceleration
on Stop] DECS
If [Start Accel Ramp] ACCS = 0, the start ramp is ignored and [Acceleration] ACC is used to start the
pump.
If [Dec. Check Valve] DECV = 0, the check-valve ramp is ignored and is used to decelerate up to [Low
Speed] LSP, then [Deceleration on Stop] DECS is used (see below).
If [Deceleration on Stop] DECS = 0, the normal deceleration [Deceleration] DEC is used to stop the
pump.

[Low Speed] LSP

Motor frequency at low speed.

Setting Description

0...[High Speed] HSP Setting range

Factory setting: 0 Hz

328 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[High Speed] HSP

Motor frequency at high speed.

Setting Description

[Low Speed] LSP...[Max Frequency] TFR Setting range

Factory setting: 50.0 Hz

[Acceleration] ACC
Time to accelerate from 0 to the [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS.
To have repeatability in ramps, the value of this parameter must be set according to the possibility of the
application.

Setting Description

0.00...6,000.00 s (1) Setting range

Factory setting: 10.00 s
(1) Range 0.00 to 99.99 s or 0.0 to 999.9 s or 0 to 6,000 according to [Ramp increment] Inr

[Deceleration] dEC
Time to decelerate from the [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS to 0.
To have repeatability in ramps, the value of this parameter must be set according to the possibility of the
application.

Setting Description

0.00...6,000.00 s (1) Setting range

Factory setting: 10.00 s
(1) Range 0.00 to 99.99 s or 0.0 to 999.9 s or 0 to 6,000 according to [Ramp increment] Inr

[Start Accel Ramp] ACCS

Acceleration on start.

Setting Description

[No] nO...6,000 s (1) Setting range

Factory setting: [No] nO
(1) Range 0.00 to 99.99 s or 0.0 to 999.9 s or 0 to 6,000 according to [Ramp increment] Inr

[Final Dec. Ramp] dECS

Deceleration on stop.

Setting Description

[No] nO...6,000 s (1) Setting range

Factory setting: [No] nO
(1) Range 0.00 to 99.99 s or 0.0 to 999.9 s or 0 to 6,000 according to [Ramp increment] Inr

[Dec. Check Valve] dECV

Deceleration while check valve is closing (smooth).

Setting Description

[No] nO...6,000 s (1) Setting range

Factory setting: [No] nO
(1) Range 0.00 to 99.99 s or 0.0 to 999.9 s or 0 to 6,000 according to [Ramp increment] Inr

EAV64318 01/2015 329

Complete settings CSt-

[Check Valve Speed 1] CVLS

Speed level up to which check valve ramp is used.
This parameter can be accessed if [Dec. Check Valve] DECV is not set to 0.

Setting Description

0...[Check Valve Speed 2] CVHS Setting range

Factory setting: 0 Hz

[Check Valve Speed 2] CVHS

Speed level from which check valve ramp is used.
This parameter can be accessed if [Dec. Check Valve] DECV is not set to 0.

Setting Description

[Check Valve Speed 1] CVLS...HSP Setting range

Factory setting: 0 Hz

[Ref Freq Template] bSP

Setting Code / Value Description

[Standard] bSd

F Frequency
R Reference

At zero reference the frequency = LSP

Factory setting
[Pedestal] bLS

F Frequency
R Reference

At reference = 0 to LSP the frequency = LSP

330 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Setting Code / Value Description

[Deadband] bnS

F Frequency
R Reference

At reference = 0 to LSP the frequency = 0

[Deadband 0] bnS0

F Frequency
R Reference

This operation is the same as [Standard] bSd, except that in the following
cases at zero reference, the frequency = 0: The signal is less than [Min
nvalue], which is greater than 0 (example: 1 Vdc on a 2–10 Vdc input) The
signal is greater than [Min nvalue], which is greater than [Max value]
(example: 11 Vdc on a 10–0 Vdc input).
If the input range is configured as “bidirectional”, operation remains identical
to [Standard] bSd.
This parameter defines how the speed reference is taken into account, for
analog inputs and pulse input only. In the case of the PID controller, this is
the PID output reference.
The limits are set by the [Low speed] LSP and [High speed] HSP
parameters

EAV64318 01/2015 331

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.12
[Pump functions] - [Pipe fill]

[Pump functions] - [Pipe fill]

[Pipe fill] PFI- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Pipe fill]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [Type of control] tOCt is set to [Pressure] PrESS, and
 [PID feedback] PiF is not set to [No] no.

The pipe fill function helps to prevent a water hammer effect from happening in the pipes when a system
is filled in too quickly.
The function covers the horizontal pipe applications which are pressure-controlled by the PID function.
The pipe fill function can always be enabled or conditioned by a digital input (or a control bit in the I/O
profile).
At the first start command in automatic mode, the system enters the pipe fill mode.
At next start commands, the drive will enter the pipe fill mode if the system pressure feedback is lower than
[Pipe Fill Pressure] PFHP.
Each time the drive wakes-up, the drive enters the pipe fill mode if [Pipe Fill on Wake Up] PFWU is set
to [Yes] YES.
The system remains in the horizontal pipe fill at [Pipe Fill Speed] PFHS speed until:
 the pressure feedback becomes greater than [Pipe Fill Pressure] PFHP parameter, or
 the system has been in the pipe fill for longer than [Pipe Fill Time] PFHt time.

If one of these conditions is met, the system enters the automatic pressure regulation mode.
NOTE: If [Pipe Fill Time] PFHtis set to 0, the system never enter the Pipe fill mode.
To set up this function, it is recommended to set both [Pipe Fill Speed] PFHS and [Pipe Fill Time]
PFHt according to the maximum quantity of liquid to fill in the empty system.

332 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Activation Mode] PFM

Pipe fill mode.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Pipes fill disabled
Factory setting
[Horizontal] H Horizontal pipe fill is enabled

[Activation Source] PFec

Pipe fill activation source.
This parameter can be accessed if [Activation Mode] PFM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration
[DI1 (Low L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level
level)]...[DI6 (Low
level)]
[DI11 (Low L11L...L16L Digital input DI11...DI16 used at low level if VW3A3203 I/O extension
level)]...[DI16 module has been inserted
(Low level)]

[Pipe Fill on Wake Up] PFWU

Pipe fill cycle on wake-up.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr.
 [Activation Mode] PFM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No pipe fill cycle on wake-up
[Yes] YES A pipe fill cycle operates on wake-up
Factory setting

EAV64318 01/2015 333

Complete settings CSt-

[Pipe Fill SPeed] PFHS

Pipe fill speed.

Setting Description

0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range

Factory setting: 25.0 Hz

[Pipe Fill Pressure] PFHP

Pipe fill pressure level.

Setting Description

0...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPR.

Factory setting: 0

[Pipe Fill Time] PFHt

Pipe fill time.

Setting Description

0...32,767 s Setting range

Factory setting: 10 s

334 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.13
[Pump functions] - [Friction loss compensation]

[Pump functions] - [Friction loss compensation]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Friction loss comp] FLC- Menu 336
[AI1 Installation Flow] FIF1- Menu 337
[AI2 Installation Flow] FIF2- Menu 339
[AI3 Installation Flow] FIF3- Menu 340
[AI4 Installation Flow] FIF4- Menu 341
[AI5 Installation Flow] FIF5- Menu 343
[PI5 Installation Flow] FIF8- Menu 344
[PI6 Installation Flow] FIF9- Menu 345
[AIV1 Installation flow] FIU1- Menu 346
[Friction loss comp] FLC- Menu 347

EAV64318 01/2015 335

Complete settings CSt-

[Friction loss comp] FLC- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Friction loss comp]

About This Menu

This function monitors the system flow and displays an estimation of the head losses of the application.
This function can compensate these head losses by modifying the pressure set point. It helps to maintain
a constant pressure at usage point whatever the flow demand.
This monitoring function is at station level and not a pump level only.
This function requires a flow sensor to monitor the flow of the system.
The dynamic estimation of the losses is based on values measured by the application:
 The static losses [Static Compensation] FLH0 measured at no flow between the pumping point and
the usage point.
 The dynamic losses, based on an application working point (Flow [Flow at Point 1] FLQ1 ; Head
[Static Compensation] FLH0) measured at nominal flow of the system.
If the function is set to compensation mode, the pressure set point is modified according to the estimated
pressure drop.
NOTE: At low flow working point, as dynamic head losses are lower than at the nominal working point, this
function reduces the pressure set point and thus allows saving electrical power.

[Mode Selection] FLCM

Mode selection.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Inactive] nO Inactive
Factory setting
[Display] MOn Monitoring only: pressure drop is not used for compensation
[Compensation] COMP Compensation: pressure drop is used to correct pressure set-point

[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A

Installation flow sensor assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5, if VW3A3203 I/O extension
module has been inserted
[AI Virtual 1] AIU1 Virtual analogic input 1
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6]
[Flow Estimation] SLPF Sensor less estimated flow

336 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 Installation Flow] FIF1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Friction loss compensation] [AI1 Installation Flow]

About This Menu

The following parameters can be accessed if [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [Inactive] nO and
[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI1 ] AI1.

[AI1 Type] AI1t

Configuration of analog input AI1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA

[AI1 min value] UIL1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 V Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 V

[AI1 max value] UIH1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 V Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 V

[AI1 min. value] CrL1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AI1 max. value] CrH1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

EAV64318 01/2015 337

Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 Lowest Process]AI1J

Minimum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AI1 Highest Process]AI1K

Maximum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

338 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 Installation Flow] FIF2- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Friction loss compensation] [AI2 Installation Flow]

About This Menu

The following parameters can be accessed if [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [Inactive] nO and
[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI2] AI2.

[AI2 Type] AI2t

Configuration of analog input AI2.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[Water Prob] leuel Water level
[3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires

[AI2 min value] UIL2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 337).

[AI2 max value] UIH2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 337).

[AI2 min. value] CrL2

AI2. current scaling parameter of 0%
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1. (see page 337)

[AI2 max. value] CrH2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1. (see page 337)

[AI2 Lowest Process]AI2J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process]AI1J. (see page 338)

[AI2 Highest Process]AI2K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K. (see page 338)

EAV64318 01/2015 339

Complete settings CSt-

[AI3 Installation Flow] FIF3- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Friction loss compensation] [AI3 Installation Flow]

About This Menu

The following parameters can be accessed if [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [Inactive] nO and
[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI3 ] AI3.

[AI3 Type] AI3t

Configuration of analog input AI3.
Identical to [AI2 Type] AI2t (see page 339)with factory setting: [Current] 0A.

[AI3 min value] UIL3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] 10u
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 337).

[AI3 max value] UIH3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] 10u
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 337).

[AI3 min. value] CrL3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] oA
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 . (see page 337)

[AI3 max. value] CrH3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] oA
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1. (see page 337)

[AI3 Lowest Process]AI3J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process]AI1J. (see page 338)

[AI3 Highest Process]AI3K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K. (see page 338)

340 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 Installation Flow] FIF4- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Friction loss compensation] [AI4 Installation Flow]

About This Menu

Identical to [AI1 Installation Flow] FIF1- (see page 280).
The following parameters can be accessed if [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [Inactive] nO and
[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI 4 ] AI4.

[AI4 Type] AI4t

Configuration of analog input AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc
Factory setting
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)

[AI4 min value] UIL4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 337).

[AI4 max value] UIH4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 337).

[AI4 min. value] CrL4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 . (see page 337)

[AI4 max. value] CrH4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1. (see page 337)

EAV64318 01/2015 341

Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 Lowest Process]AI4J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process]AI1J. (see page 338)

[AI4 Highest Process]AI4K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K. (see page 338)

342 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI5 Installation Flow] FIF5- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Friction loss compensation] [AI5 Installation Flow]

About This Menu

The following parameters can be accessed if [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [Inactive] nO and
[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI4 ] AI4.

[AI5 Type] AI5t

Configuration of analog input AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t (see page 341).

[AI5 min value] UIL5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 337).

[AI5 max value] UIH5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 337).

[AI5 min. value] CrL5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 . (see page 337)

[AI5 max. value] CrH5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1. (see page 337)

[AI5 Lowest Process]AI5J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process]AI1J. (see page 338)

[AI5 Highest Process]AI5K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K. (see page 338)

EAV64318 01/2015 343

Complete settings CSt-

[PI5 Installation Flow] FIF8- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Friction loss compensation] [PI5 Installation Flow]

About This Menu

The following parameters can be accessed if [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [Inactive] nO and
[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [DI5 PulseInput Assignment ] PI5.

[PulseInput DI5 Low Freq] PIL5

Minimum pulse input.
Pulse input DI5: frequency for 0% of the equivalent analog signal.

Setting Description
0.00...30,000.00 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0 Hz

[PulseInput DI5 High Freq] PIH5

Maximum pulse input.
Pulse input DI5: frequency for 100% of the equivalent analog signal.

Setting Description
0.00...30.00 kHz Setting range
Factory setting: 30.00 kHz

[DI5 Min Process]PI5J

Minimum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[DI5 Max Process]PI5K

Maximum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

344 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[PI6 Installation Flow] FIF9- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Friction loss compensation] [PI6 Installation Flow]

About This Menu

The following parameters can be accessed if [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [Inactive] nO and
[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [DI6 PulseInput Assignment ] Pi6.

[PulseInput DI6 Low Freq] PIL6

Minimum pulse input.
Pulse input DI5: frequency for 0% of the equivalent analog signal.

Setting Description
0.00...30,000.00 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0 Hz

[PulseInput DI6 High Freq] PIH6

Maximum pulse input.
Pulse input DI5: frequency for 100% of the equivalent analog signal.

Setting Description
0.00...30.00 kHz Setting range
Factory setting: 30.00 kHz

[DI6 Min Process]PI6J

Minimum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[DI6 Max Process]PI6K

Maximum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 345

Complete settings CSt-

[AIV1 Installation flow] FIU1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Friction loss compensation] [AIV1 Installation
flow]

About This Menu

The following parameters can be accessed if [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [Inactive] nO and
[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI Virtual 1 ] AIU1.

[AIV1 Channel Assignment] AIC1

Channel assignment for virtual analog input AIV1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has been
inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has been
inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet

[AIV1 Lowest Process] AU1J

AI virtual x: minimum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AIV1 Highest Process] AU1K

AI virtual x: maximum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

346 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Friction loss comp] FLC- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Friction loss comp]

About This Menu

The following parameters can be accessed if [Mode Selection ] FLCM is not set to [Inactive] nO and
[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [Not Configured] nO.

[Static Compensation] FLH0

Static compensation.

Setting Description

0...32,767 Setting range

Factory setting: 0

[Flow at Point 1] FLq1

Flow at point 1.

Setting Description

0...32,767 Setting range

Factory setting: 0

[Comp. at Point 1] FLH1

Compensation at point 1.

Setting Description

0...32,767 Setting range

Factory setting: 0

[Alpha] FLdA
Alpha.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr.

Setting Description

0.0...2.0 Setting range

Factory setting: 2.0

[Delta Pressure] FLPd

Friction loss delta pressure.

Setting Description

-32,768...32,767 Setting range

Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 347

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.14
[Pump functions] - [Jockey pump]

[Pump functions] - [Jockey pump]

[Jockey pump] JKP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Jockey pump]

About This Menu

This menu can be accessed if:
 [Type of control] tOCt is set to [PRESSURE] PrESS, and
 [PID feedback] PIF is assigned, and
 [Sleep Detect Mode] SLPM is not set to [No] no.

This function allows managing a jockey pump.

The jockey pump can be:
 A direct on-line pump in parallel to the variable speed pump, controlled by a digital output, or
 The variable speed pump used at fixed speed.

The jockey pump works in on/off control between two pressure set points.
The jockey pump is used during sleep period to maintain the service pressure.
From an energy efficiency point of view, it is better to start and stop a fixed speed pump than running the
variable speed pump continuously at low speed.

During sleep mode, the pressure feedback is still monitored:

 If the pressure feedback falls below the jockey start pressure [Minimum Pressure] JPrP during a
time longer than [Delay to Start] JPrd, the jockey pump is started;
 If the pressure feedback is over jockey stop pressure [Maximum Pressure] JPSP, the jockey pump
is stopped
When the jockey pump is started, the pressure feedback is still monitored:
 If the pressure feedback stays below the jockey start pressure [Maximum Pressure] JPSP for longer
than the wake-up delay [Wake Up Delay] JPWd, it means that the request is greater than what jockey
pump can supply alone. The system wakes up and exit from sleep mode.
 If the pressure feedback falls below the wake-up pressure [Wake UP Process level] WuPF, the
system wakes up and exit from sleep mode.

348 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Jockey Selection] JP
Select the jockey pump.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
Factory setting
[r2] r2 Relay R2
[r3] r3 Relay R3
[r4] r4 Relay R4
[r5] r5 Relay R5
[r6] r6 Relay R6
[DQI1] dOI1 Digital output DQI1
[DQI2] dOI2 Digital output DQI2
[VSP] USP Variable speed pump controlled by the drive is used as jockey pump

[Minimum Pressure] JPrP

Pressure threshold to start the jockey pump.
This parameter can be accessed if [Jockey Selection] JP is not set to [No] No.

Setting Description

0...[Maximum Pressure] JPSP Setting range

Factory setting: 0

[Delay to Start] JPrd

Delay to start the jockey pump.
This parameter can be accessed if [Jockey Selection] JP is not set to [No] No.

Setting Description

0...3,600 s Setting range

Factory setting: 0 s

[Maximum Pressure] JPSP

Pressure threshold to stop the jockey pump.
This parameter can be accessed if [Jockey Selection] JP is not set to [No] No.

Setting Description

[Minimum Pressure] JPrP...32,767 Setting range

Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 349

Complete settings CSt-

[Wake Up Delay] JPWd

Delay to wake up the system when pressure feedback stays low.
This parameter can be accessed if [Jockey Selection] JP is not set to [No] No.

Setting Description

[No] nO...3,600 s Setting range

Factory setting: nO

[Reference Speed] JPrS

Pump speed when [VSP] VSPis selected as jockey pump.
This parameter can be accessed if [Jockey Selection] JP is set to [VSP] VSP.

Setting Description

[Low Speed] LSP...[High Speed] HSP Setting range

Factory setting: [Maximum Pressure] JPSP

350 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.15
[Pump functions] - [Priming pump ctrl]

[Pump functions] - [Priming pump ctrl]

[Priming pump ctrl] PPC- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Priming pump ctrl]

About This Menu

This function manages a priming pump.
The priming pump is placed at the inlet of the variable speed lead pump, controlled with a digital output.
The priming pump is used to maintain the inlet pressure to the lead pump.
This is done by running the priming pump before the main pump starts. Nevertheless, it is recommended
to enable the dry-Run monitoring function.
The priming pumps keep pumping as long as the lead pump is active.

If the priming pump function is activated and the conditions to start the lead pump are present, the priming
pump is started immediately while the lead pump will be started after the [Priming Time] PPSd delay.
If the priming pump is active, it is stopped when the lead pump is stopped, at the end of the deceleration
phase.
When the system goes to the sleep mode, the priming pump is also deactivated.
When the system wakes up, the priming pump is immediately activated while the lead pump will be started
after the [Priming Time] PPSd delay.
NOTE: If, for any reason, one of the pumps has to stop, the other pump has to be stopped too.

EAV64318 01/2015 351

Complete settings CSt-

[Priming Pump Assign] PPOA

Select the priming pump.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
Factory setting
[r2] r2 Relay R2
[r3] r3 Relay R3
[r4] r4 Relay R4
[r5] r5 Relay R5
[r6] r6 Relay R6
[DQI1] dOI1 Digital output DQI1
[DQI2] dOI2 Digital output DQI2

[Priming Time] PPSd

Delay before starting the lead pump.
This parameter can be accessed if [Priming Pump Assign] PPOA is not set to [No] No.

Setting Description

0...3,600 s Setting range

Factory setting: 30 s

352 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.16
[Pump functions] - [Flow limitation]

[Pump functions] - [Flow limitation]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Flow limitation] FLM- Menu 354
[AI1 sensor config.] LF1- Menu 356
[AI2 sensor config.] LF2- Menu 358
[AI3 sensor config.] LF3- Menu 359
[AI4 sensor config.] LF4- Menu 360
[AI5 sensor config.] LF5- Menu 362
[DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.] LF8- Menu 363
[DI6 Pulse Sensor Config.] LF9- Menu 364
[AIV1 Pulse sensor config.] LFU1- Menu 365
[Flow limitation] FLM- Menu 366

EAV64318 01/2015 353

Complete settings CSt-

[Flow limitation] FLM- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Flow limitation]

About This Menu

This function allows you to limit the flow of the system to a configured value (according to local
requirements, regulation, or availability of water).
This monitoring function is at station level and not a pump level only.
This function requires a flow sensor to monitor the flow of the system.

When the flow feedback is higher than the high flow [Flow Lim Thd Active] CHt, the pump reduces the
speed set point according to the deceleration ramp [Flow. Limit Dec.] dFL.
When the flow feedback is lower than the high flow [Flow Lim Thd Active] CHt reduced by a fixed
hysteresis value, the pump speed is maintained or reduced if the reference frequency decrease.
When the flow feedback is lower than the low flow [FlowLim Thd Disable] rCHt, the flow limitation
stops and the pump speed follows the system reference frequency.
NOTE: This function does not decrease the motor speed under [Low Speed] LSP value.

[Flow limitation Mode] FLM

Flow limitation mode.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
Factory setting
[YES] YES Yes

354 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A

Installation flow sensor assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [Flow limitation Mode] FLM is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5, if VW3A3203 I/O extension module
has been inserted
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6]
[AI Virtual 1] AIU1 Virtual analogic input 1
[Flow Estimation] SLPF Sensor less estimated flow

EAV64318 01/2015 355

Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 sensor config.] LF1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Flow limitation] [AI1 sensor config.]

About This Menu

The following parameters can be accessed if [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [Inactive] nO and
[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI1 ] AI1.

[AI1 Type] AI1t

Configuration of analog input AI1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA

[AI1 min value] UIL1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 V Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 V

[AI1 max value] UIH1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 V Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 V

[AI1 min. value] CrL1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AI1 max. value] CrH1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

356 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 Lowest Process]AI1J

Minimum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AI1 Highest Process]AI1K

Maximum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 357

Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 sensor config.] LF2- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Flow limitation] [AI2 sensor config.]

About This Menu

The following parameters can be accessed if [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [Inactive] nO and
[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI2 ] AI2.

[AI2 Type] AI2t

Configuration of analog input AI2.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[Water Prob] leuel Water level
[3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires

[AI2 min value] UIL2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 356).

[AI2 max value] UIH2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 356).

[AI2 min. value] CrL2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oA1
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL2 (see page 356).

[AI2 max. value] CrH2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 356).

[AI2 Lowest Process]AI2J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 357).

[AI2 Highest Process]AI2K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process]AI1K (see page 357).

358 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI3 sensor config.] LF3- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Flow limitation] [AI3 sensor config.]

About This Menu

The following parameters can be accessed if [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [Inactive] nO and
[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI3 ] AI3.

[AI3 Type] AI3t

Configuration of analog input AI3.
Identical to [AI2 Type] AI2t (see page 358) with factory setting: [Current] 0A.

[AI3 min value] UIL3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 356).

[AI3 max value] UIH3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 356).

[AI3 min. value] CrL3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 356).

[AI3 max. value] CrH3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 356).

[AI3 Lowest Process]AI3J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 357).

[AI3 Highest Process]AI3K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process]AI1K (see page 357).

EAV64318 01/2015 359

Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 sensor config.] LF4- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Flow limitation] [AI4 sensor config.]

About This Menu

The following parameters can be accessed if [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [Inactive] nO and
[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI 4 ] AI4.

[AI4 Type] AI4t

Configuration of analog input AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc
Factory setting
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)

[AI4 min value] UIL4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 356).

[AI4 max value] UIH4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 356).

[AI4 min. value] CrL4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 356).

[AI4 max. value] CrH4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 356).

360 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 Lowest Process]AI4J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 357).

[AI4 Highest Process]AI4K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process]AI1K (see page 357).

EAV64318 01/2015 361

Complete settings CSt-

[AI5 sensor config.] LF5- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Flow limitation] [AI5 sensor config.]

About This Menu

The following parameters can be accessed if [Mode Selection] FLCM is not set to [Inactive] nO and
[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI5 ] AI5.

[AI5 Type] AI5t

Configuration of analog input AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t (see page 360).

[AI5 min value] UIL5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 356).

[AI5 max value] UIH5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 356).

[AI5 min. value] CrL5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 356).

[AI5 max. value] CrH5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 356).

[AI5 Lowest Process]AI5J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 357).

[AI5 Highest Process]AI5K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process]AI1K (see page 357).

362 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.] LF8- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Flow limitation] [DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.]

About This Menu

The following parameters can be accessed if [Flow limitation Mode] FLM is not set to [No] nO and
[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [DI5 PulseInput Assignment] PI5.

[PulseInput DI5 Low Freq] PIL5

Pulse input DI5 low frequency.

Setting Description
0.00...30,000.00 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.00 Hz

[PulseInput DI5 High Freq] PIH5

Pulse input DI5 high frequency.

Setting Description
0.00...30.00 kHz Setting range
Factory setting: 30.00 kHz

[DI5 Min Process] PI5J

Minimum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[DI5 Max Process] PI5K

Maximum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 363

Complete settings CSt-

[DI6 Pulse Sensor Config.] LF9- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Flow limitation] [DI6 Pulse Sensor Config.]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI5 Pulse Sensor Config.] LF8- Menu (see page 288).
The following parameters can be accessed if [Flow limitation Mode] FLM is not set to [No] nO and
[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [DI6 PulseInput Assignment] PI6.

[PulseInput DI6 Low Freq] PIL6

Pulse input DI6 low frequency.

[PulseInput DI6 High Freq] PIH6

Pulse input DI6 high frequency.

[DI6 Min Process] PI6J

Minimum process value for selected input.

[DI6 Max Process] PI6K

Maximum process value for selected input.

364 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AIV1 Pulse sensor config.] LFU1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Flow limitation] [AIV1 Pulse sensor config.]

About This Menu

The following parameters can be accessed if [Flow limitation Mode] FLM is not set to [No] nO and
[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI Virtual 1] AIU1.

[AIV1 Channel Assignment] AIC1

Channel assignment for virtual analog input AIV1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has
been inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module
has been inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet

[AIV1 Lowest Process] AU1J

AI virtual x: minimum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AIV1 Highest Process] AU1K

AI virtual x: maximum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 365

Complete settings CSt-

[Flow limitation] FLM- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Flow limitation]

[Flow Lim Thd Active] CHt

Flow limitation function threshold activation.

Setting Description
Value in application customer unit Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0

[Flow.Lim.Thres.Inact.] rCHt
Flow limitation function threshold deactivation.

Setting Description
Value in application customer unit Setting range according to the configuration done in the [Define system
units] SUC- menu.
Factory setting: 0.0

[Flow. Limit Dec.] dFL

Flow limitation function deceleration time (between FrS and 0).

Setting Description

0.01...99.99 s (1) Setting range

Factory setting: 5.0 s
(1) Range 0.01 to 99.99 s or 0.1 to 999.9 s or 1.0 to 6,000.0 according to [Ramp increment] inr

366 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.17
[Pump monitoring] - [Pumpcycle monitoring]

[Pump monitoring] - [Pumpcycle monitoring]

[Pumpcycle monitoring] CSP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Pumpcycle monitoring]

About This Menu

The purpose of this function is to monitor the number of start sequences during a configured time window
in order to prevent from an unwanted aging of the system and to detect any abnormal operation.
An internal counter counts the number of pump start sequences. Each time the pump is started, the counter
is incremented. It is decreased by one every time window corresponding to one start.
If the counter reaches the maximum number allowed [PumpCycle MaxStarts] PCPn, a warning [Pump
Cycle warning] PCPA is triggered.
If a start command occurs while the detected warning is present, an error [PumpCycle Start Error]
PCPF is triggered. The application follows the [PumpCycleError Resp] PCPb defined behavior.
Restarting the pump is allowed as soon as the counter decreases under the maximum number of starts
allowed, if the detected error has been cleared.
The function is based on the sliding time window in which the pump start commands are counted.

If [PumpCycle Monitoring] PCPM is set to [Mode 1] NORM, the function is activated without power
Off time management.
If [PumpCycle Monitoring] PCPM is set to [Mode 2] RTC, the function is activated with power Off time
management. This requires a time clock source such as the Graphic Display Terminal plugged at power
On of the drive, or a Time server configured over Ethernet.
NOTE: Anti-Jam sequence is counted as one start whatever the effective number of start commands in the
sequence.

EAV64318 01/2015 367

Complete settings CSt-

[PumpCycle Monitoring] PCPM

Pumpcycle monitoring mode.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Inactive] nO Cyclic monitoring disabled
Factory setting
[Standard] nOrM Cyclic monitoring without power off time management
[With Memo] rtC Cyclic monitoring with power off time management

[PumpCycle MaxStarts] PCPn

Maximum number of events to trip.
This parameter can be accessed if [PumpCycle Monitoring] PCPM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Description
1...99 Setting range
Factory setting: 6

[PumpCycle Timeframe] PCPt

Window time.
This parameter can be accessed if PCPM is not set to [Inactive] No.

Setting Description
0...3,600 min Setting range
Factory setting: 60 min

[PumpCycleError Resp] PCPb

Pumpcycle monitoring response to a detected error.
This parameter can be accessed if PCPM is not set to [Inactive] No.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error
triggered after stop
[Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
Factory setting
1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output
to its indication.

368 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.18
[Pump monitoring] - [Anti jam]

[Pump monitoring] - [Anti jam]

[Anti-jam monit] JAM- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Anti-jam monit]

About This Menu

In waste water applications, clogging substances reduce the efficiency of the system and may decrease
the pump service life.
It may also help to clear a blocked impeller, pipe, or valve at downstream location.
The anti-Jam function allows, manually and/or automatically, to execute forward and reverse pump rotation
cycles.
The frequency reference, acceleration and deceleration, in forward and in reverse direction can be
adjusted by dedicated parameters. It allows you to set up the function in accordance with the application
specifications. Refer to the pump datasheet while setting up the function.
NOTE: The anti-Jam configuration overrides other configurations such as [PID acceleration time]
ACCP or [Start Accel Ramp] ACCS.

NOTICE
DAMAGE TO THE PUMP
This function uses forward and reverse operations. Verify that the pump and the installation are
compatible with reverse operation before setting up this function.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

Anti-Jam Cycle
The anti-Jam function can be triggered:
 By an external trigger that can be assigned to a digital input (or word bit in IO profile).
 Automatically:
 An automatic trigger can occur at each start command, or
 Automatic triggers can occur within a predefined duration, or
 Automatic triggers can occur depending on the motor torque threshold monitoring.

An Anti-Jam cycle is composed of:

 1 forward action according to [Anti-Jam Fwd Acc] JACC, [Anti-Jam Fwd Time] JFdt, [Anti-Jam
Fwd Speed] JFdS, [Anti-Jam Fwd Dec] JdEC,
 1 stop action during [Anti-Jam Stop Time] JZSt,
 1 reverse action according to [Anti-Jam Rv Acc] JACr,[Anti-Jam Rv Time] Jrdt, [Anti-Jam Rv
Speed] JrVS, [Anti-Jam Rv Dec] JdEr,
 1 stop action during [Anti-Jam Stop Time] JZSt,

An Anti-Jam sequence corresponds to a number of consecutive anti-Jam cycles: [Anti-Jam Cycle Nb]
JnbC
NOTE: In case of an external trigger, if the command is removed before the end of the anti-Jam sequence,
the anti-Jam sequence continues up to the end. In addition to the trigger, a run command is necessary
during the whole anti-Jam sequence.

EAV64318 01/2015 369

Complete settings CSt-

Anti-Jam Counting
The anti-Jam function monitors the number of sequences during a configured time window [Anti-Jam
Interval] JAMt. It helps to detect untimely aging of the system and abnormal operation. For example, it
occurs on an automatic trigger on a motor torque threshold.
An internal counter counts the number of sequences. Each time the sequence is started, the counter is
incremented. It is decremented for each time window corresponding to one start.
If the counter reaches the maximum number allowed, [Anti-Jam Max Seq ] JAMn, a warning [Anti-Jam
Warning] JAMA and an error [Anti Jam Error] JAMF are triggered. The application follows the [Anti-
Jam Error Resp] JAMb behavior defined.

[Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC

Switch input selection.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration
[DI1 (Low L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level
level)]...[DI6 (Low
level)]
[DI11 (Low L11L...L16L Digital input DI11...DI16 used at low level if VW3A3203 I/O extension
level)]...[DI16 module has been inserted
(Low level)]

[Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC

Anti-Jam trigger mode.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Inactive
[Start] Strt An automatic trigger occurs at each start command
[Time] tIME Automatic triggers occur within a predefined duration
[Torque] trq Automatic triggers can occur depending on the motor torque threshold
monitoring.

370 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Anti-Jam Trigger Time] JtCt

Inactive time before triggering an Anti-Jam when the pump has not been running.
This parameter can be accessed if [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JATC is set to [Time] tIME.

Setting Description
0...9,999 h Setting range
Factory setting: 24 h

[Anti-jam Torque] JtCL

Level of torque to trigger.
This parameter can be accessed if [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JATC is set to [Torque] trq.

Setting Description
10...150% Setting range
Factory setting: 110%

[Anti-Jam Start Delay] JtCd

Delay to trigger when an overtorque is detected.
This parameter can be accessed if [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JATC is set to [Torque] trq.

Setting Description
0...3,600 s Setting range
Factory setting: 10 s

[Anti-Jam Fwd Acc] JACC

Anti-Jam acceleration in forward.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or
 [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
By default, with INR = 0.1: Setting range
0.00...300.00 s Factory setting: 3 s
If INR = 0.01: Setting range
0.00...30.00 s
If INR = 1: Setting range
0.00...3000.00 s

[Anti-Jam Fwd Dec] JdEC

Anti-Jam deceleration in forward.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or
 [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
By default, with INR = 0.1: Setting range
0.00...300.00 s Factory setting: 3 s
If INR = 0.01: Setting range
0.00...30.00 s
If INR = 1: Setting range
0.00...3000.00 s

EAV64318 01/2015 371

Complete settings CSt-

[Anti-Jam Rv Acc] JACr

Anti-Jam acceleration in reverse.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or
 [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
By default, with INR = 0.1: Setting range
0.00...300.00 s Factory setting: 3 s
If INR = 0.01: Setting range
0.00...30.00 s
If INR = 1: Setting range
0.00...3000.00 s

[Anti-Jam Rv Dec] JdEr

Anti-Jam deceleration in reverse.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or
 [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
By default, with INR = 0.1: Setting range
0.00...300.00 s Factory setting: 3 s
If INR = 0.01: Setting range
0.00...30.00 s
If INR = 1: Setting range
0.00...3000.00 s

[Anti-Jam Fwd Speed] JFdS

Anti-Jam speed in forward.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or
 [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[Anti-Jam Rv Speed] JrUS

Anti-Jam speed in reverse.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or
 [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

372 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Anti-Jam Fwd Time] JFdt

Anti-Jam time in forward.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or
 [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
0...300 s Setting range
Factory setting: 1 s

[Anti-Jam Rv Time] JrUt

Anti-Jam time in reverse.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or
 [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
0...300 s Setting range
Factory setting: 1 s

[Anti-Jam Stop Time] JZSt

Anti-Jam time between forward and reverse.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or
 [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
0...300 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0 s

[Anti-Jam Cycle Nb] JnbC

Anti-Jam cycle number.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or
 [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
1...100 Setting range
Factory setting: 10

[Anti-Jam Max Seq] JAMn

Maximum consecutive anti-Jam sequences allowed.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or
 [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
1...99 Setting range
Factory setting: 2

EAV64318 01/2015 373

Complete settings CSt-

[Anti-Jam Interval] JAMt

Anti-Jam minimum time between two non-consecutive sequences.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or
 [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
0...3,600 s Setting range
Factory setting: 60 s

[Anti-Jam Error Resp] JAMb

Anti-Jam monitoring function response to a detected error.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Anti-Jam Ext Trig] JEtC is not set to [No] nO, or
 [Anti-Jam Auto Trig] JAtC is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
Factory setting
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error
triggered after stop
[Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output
to its indication.

374 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.19
[Pump monitoring] - [Dry run]

[Pump monitoring] - [Dry run]

[Dry run Monit] dYr- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Dry run Monit]

Dry-Run Condition
A dry-run condition occurs when the pump impeller is not totally submerged. Working in dry running during
a long time can cause premature wear of the pump impeller.
Dry run occurs when there is excessive air in the suction pipe:
 Because the pump is not primed, or
 Due to excessive air leak in the suction line.

This significantly may reduce the bearings and seal service life due to high temperature raise and poor
lubrication.

About This Menu

This function prevents the pump from operating in dry condition.
The dry-run function monitors the flow using:
 a flow switch, or
 a set of 2 points (speed; power) for a flow estimation.

When using a flow switch, the dry-run condition occurs when the switch is at a high level.
NOTE: It is recommended to use a flow switch that is open in case of a low flow and to use a digital input
active at low level (DIxL). This allows you to stop the pump in case of a broken wire of the flow switch.
During the function setup, it is necessary to perform measurements at no-flow but with water in the system.
When using the flow estimation, the dry-run condition occurs if the estimated flow is lower than the no-flow
power curve by [Dry Run Factor] dryX.
The no-flow power curve is defined by a set of 2 points:
 Minimum speed [Low Speed] nFLS ; Power at minimum speed [Low Power] nFLP
 Maximum speed [High Speed] nFHS; Power at maximum speed [High Power] nFHP

This no-flow power curve is also used by the pump low flow monitoring function.
NOTE: The no-flow power curve characterization shall be done after setting the motor control type.

In case of dry-run conditions, this function will:

 Trigger a warning [Drive Running Warning] dryA if the dry-run condition is present.
 Trigger an error [Dry Run Error] dryF if the dry-run condition is present for a time longer than
[DryRun Error Delay] dryd. After the error has been triggered, even if the detected error has been
cleared, it is not possible to restart the pump before the end of the [DryRun Restart Delay] dryr.
NOTE: The detected error is not saved in case of a drive power OFF.

EAV64318 01/2015 375

Complete settings CSt-

[DryRun Mode] drYM

Dry-run mode.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not activated
Factory setting
[Switch] Swt Using sensor switch
[Power] PWr Using the sensorless estimation

[Switch Select] drYW

Dry-run switches select.
This parameter can be accessed if [DryRun Mode] drYM is set to [Switch] Swt.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16, if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted

[Power Estim Value] OPrW

Motor mechanical power estimation
This parameter can be accessed if [DryRun Mode] drYM is set to [Power] pwr.

Setting Description
-327.67...327.67 kW Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Low Power] nFLP

No-flow low power.
This parameter can be accessed if [DryRun Mode] drYM is set to [Power] pwr.

Setting Description
0.00...327.67 kW Setting range
Factory setting: 0.00 kW

[Low Speed] nFLS

No-flow low speed.
This parameter can be accessed if [DryRun Mode] drYM is set to [Power] pwr.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[High Power] nFHP

No-flow high power.
This parameter can be accessed if [DryRun Mode] drYM is set to [Power] pwr.

Setting Description
0.00...327.67 kW Setting range
Factory setting: 0.00 kW

376 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[High Speed] nFHS

No-flow high speed.
This parameter can be accessed if [DryRun Mode] drYM is set to [Power] pwr.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[Dry Run Factor] drYX

Dry-run factor.
This parameter can be accessed if [DryRun Mode] drYM is set to [Power] pwr.

Setting Description
0...100% Setting range
Factory setting: 70%

[DryRun Error Delay] drYd

Dry run detected error delay.
This parameter can be accessed if [DryRun Mode] drYM is not set to [No] no.

Setting Description
0...3,600 s Setting range
Factory setting: 5 s

[DryRun Restart Delay] drYr

Dry run detected error restart.
This parameter can be accessed if [DryRun Mode] drYM is not set to [No] no.

Setting Description
10...3,600 s Setting range
Factory setting: 60 s

EAV64318 01/2015 377

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.20
[Pump monitoring] - [Pump low flow Monit]

[Pump monitoring] - [Pump low flow Monit]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Pump low flow Monit] PLF- Menu 379
[Sensor config. AI1] nPF1- Menu 381
[Sensor config. AI2] nPF2- Menu 383
[Sensor config. AI3] nPF3- Menu 385
[Sensor config. AI4] nPF4- Menu 386
[Sensor config. AI5] nPF5- Menu 388
[DI5 Pulse Sensor Configuration] NPF8- Menu 389
[DI6 Pulse Sensor Configuration] NPF9- Menu 390
[Sensor config. AIV1] nPU1- Menu 391
[Pump low flow Monit] PLF- Menu 392

378 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Pump low flow Monit] PLF- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Pump low flow Monit]

About This Menu

The main consequence of running in low flow pump area is an increase of pump temperature as the pump
is cooled by the liquid flow.
In addition, the low flow area is not a good working area from energy efficiency point of view.
No flow or low flow could be caused by:
 The verify valve at the discharge is closed.
 Issue on the pipe at the discharge (blocked pipes, …).

This function helps to prevent the pump from being damaged by working at no or low flow.
The monitoring can be carried out with different methods using or not sensors and whether the system is
mono or multi-pump.

This function helps to detect probable no or low flow situation with different methods:
 Using a flow switch that indicates directly low flow condition: this method can be used only in mono-
pump system or if the flow switch is connected on protected pump.
NOTE: It is recommended to use a flow switch that is open in case of a low flow and to use a digital
input active at low level (DIxL). This allows you to stop the pump in case of a broken wire of the flow
switch.
 Using a flow sensor and comparing the actual flow value to a given threshold:
 This method can be used only in mono-pump system or if the flow sensor is connected on protected
pump.
 All data related to the selected input shall be configured according to the sensor(Type, minimum, and
maximum process value, scaling, …).
 Using a flow sensor and comparing the actual flow value to "Low flow system curve" QN characteristic:
 This method can be used only in mono-pump system or if the flow sensor is connected on protected
pump.
 All data related to the selected input shall be configured according to the sensor(Type, Minimum, and
maximum process value, scaling, …).
 Using Power/Speed estimation and comparing pump working point to "No Flow" Power characteristic:
 Entering two [Speed; Power] points is required, first point in No Flow area (at Low speed point LSP),
second point in high-speed area (At high-speed point HSP).
 This method is not recommended in case of flat PQ curve.
Low flow monitoring is activated only after [PumpLF ActivDelay] PLFA after the pump has been started,
in order to disable the monitoring function during start operation.
Once a low flow condition is detected, a warning [Low Flow Warning] LFA is raised. Warning is
automatically cleared when drive is stopped.
If the condition continues for longer than the configured [PumpLF Error Delay] PLFd delay, a detected
error is raised and the drive reacts according to the configured [PumpLF Error Resp] PLFb error
response. The monitoring is active even during the deceleration phase. It is recommended to set a greater
delay than the complete deceleration sequence.
After error has been detected, it is maintained during [PumpLF Restart Delay] PLFR even if the warning
has been reset.
NOTE: the drive restarts without delay if it is powered-off and on (restart delay is not saved). During the
setup of the function, it is necessary to perform measurements at no flow but with water in the system.

EAV64318 01/2015 379

Complete settings CSt-

[PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM

Pump low flow monitoring mode.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not configured
Factory setting
[Switch] Sw Using flow switch
[Flow] q Low flow is detected using fixed flow threshold
[Flow vs Speed] qn Low flow is detected using flow vs speed
[No Flow power] nF Low flow is detected using no flow power characteristic

[PumpLF DI Assign] PLFW

Pump low flow no flow switch selection.
This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [Switch] Sw.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16, if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted

[Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A

Pump flow sensor assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [Flow] Q or to [Flow vs
Speed] QN.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5, if VW3A3203 I/O extension
module has been inserted
[AIV1] AIU1 Virtual analogic input 1
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6]
[Flow Estimation] SLPF Sensor less estimated flow

380 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Sensor config. AI1] nPF1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Pump low flow Monit] [Sensor config. AI1]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if:
 [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [Flow] q or [Flow vs Speed] qn , and
 [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A is set to [AI1] AI1.

[AI1 Type] AI1t

Configuration of analog input AI1.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA

[AI1 min value] UIL1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 V Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 V

[AI1 max value] UIH1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 V Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 V

[AI1 min. value] CrL1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AI1 max. value] CrH1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

EAV64318 01/2015 381

Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J

Minimum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AI1 Highest Process] AI1K

Maximum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

382 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Sensor config. AI2] nPF2- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Pump low flow Monit] [Sensor config. AI2]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if:
 [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [Flow] q or [Flow vs Speed] qn, and
 [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A is set to [AI2] AI2.

[AI2 Type] AI2t

Configuration of analog input AI2.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[Water Prob] leuel Water level
[3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires

[AI2 min value] UIL2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1. (see page 381)

[AI2 max value] UIH2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 381).

[AI2 min. value] CrL2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] OA.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 381).

[AI2 max. value] CrH2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 381).

EAV64318 01/2015 383

Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 Lowest Process] AI2J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J. (see page 382)

[AI2 Highest Process]AI2K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 382).

384 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Sensor config. AI3] nPF3- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Pump low flow Monit] [Sensor config. AI3]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if:
 [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [Flow] q or [Flow vs Speed] qn, and
 [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A is set to [AI3] AI3.

[AI3 Type] AI3t

Configuration of analog input AI3.
Identical to [AI2 Type] AI2t with factory setting: [Current] 0A (see page 383).

[AI3 min value] UIL3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1. (see page 381)

[AI3 max value] UIH3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 381).

[AI3 min. value] CrL3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 381).

[AI3 max. value] CrH3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 381).

[AI3 Lowest Process]AI3J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J. (see page 382)

[AI3 Highest Process]AI3K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 382).

EAV64318 01/2015 385

Complete settings CSt-

[Sensor config. AI4] nPF4- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Pump low flow Monit] [Sensor config. AI4]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if:
 [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [Flow] q or [Flow vs Speed] qn,
 [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A is set to [AI4] AI4, and
 VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.

[AI4 Type] AI4t

Configuration of analog input AI4.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc
Factory setting
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)

[AI4 min value] UIL4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] AI4T is set to:
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Voltage +/-] N10U.

Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1. (see page 381)

[AI4 max value] UIH4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] AI4T is set to:
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Voltage +/-] N10U.

Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 381).

[AI4 min. value] CrL4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] AI4T is set to [Current] OA.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 381).

386 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 max. value] CrH4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] AI4T is set to [Current] OA.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 381).

[AI4 Lowest Process]AI4J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J. (see page 382)

[AI4 Highest Process]AI4K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 382).

EAV64318 01/2015 387

Complete settings CSt-

[Sensor config. AI5] nPF5- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Pump low flow Monit] [Sensor config. AI5]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if:
 [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [Flow] q or [Flow vs Speed] qn,
 [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A is set to [AI5] AI5, and
 VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.

[AI5 Type] AI5t

Configuration of analog input AI5.
Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t. (see page 386)

[AI5 min value] UIL5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] AI5T is set to:
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Voltage +/-] N10U.

Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1. (see page 381)

[AI5 max value] UIH5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] AI5T is set to:
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Voltage +/-] N10U.

Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 381).

[AI5 min. value] CrL5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] AI5T is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 381).

[AI5 max. value] CrH5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] AI5T is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 381).

[AI5 Lowest Process]AI5J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J. (see page 382)

[AI5 Highest Process]AI5K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process]AI1K (see page 382).

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

388 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[DI5 Pulse Sensor Configuration] NPF8- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Pump low flow Monit] [DI5 Pulse Sensor
Configuration]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if:
 [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [Flow] q or [Flow vs Speed] qn, and
 [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A is set to [DI5 PulseInput Assignment] PI5.

[PulseInput DI5 Low Freq] PIL5

Minimum pulse input.
Pulse input DI5: frequency for 0% of the equivalent analog signal.

Setting Description
0.00...30,000.00 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0 Hz

[PulseInput DI5 High Freq] PIH5

Maximum pulse input.
Pulse input DI5: frequency for 100% of the equivalent analog signal.

Setting Description
0.00...30.00 kHz Setting range
Factory setting: 30.00 kHz

[DI5 Min Process]PI5J

Minimum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[DI5 Max Process]PI5K

Maximum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 389

Complete settings CSt-

[DI6 Pulse Sensor Configuration] NPF9- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [High flow monitoring] [DI6 Pulse Sensor
Configuration]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if:
 [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [Flow] q or [Flow vs Speed] qn, and
 [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A is set to [DI6 PulseInput Assignment] PI6.

[PulseInput DI6 Low Freq] PIL6

Minimum pulse input.
Pulse input DI5: frequency for 0% of the equivalent analog signal.

Setting Description
0.00...30,000.00 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0 Hz

[PulseInput DI6 High Freq] PIH6

Maximum pulse input.
Pulse input DI5: frequency for 100% of the equivalent analog signal.

Setting Description
0.00...30.00 kHz Setting range
Factory setting: 30.00 kHz

[DI6 Min Process]PI6J

Minimum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[DI6 Max Process]PI6K

Maximum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

390 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Sensor config. AIV1] nPU1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump functions] [Pump low flow Monit] [Sensor config. AIV1]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if:
 [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [Flow] q or [Flow vs Speed] qn, and
 [Pump Flow Assign.] FS2A is set to [AI Virtual 1] AIU1.

[AIV1 Channel Assignment] AIC1

Channel assignment for virtual analog input AIV1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has
been inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has
been inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet

[AIV1 Lowest Process] AU1J

AI virtual x: minimum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AIV1 Highest Process] AU1K

AI virtual x: maximum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 391

Complete settings CSt-

[Pump low flow Monit] PLF- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Pump low flow Monit]

About This Menu

During the setup of the function, it is necessary to perform measurements at no or low flow but always with
water in the system.

[PumpLF Min Level] PLFL

Pump low flow minimum flow level.
This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [Flow] Q or [Flow vs Speed]
Qn.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range according to [Flow rate unit] SUFR.
Factory setting: 0

[Power Estim Value] OPrW

Motor mechanical power estimation. It can be used to set [Low Power] nFLP and [High Power]
nFHP values.
This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [No Flow Power] nf.

Setting Description
According to drive rating Setting range
Factory setting: _

[Low Speed] nFLS

No flow low speed.
This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [No Flow Power] nf.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[High Speed] nFHS

No flow high speed.
This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [No Flow Power] nf.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[Low Power] nFLP

No flow low power.
This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [No Flow Power] nf.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

392 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[High Power] nFHP

No flow high power.
This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [No Flow Power] nf.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[PumpLF Power Factor] PLFX

Pump low flow power factor.
This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is set to [No Flow Power] nf.

Setting Description
100...500% Setting range
Factory setting: 110%

[PumpLF ActivDelay] PLFA

Pump low flow monitoring activation delay after the pump has been started.
This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is not set to [No] no.

Setting Description
0...3,600 s Setting range
Factory setting: 10 s

[PumpLF Error Delay] PLFd

Pump low flow detected error delay.
This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is not set to [No] no.

Setting Description
0...3,600 s Setting range
Factory setting: 10 s

[PumpLF Error Resp] PLFb

Pump low flow monitoring function response to a detected error.
This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is not set to [No] no.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error
triggered after stop
[Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
Factory setting
1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output
to its indication.

EAV64318 01/2015 393

Complete settings CSt-

[PumpLF Restart Delay] PLFr

Pump low flow restart delay.
This parameter can be accessed if [PumpLF Monitoring] PLFM is not set to [No] no.

Setting Description
0...3,600 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0 s

394 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.21
[Pump monitoring] - [Pump thermal monit]

[Pump monitoring] - [Pump thermal monit]

[Pump thermal monit] tPP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Pump thermal monit]

About This Menu

The thermal monitoring function helps to prevent against high temperature by monitoring the real
temperature by the drive.
PTC, PT100, PT1000, and KTY84 thermal probes are supported by this function.
The function gives the possibility to manage 2 levels of monitoring:
 A Warning level: the drive triggers an event without stopping the application.
 An Error level: the drive triggers an event and stop the application.

The thermal probe is monitored for the following detected error:

 Overheating
 Probe break (loss of signal)
 Probe short-circuit

Activation
[AIx Th Monitoring] tHxS allows you to activate the thermal monitoring on the related analog input:
 [No] nO: the function is disabled
 [Yes] yES: the thermal monitoring is enabled on the related AIx.

Type of Thermal Probe Selection

[AIx Type] AIxt allows you to select the type of thermal sensor(s) connected on the related analog
input:
 [No] nO: no sensor
 [PTC Management] ptc: 1 to 6 PTC (in serial) is used
 [KTY] KtY: 1 KTY84 is used
 [PT100] 1Pt2: 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires is used
 [3PT100] 3Pt2: 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires are used
 [PT1000] 1Pt3: 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires is used
 [3PT1000] 3Pt3: 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires are used
 [PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23: 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires is used (AI4 & AI5 only)
 [3PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23: 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires are used (AI4 & AI5 only)
 [PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33: 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires is used (AI4 & AI5 only)
 [3PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33: 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires are used (AI4 & AI5 only)

2-wire thermal probes are supported on analog input 2 to analog input 5.

3-wire thermal probes are supported on analog input 4 and analog input 5. These inputs are available with
the I/O extension option module.
If the probe is far from the drive, the 3-wire connection is recommended as compared to a 2-wire
connection.
NOTE: In case of 3 serial probes, the drive monitors the average probe values.

EAV64318 01/2015 395

Complete settings CSt-

Wiring for PT100 and PT1000 Probes

For 2-wire probes, the following wirings are possible:

For 3-wire probes, the following wirings are possible:

[AI2 Th Monitoring] tH2S

Activation of the thermal monitoring on AI2.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
Factory setting
[YES] YES Yes

[AI2 Type] AI2t

AI2 assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Th Monitoring] tH2S is not set to [No] no.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[Water Prob] leuel Water level
[3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires

396 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 Th Error Resp] tH2b

Thermal monitoring response to a detected error for AI2.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] Ai2t is not set to
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error
triggered after stop
[Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
Factory setting
1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output
to its indication.

[AI2 Th Error Level] tH2F

Error detection level for AI2.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] Ai2t is not set to:
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description

-15.0...200.0C Setting range

Factory setting: 110.0C

[AI2 Th Warn Level] tH2A

Warning level for AI2.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] Ai2t is not set to:
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description

-15.0...200.0C Setting range

Factory setting: 90.0C

[AI2 Th Value] tH2U

AI2 thermal value.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] Ai2t is not set to:
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description
-15.0...200.0C Setting range
Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 397

Complete settings CSt-

[AI3 Th Monitoring] tH3S

Activation of the thermal monitoring on AI3.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
Factory setting
[YES] YES Yes

[AI3 Type] AI3t

AI3 assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Th Monitoring] tH3S is not set to [No] no.
Identical to [AI2 Type] AI2t (see page 396) with factory setting: [Current] 0A.

[AI3 Th Error Resp] tH3b

Thermal monitoring response to a detected error for AI3.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] Ai3t is not set to:
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error
triggered after stop
[Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
Factory setting
1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output
to its indication.

[AI3 Th Error Level] tH3F

Error detection level for AI3.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] Ai3t is not set to:
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description

-15.0...200.0C Setting range

Factory setting: 110.0C

[AI3 Th Warn Level] tH3A

Warning level for AI3.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] Ai3t is not set to:
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description

-15.0...200.0C Setting range

Factory setting: 90.0C

398 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI3 Th Value] tH3U

AI3 thermal value.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] Ai3t is not set to:
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description
-15.0...200.0C Setting range
Factory setting: _

[AI4 Th Monitoring] tH4S

Activation of the thermal monitoring on AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
Factory setting
[YES] YES Yes

[AI4 Type] AI4t

AI4 assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Th Monitoring] tH4S is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc
Factory setting
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)

EAV64318 01/2015 399

Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 Th Error Resp] tH4b

Thermal monitoring response to a detected error for AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] Ai4t is not set to
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error
triggered after stop
[Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
Factory setting
1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output
to its indication.

[AI4 Th Error Level] tH4F

Error detection level for AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] Ai4t is not set to:
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description

-15.0...200.0C Setting range

Factory setting: 110.0C

[AI4 Th Warn Level] tH4A

Warning level for AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] Ai4t is not set to:
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description

-15.0...200.0C Setting range

Factory setting: 90.0C

[AI4 Th Value] tH4U

AI4 thermal value.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI4 Type] Ai4t is not set to:
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description
-15.0...200.0C Setting range
Factory setting: _

400 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI5 Th Monitoring] tH5S

Activation of the thermal monitoring on AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
Factory setting
[YES] YES Yes

[AI5 Type] AI5t

AI5 assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Th Monitoring] tH5S is not set to [No] nO.
Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t (see page 399).

[AI5 Th Error Resp] tH5b

Thermal monitoring response to a detected error for AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] Ai5t is not set to
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error
triggered after stop
[Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
Factory setting
1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output
to its indication.

[AI5 Th Error Level] tH5F

Error detection level for AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] Ai5t is not set to:
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description

-15.0...200.0C Setting range

Factory setting: 110.0C

EAV64318 01/2015 401

Complete settings CSt-

[AI5 Th Warn Level] tH5A

Warning level for AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] Ai5t is not set to:
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description

-15.0...200.0C Setting range

Factory setting: 90.0C

[AI5 Th Value] tH5U

AI5 thermal value.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI5 Type] Ai5t is not set to:
 [Voltage] 10U, or
 [Current] 0A, or
 [PTC Management] PtC.

Setting Description
-15.0...200.0C Setting range
Factory setting: _

402 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.22
[Pump monitoring] - [Inlet pressure monitori..]

[Pump monitoring] - [Inlet pressure monitori..]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Inlet pressure monitoring] IPP- Menu 404
[AI1 sensor config.] IPA1- Menu 406
[AI2 sensor config.] IPA2- Menu 408
[AI3 sensor config.] IPA3- Menu 410
[AI4 sensor config.] IPA4- Menu 411
[AI5 sensor config.] IPA5- Menu 413
[AIV1 sensor config.] IPU1- Menu 414
[Inlet pressure monitoring] IPP- Menu 415

EAV64318 01/2015 403

Complete settings CSt-

[Inlet pressure monitoring] IPP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Inlet pressure monitoring]

About This Menu

This function helps to detect an inlet low-pressure situation.
This monitoring function is at station level and not a pump level only.
This function requires a pressure sensor to monitor the inlet pressure of the system.
In case of low inlet pressure situation, this function:
 Triggers a warning and reduces the outlet pressure set point within a predefined range in order to
maintain the inlet pressure at an acceptable level. The inlet pressure compensation applies only to
pressure controlled application.
 Triggers a detected error signal if, despite of this pressure set point reduction, the inlet pressure
feedback is less than the minimum acceptable value configured.
The inlet pressure monitoring function can be used for mono-pump or multi-pump stations.
This is an example of a station architecture:

404 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Monitoring Diagram

When the inlet pressure feedback is lower than [InletPres High Thd] IPPH, a warning [InletPres
Warning] IPPA is triggered. In case of a pressure controlled application, the pressure set point is
reduced according to [InletPres Max Comp] IPPC.
When the inlet pressure feedback is less than [InletPres High Thd] IPPL, a detected error [Inlet
Pressure Error] IPPF is triggered. The application follows the [InletPresErrorResp] IPFb defined
behavior.

[InletPres Monitoring] IPPM

Inlet pressure monitoring mode.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not activated
Factory setting
[Warning] YES Warning monitoring activated
[Compensation] COMP Warning and compensation activated

[InletPres Assign] PS1A

Inlet pressure sensor assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [InletPres Monitoring] IPPM is not set to [No] no.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[AI Virtual 1] AIU1 Virtual analogic input 1

EAV64318 01/2015 405

Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 sensor config.] IPA1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Inlet pressure monitoring] [AI1 sensor config.]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if:
 [InletPres Monitoring] IPPM is not set to [No] nO, and
 [InletPres Assign] PS1A is set to [AI1] AI1.

[AI1 Type] AI1t

Configuration of analog input AI1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA

[AI1 min value] UIL1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc

[AI1 max value] UIH1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc

[AI1 min. value] CrL1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AI1 max. value] CrH1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

406 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 Lowest Process]AI1J

Minimum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AI1 Highest Process]AI1K

Maximum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 407

Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 sensor config.] IPA2- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Inlet pressure monitoring] [AI2 sensor config.]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if:
 [InletPres Monitoring] IPPM is not set to [No] nO, and
 [InletPres Assign] PS1A is set to [AI2] AI2.

[AI2 Type] AI2t

Configuration of analog input AI2.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[Water Prob] leuel Water level
[3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires

[AI2 min value] UIL2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 406).

[AI2 max value] UIH2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 406).

[AI2 min. value] CrL2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 406).

[AI2 max. value] CrH2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 406).

408 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 Lowest Process] AI2J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 407).

[AI2 Highest Process] AI2K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process]AI1K (see page 407).

EAV64318 01/2015 409

Complete settings CSt-

[AI3 sensor config.] IPA3- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Inlet pressure monitoring] [AI3 sensor config.]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if:
 [InletPres Monitoring] IPPM is not set to [No] nO, and
 [InletPres Assign] PS1A is set to [AI3] AI3.

[AI3 Type] AI3t

Configuration of analog input AI3.
Identical to [AI2 Type] AI2t with factory setting: [Current] 0A. (see page 408)

[AI3 min value] UIL3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] Ai3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 406).

[AI3 max value] UIH3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] Ai3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 406).

[AI3 min. value] CrL3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] Ai3t is set to[Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 406) with factory setting: [Current] 0A.

[AI3 max. value] CrH3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] Ai3t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 406) with factory setting: [Current] 0A.

[AI3 Lowest Process] AI3J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 407).

[AI3 Highest Process] AI3K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 407).

410 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 sensor config.] IPA4- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Inlet pressure monitoring] [AI4 sensor config.]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if:
 [InletPres Monitoring] IPPM is not set to [No] nO, and
 [InletPres Assign] PS1A is set to [AI4] AI4.

[AI4 Type] AI4t

Configuration of AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc
Factory setting
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)

[AI4 min value] UIL4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 406).

[AI4 max value] UIH4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 406).

[AI4 min. value] CrL4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 406) with factory setting: [Current] 0A.

[AI4 max. value] CrH4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 with factory setting: [Current] 0A (see page 406).

EAV64318 01/2015 411

Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 Lowest Process]AI4J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 407).

[AI4 Highest Process]AI4K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process]AI1K (see page 407).

412 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI5 sensor config.] IPA5- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Inlet pressure monitoring] [AI5 sensor config.]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if:
 [InletPres Monitoring] IPPM is not set to [No] nO, and
 [InletPres Assign] PS1A is set to [AI5] AI5.

[AI5 Type] AI5t

Configuration of AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t (see page 411).

[AI5 min value] UIL5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 406).

[AI5 max value] UIH5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 406).

[AI5 min. value] CrL5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 406)with factory setting: [Current] 0A.

[AI5 max. value] CrH5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 406) with factory setting: [Current] 0A.

[AI5 Lowest Process]AI5J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 407).

[AI5 Highest Process]AI5K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process]AI1K (see page 407).

EAV64318 01/2015 413

Complete settings CSt-

[AIV1 sensor config.] IPU1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Inlet pressure monitoring] [AIV1 sensor config.]

[AIV1 Channel Assignment] AIC1

Channel assignment for virtual analog input AIV1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has been
inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has
been inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet

[AIV1 Lowest Process] AU1J

AI virtual x: minimum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AIV1 Highest Process] AU1K

AI virtual x: maximum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

414 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Inlet pressure monitoring] IPP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Inlet pressure monitoring]

[InletPres High Thd] IPPH

Inlet pressure monitoring high/acceptable pressure.
This parameter can be accessed if [InletPres Monitoring] IPPM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPr
Factory setting: 0

[InletPres Low Thd] IPPL

Inlet pressure monitoring low/minimum pressure.
This parameter can be accessed if [InletPres Monitoring] IPPM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPr
Factory setting: 0

[InletPres Max Comp] IPPC

Inlet pressure monitoring max compensation.
This parameter can be accessed if [InletPres Monitoring] IPPM is set to [Compensation] Comp.

Setting Description
0...32,768 Setting range according to [P sensor unit] SUPr
Factory setting: 0

[InletPresError Resp] IPPb

Pressure monitoring function response to a detected error.
This parameter can be accessed if [InletPres Monitoring] IPPM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error
triggered after stop
[Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
Factory setting
1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output
to its indication.

EAV64318 01/2015 415

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.23
[Pump monitoring] - [Outlet pressure monito..]

[Pump monitoring] - [Outlet pressure monito..]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Outlet pressure monito..] OPP- Menu 417
[Sensor config. AI1] OOA1- Menu 419
[Sensor config. AI2] OOA2- Menu 421
[Sensor config. AI3] OOA3- Menu 422
[Sensor config. AI4] OOA4- Menu 423
[Sensor config. AI5] OOA5- Menu 425
[Sensor config. AIV1] OOU1- Menu 426
[Outlet pressure monito..] OPP- Menu 427

416 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Outlet pressure monito..] OPP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Outlet pressure monito..]

About This Menu

This function detects an outlet high and low-pressure situation.
 It helps to prevent from high outlet pressure situations that can damage the hydraulic network (for
example, pipe burst)
 It monitors low outlet pressure situations that can reflect damage on the hydraulic network (for example,
pipe break)
This monitoring function is at the outlet station level.
The outlet pressure monitoring function requires a pressure sensor and/or a pressure switch to monitor the
outlet pressure of the system.
 A high-pressure switch allows the activation of the high outlet pressure monitoring, according to the
pressure switch specification.
 A pressure sensor allows the activation of both high and low outlet pressure monitoring, according to
the [OutPres Min Level] OPPL and [OutPres Max Level] OPPH values.
Example of the station architecture:

The outlet pressure monitoring function monitors the outlet pressure of the system.
 When a low-Pressure condition is present, a [Low OutPres Warning] OPLA warning is triggered.
 When a high-Pressure condition is present, coming from the sensor, a [High OutPres Warning]
OPHA warning is triggered.
 When a high-Pressure condition is present, coming from the switch, a [Switch OutPres Warning]
OPSA warning is triggered.
 If the high-pressure condition remains for longer than [OutPresError Delay] OPPd time, a detected
[Out Pressure High] OPHF error is triggered. The application follows the [OutPresErrorResp]
OPPb defined behavior.
 If the low-pressure condition remains for longer than [OutPresError Delay] OPPd time, a detected
[Out Pressure Low] OPLF error is triggered. The application follows the [OutPresError Delay]
OPPd defined behavior.
NOTE:
 It is recommended to use a pressure switch that is open in case of high pressure and to use a digital
input active at low level (DIxL). This allows stopping the pump in case of broken wire of the pressure
switch.
 It is recommended to use a 4-20 mA pressure sensor and to enable the 4-20 mA loss function. This
allows stopping the pump in case of broken wire of the pressure sensor.

EAV64318 01/2015 417

Complete settings CSt-

[OutPres Monitoring] OPPM

Mode selection.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Inactive
Factory setting
[Switch] SW Activated on switch
[Sensor] SnSr Activated on sensor
[Both] bOtH Activated on sensor and switch

[OutPres DI Assign] OPPW

High outlet pressure switch source.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is set to [Switch] SW, or
 [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is set to [Both] bOtH.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16, if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted

[OutletPres Assign] PS2A

Outlet pressure sensor assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is set to [Sensor] SNSR, or
 [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is set to [Both] bOtH.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5, if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[AIV1] AIU1 Virtual analogic input 1

418 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Sensor config. AI1] OOA1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Outlet pressure monito..] [Sensor config. AI1]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if:
 [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is not set to [No] nO, and
 [OutletPres Assign] PS2A is set to [AI1] AI1.

[AI1 Type] AI1t

Configuration of analog input AI1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA

[AI1 min value] UIL1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 V Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 V

[AI1 max value] UIH1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 V Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 V

[AI1 min. value] CrL1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AI1 max. value] CrH1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

EAV64318 01/2015 419

Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 Lowest Process]AI1J

Minimum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AI1 Highest Process]AI1K

Maximum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

420 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Sensor config. AI2] OOA2- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Outlet pressure monito..] [Sensor config. AI2]

[AI2 Type] AI2t

Configuration of analog input AI2.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[Water Prob] leuel Water level
[3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires

[AI2 min value] UIL2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 419).

[AI2 max value] UIH2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 419).

[AI2 min. value] CrL2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 419).

[AI2 max. value] CrH2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI21max. value] CrH1 (see page 419).

[AI2 Lowest Process] AI2J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 420).

[AI2 Highest Process] AI2K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process]AI1K (see page 420).

EAV64318 01/2015 421

Complete settings CSt-

[Sensor config. AI3] OOA3- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Outlet pressure monito..] [Sensor config. AI3]

[AI3 Type] AI3t

Configuration of analog input AI3.
Identical to [AI2 Type] AI2t (see page 421) with factory setting: [Current] 0A.

[AI3 min value] UIL3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 419).

[AI3 max value] UIH3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 419).

[AI3 min. value] CrL3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 419).

[AI3 max. value] CrH3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI21max. value] CrH1 (see page 419).

[AI3 Lowest Process] AI3J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process]AI1J (see page 420).

[AI3 Highest Process] AI3K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process]AI1K (see page 420).

422 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Sensor config. AI4] OOA4- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Outlet pressure monito..] [Sensor config. AI4]

[AI4 Type] AI4t

Configuration of analog input AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc
Factory setting
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)

[AI4 min value] UIL4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [AI4 Type] AI4t is set to [Voltage] 10U, or
 [AI4 Type] AI4t is set to [Voltage +/-] n10U.

Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 419).

[AI4 max value] UIH4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [AI4 Type] AI4t is set to [Voltage] 10U, or
 [AI4 Type] AI4t is set to [Voltage +/-] n10U.

Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 419).

[AI4 min. value] CrL4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 419).

[AI4 max. value] CrH4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI21max. value] CrH1 (see page 419).

EAV64318 01/2015 423

Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 Lowest Process]AI4J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 420).

[AI4 Highest Process]AI4K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 420).

424 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Sensor config. AI5] OOA5- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Outlet pressure monito..] [Sensor config. AI5]

[AI5 Type] AI5t

Configuration of AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t (see page 423).

[AI5 min value] UIL5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [AI5 Type] AI5t is set to [Voltage] 10U, or
 [AI5 Type] AI5t is set to [Voltage +/-] n10U.

Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 419).

[AI5 max value] UIH5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [AI5 Type] AI5t is set to [Voltage] 10U, or
 [AI5 Type] AI5t is set to [Voltage +/-] n10U.

Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 419).

[AI5 min. value] CrL5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 419).

[AI5 max. value] CrH5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI21max. value] CrH1 (see page 419).

[AI5 Lowest Process] AI5J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process] AI1J (see page 420).

[AI5 Highest Process] AI5K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process] AI1K (see page 420).

EAV64318 01/2015 425

Complete settings CSt-

[Sensor config. AIV1] OOU1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Outlet pressure monito..] [Sensor config. AIV1]

[AIV1 Channel Assignment] AIC1

Channel assignment for virtual analog input AIV1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has
been inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module
has been inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet

[AIV1 Lowest Process] AU1J

AI virtual x: minimum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AIV1 Highest Process] AU1K

AI virtual x: maximum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

426 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Outlet pressure monito..] OPP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [Outlet pressure monito..]

[OutPres Min Level] OPPL

Outlet pressure minimum level.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is set to [Sensor] SNSR, or
 [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is set to [Both] bOtH.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range, according to [P sensor unit] SUPr.
Factory setting: 0

[OutPres Max Level] OPPH

Outlet pressure maximum level.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is set to [Sensor] SNSR, or
 [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is set to [Both] bOtH.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range, according to [P sensor unit] SUPr.
Factory setting: 0

[OutPresError Delay] OPPd

Outlet pressure monitoring time.
This parameter can be accessed if [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Description
0...3,600 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0 s

[OutPresError Resp] OPPb

Outlet pressure fault config.
This parameter can be accessed if [OutPres Monitoring] OPPM is not set to [No] No.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error
triggered after stop
[Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
Factory setting
1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output
to its indication.

EAV64318 01/2015 427

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.24
[Pump monitoring] - [High flow monitoring]

[Pump monitoring] - [High flow monitoring]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[High flow monitoring] HFP- Menu 429
[AI1 sensor config.] HIF1- Menu 431
[AI2 sensor config.] HFI2- Menu 433
[AI3 sensor config.] HFI3- Menu 434
[AI4 sensor config.] HFI4- Menu 435
[AI5 sensor config.] HFI5- Menu 436
[DI5 Pulse Sensor Configuration] HIF8- Menu 437
[DI6 Pulse Sensor Configuration] HIF9- Menu 438
[Sensor config. AIV1] OOU1- Menu 439
[High flow monitoring] HFP- Menu 440

428 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[High flow monitoring] HFP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [High flow monitoring]

About This Menu

The high flow monitoring helps to detect abnormal outlet high flow situation:
 Works outside application flow capabilities
 Helps to detect pipe burst

This monitoring function is at outlet station level.This function requires a flow sensor to monitor the outlet
flow of the system.
This is an example of a station architecture:

High flow monitoring function monitors the outlet flow of the system:
 When the outlet flow feedback is higher than [HighFlow MaxLevel] HFPL , a warning [High Flow
Warning] HFPA is triggered. The application does not stop.
 If the outlet flow feedback remains higher than [HighFlow MaxLevel] HFPL for longer than
[HighFlowError Delay] HFPD time, a detected error [High Flow Error] HFPF is triggered. The
application follows the [HighFlowErrorResp] HFPb defined behavior.
If a high flow situation is detected in a multi-pump system, all the pumps stop.

[HighFlow Activation] HFPM

Mode selection.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Function disabled
Factory setting
[YES] YES Function enabled

EAV64318 01/2015 429

Complete settings CSt-

[Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A

Installation flow sensor assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [HighFlow Activation] HFPM is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5, if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has
been inserted
[AI Virtual 1] AIU1 Virtual analogic input 1
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput
Assignment On DI6]
[Flow Estimation] SLPF Sensor less estimated flow

430 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 sensor config.] HIF1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [High flow monitoring] [AI1 sensor config.]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if:
 [Flow limitation Mode] FLM is not set to [No] nO, and
 [Inst. Flow Assign.] FS1A is set to [AI1] AI1.

[AI1 Type] AI1t

Configuration of analog input AI1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA

[AI1 min value] UIL1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 V Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 V

[AI1 max value] UIH1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 V Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 V

[AI1 min. value] CrL1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AI1 max. value] CrH1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

EAV64318 01/2015 431

Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 Lowest Process]AI1J

Minimum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AI1 Highest Process]AI1K

Maximum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

432 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 sensor config.] HFI2- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [High flow monitoring] [AI2 sensor config.]

[AI2 Type] AI2t

Configuration of analog input AI2.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[Water Prob] leuel Water level
[3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires

[AI2 min value] UIL2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 431).

[AI2 max value] UIH2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 431).

[AI2 min. value] CrL2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 431).

[AI2 max. value] CrH2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 431).

[AI2 Lowest Process]AI2J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process]AI1J (see page 432).

[AI2 Highest Process]AI2K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process]AI1K (see page 432).

EAV64318 01/2015 433

Complete settings CSt-

[AI3 sensor config.] HFI3- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [High flow monitoring] [AI3 sensor config.]

[AI3 Type] AI3t

Configuration of analog input AI3 type.
Identical to [AI2 Type] AI2t (see page 433) with factory setting: [Current] 0A.

[AI3 min value] UIL3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 431).

[AI3 max value] UIH3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 431).

[AI3 min. value] CrL3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 431).

[AI3 max. value] CrH3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] oA.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 431).

[AI3 Lowest Process]AI3J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process]AI1J (see page 432).

[AI3 Highest Process]AI3K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process]AI1K (see page 432).

434 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 sensor config.] HFI4- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [High flow monitoring] [AI4 sensor config.]

[AI4 Type] AI4t

Configuration of analog input AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc
Factory setting
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)

[AI4 min value] UIL4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 431).

[AI4 max value] UIH4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 431).

[AI4 min. value] CrL4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 431).

[AI4 max. value] CrH4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 431).

[AI4 Lowest Process]AI4J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process]AI1J (see page 432).

[AI4 Highest Process]AI4K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process]AI1K (see page 432).

EAV64318 01/2015 435

Complete settings CSt-

[AI5 sensor config.] HFI5- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [High flow monitoring] [AI5 sensor config.]

[AI5 Type] AI5t

Configuration of analog input AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t (see page 435).

[AI5 min value] UIL5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 431).

[AI5 max value] UIH5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 431).

[AI5 min. value] CrL5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 431).

[AI5 max. value] CrH5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 431).

[AI5 Lowest Process]AI5J

Minimum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Lowest Process]AI1J (see page 432).

[AI5 Highest Process]AI5K

Maximum process value for selected input.
Identical to [AI1 Highest Process]AI1K (see page 432).

436 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[DI5 Pulse Sensor Configuration] HIF8- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [High flow monitoring] [DI5 Pulse Sensor
Configuration]

[PulseInput DI5 Low Freq] PIL5

Minimum pulse input.
Pulse input DI5: frequency for 0% of the equivalent analog signal.

Setting Description
0.00...30,000.00 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0 Hz

[PulseInput DI5 High Freq] PIH5

Maximum pulse input.
Pulse input DI5: frequency for 100% of the equivalent analog signal.

Setting Description
0.00...30.00 kHz Setting range
Factory setting: 30.00 kHz

[DI5 Min Process]PI5J

Minimum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[DI5 Max Process]PI5K

Maximum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 437

Complete settings CSt-

[DI6 Pulse Sensor Configuration] HIF9- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [High flow monitoring] [DI6 Pulse Sensor
Configuration]

[PulseInput DI6 Low Freq] PIL6

Minimum pulse input.
Pulse input DI5: frequency for 0% of the equivalent analog signal.

Setting Description
0.00...30,000.00 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0 Hz

[PulseInput DI6 High Freq] PIH6

Maximum pulse input.
Pulse input DI5: frequency for 100% of the equivalent analog signal.

Setting Description
0.00...30.00 kHz Setting range
Factory setting: 30.00 kHz

[DI6 Min Process]PI6J

Minimum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[DI6 Max Process]PI6K

Maximum process value for selected input.

Setting Description
-32,768...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

438 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Sensor config. AIV1] OOU1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [High flow monitoring] [Sensor config. AIV1]

[AIV1 Channel Assignment] AIC1

Channel assignment for virtual analog input AIV1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module
has been inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus
module has been inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet

[AIV1 Lowest Process] AU1J

AI virtual x: minimum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[AIV1 Highest Process] AU1K

AI virtual x: maximum process value.

Setting Description
-32,767...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

EAV64318 01/2015 439

Complete settings CSt-

[High flow monitoring] HFP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Pump monitoring] [High flow monitoring]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if [HighFlow Activation] HFPM is not set to [No] nO.

[HighFlow MaxLevel] HFPL

High flow max level.

Setting Description
0...32,767 Setting range, according to [Flow rate unit] SUFr
Factory setting: 32767

[HighFlowError Delay] HFPd

High flow delay.

Setting Description
0...3,600 s Setting range
Factory setting: 10 s

[HighFlowError Resp] HFPb

High flow monitoring function response to a detected error.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error
triggered after stop
[Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
Factory setting
1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output
to its indication.

440 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.25
[Fan] - [PID controller]

[Fan] - [PID controller]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[PID controller] PId- Overview 442
[Feedback] Fdb- Menu 445
[Reference frequency] rF- Menu 451
[PID preset references] PrI- Menu 454
[Reference frequency] rF- Menu 456
[Settings] St- Menu 457

EAV64318 01/2015 441

Complete settings CSt-

[PID controller] PId- Overview

About This Menu

NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Follow the instructions about the
compatibility of functions.

Block Diagram
The function is activated by assigning an analog input to the PID feedback (measurement).
The PID feedback needs to be assigned to one of the analog inputs AI1 to AI5 or a pulse input, according
to whether any I/O extension module has been inserted.
The PID reference needs to be assigned to the following parameters:
 Preset references via digital inputs ([Ref PID Preset 2] rP2, [Ref PID Preset 3] rP3, [Ref PID
Preset 4]rP4).
 In accordance with the configuration of [Intern PID Ref] PII:
 [Internal PID ref] rPI, or
 Reference A [Config Ref Freq 1] Fr1 or [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b.

Combination Table for Preset PID References:

DI (Pr4) DI (Pr2) Pr2 = nO Reference

rPI or Fr1b
0 0 rPI or Fr1b
0 1 rP2
1 0 rP3
1 1 rP4

A predictive speed reference can be used to initialize the speed on restarting the process.
Scaling of feedback and references:
 [Min PID feedback] PIF1, [Max PID feedback] PIF2 parameters can be used to scale the PID
feedback (sensor range). This scale MUST be maintained for all other parameters.
 [Min PID Process] PIP1, [Max PID Process] PIP2 parameters can be used to scale the
adjustment range, for example the reference. The adjustment range MUST remain within the sensor
range.
The maximum value of the scaling parameters is 32,767. To facilitate the installation, it is recommended
to use values as close as possible to this maximum level, while retaining powers of 10 in relation to the
actual values. The scaling is without unit if [Type of control] tOCt is set to [NA] nA, in % if set to
[OTHER] OtHEr, in process unit if set [toPRESSURE] PrESS or [FLOW] FLOW.

442 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Example
Adjustment of the volume in a tank, 6...15 m3.
3 3
 Probe used 4-20 mA, 4.5 m for 4 mA and 20 m for 20 mA, with the result that PIF1 = 4,500 and
PIF2 = 20,000.
3
 Adjustment range 6 to 15 m , with the result that PIP1 = 6,000 (min. reference) and PIP2 = 15,000
(max. reference).
 Example references:
 rP1 (internal reference) = 9,500
 rP2 (preset reference) = 6,500
 rP3 (preset reference) = 8,000
 rP4 (preset reference) = 11,200

Other parameters:
 Reversal of the direction of correction [PID Inversion] PIC. If [PID Inversion] PIC is set to [No]
nO, the speed of the motor increases when the detected error is positive (for example pressure control
with a compressor). If [PID Inversion] PIC is set to [Yes] YES, the speed of the motor decreases
when the detected error is positive (for example temperature control using a cooling fan).
 The integral gain may be short-circuited by a digital input.
 A warning on the [PID feedback] may be configured.
 A warning on the [PID error] may be configured.

"Manual - Automatic" Operation with PID

This function combines the PID controller, the preset speeds, and a manual reference. Depending on the
state of the digital input, the speed reference is given by the preset speeds or by a manual reference input
via the PID function.
Manual PID reference [Manual PID reference] PIM:
 Analog inputs AI1 to AI5
 Pulse inputs

Predictive speed reference [Predictive Speed Ref] FPI:

 [AI1] AI1: analog input
 [AI2] AI2: analog input
 [AI3] AI3: analog input
 [AI4] AI4: analog input
 [AI5] AI5: analog input
 [DI5 PulseInput Assignment] PI5: pulse input
 [DI6 PulseInput Assignment] PI6: pulse input
 [Ref.Freq-Rmt.Term] LCC: Graphic Display Terminal
 [Modbus] Mdb: integrated Modbus
 [CANopen] CAn: CANopen®
 [Com. card] nEt: fieldbus option module (if inserted)
 [Embedded Ethernet] EtH: integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP

EAV64318 01/2015 443

Complete settings CSt-

Setting Up the PID controller

1. Configuration in PID mode.
Refer to the Block Diagram (see page 442).
2. Perform a test in factory settings mode.
To optimize the drive, adjust [PID Prop.Gain] rPG or [PID Intgl.Gain] rIG gradually and
independently, and observe the effect on the PID feedback in relation to the reference.
3. If the factory settings are unstable or the reference is incorrect.

Step Action
1 Perform a test with a speed reference in Manual mode (without PID controller) and with the drive on load
for the speed range of the system:
 In steady state, the speed must be stable and comply with the reference, and the PID feedback signal
must be stable.
 In transient state, the speed must follow the ramp and stabilize quickly, and the PID feedback must
follow the speed. If not, see the settings for the drive and/or sensor signal and wiring.
2 Switch to PID mode.
3 Set [PID ramp] PrP to the minimum permitted by the mechanism without triggering an [DC Bus
Overvoltage] ObF.
4 Set the integral gain [PID Intgl.Gain] rIG to minimum.
5 Leave the derivative gain [PID derivative gain] rdG at 0.
6 Observe the PID feedback and the reference.
7 Switch the drive ON/OFF a number of times or vary the load or reference rapidly a number of times.
8 Set the proportional gain [PID Prop.Gain] rPG in order to ascertain the compromise between
response time and stability in transient phases (slight overshoot and 1 to 2 oscillations before
stabilizing).
9 If the reference varies from the preset value in steady state, gradually increase the integral gain [PID
Intgl.Gain] rIG, reduce the proportional gain [PID Prop.Gain] rPG in the event of instability (pump
applications), find a compromise between response time and static precision (see diagram).
10 Lastly, the derivative gain may permit the overshoot to be reduced and the response time to be
improved, although this is more difficult to obtain a compromise in terms of stability, as it depends on 3
gains.
11 Perform in-production tests over the whole reference range.

The oscillation frequency depends on the system kinematics:

Parameter Rise time Overshoot Stabilization time Static Error

rPG + -- + = -
rIG + - ++ + --
rdG + = - - =

444 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Feedback] Fdb- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Fan] [PID controller] [Feedback]

About This Menu

NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Follow the instructions about the
compatibility of functions.

[Type of Control] tOCt

Type of control for the PID = unit choice.

Setting Code / Value Description

[nA] nA (without unit)
Factory setting
[Pressure] P Pressure control and unit
[Flow] F Flow control and unit
[Other] O Other control and unit (%)

[PID Feedback] PIF

PID controller feedback.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module
has been inserted
[AI Virtual 1] AIU1 Virtual analogic input 1
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On
DI6]

[AI1 Type] AI1t

Configuration of analog input AI1.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA

[AI1 min value] UIL1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1, and
 [AI1 Type] AI1t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc

EAV64318 01/2015 445

Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 max value] UIH1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1, and
 [AI1 Type] AI1t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc

[AI1 min. value] CrL1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1, and
 [AI1 Type] AI1t is not set to [Current] oa.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AI1 max. value] CrH1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1, and
 [AI1 Type] AI1t is not set to [Current] oa.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

[AI2 Type] AI2t

Configuration of analog input AI2.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[Water Prob] leuel Water level
[3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires

[AI2 min value] UIL2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2, and
 [AI2 Type] AI2t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1. (see page 445)

446 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 max value] UIH2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2, and
 [AI2 Type] AI2t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1. (see page 446)

[AI2 min. value] CrL2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2, and
 [AI2 Type] AI2t is not set to [Current] oA.

Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 446).

[AI2 max. value] CrH2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2, and
 [AI2 Type] AI2t is not set to [Current] oA.

Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 446).

[AI3 Type] AI3t

Configuration of analog input AI3.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3.
Identical to [AI2 Type] AI2t with factory setting: [Current] 0A (see page 446) with factory setting:
[Current] 0A.

[AI3 min value] UIL3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3, and
 [AI3 Type] AI3t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1. (see page 445)

[AI3 max value] UIH3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3, and
 [AI3 Type] AI3t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1. (see page 446)

[AI3 min. value] CrL3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3, and
 [AI3 Type] AI3t is not set to [Current] oA.

Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 446).

EAV64318 01/2015 447

Complete settings CSt-

[AI3 max. value] CrH3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3, and
 [AI3 Type] AI3t is not set to [Current] oA.

Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 446).

[AI4 Type] AI4t

Configuration of analog input AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted, and
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc
Factory setting
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)

[AI4 min value] UIL4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4, and
 [AI4 Type] AI4t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1. (see page 445)

[AI4 max value] UIH4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4, and
 [AI4 Type] AI4t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1. (see page 446)

[AI4 min. value] CrL4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4, and
 [AI4 Type] AI4t is not set to [Current] oA.

Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 446).

448 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 max. value] CrH4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4, and
 [AI4 Type] AI4t is not set to [Current] oA.

Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 446).

[AI5 Type] AI5t

Configuration of analog input AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted, and
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5.

Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t.

[AI5 min value] UIL5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5, and
 [AI5 Type] AI5t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1. (see page 445)

[AI5 max value] UIH5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5, and
 [AI5 Type] AI5t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1. (see page 446)

[AI5 min. value] CrL5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5, and
 [AI5 Type] AI5t is not set to [Current] oa.

Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 446).

[AI5 max. value] CrH5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5, and
 [AI5 Type] AI5t is not set to [Current] oa.

Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 446).

[Min PID feedback] PIF1

Minimum PID feedback.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PiF is not set to [Not Configured] no.

Setting Description
0...[Max PID feedback] PIF2 Setting range
Factory setting: 100

EAV64318 01/2015 449

Complete settings CSt-

[Max PID feedback] PIF2

Maximum PID feedback.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PiF is not set to [Not Configured] no.

Setting Description
[Min PID feedback] PIF1...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 1,000

[PID feedback] rPF

Value for PID feedback, display only.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PiF is not set to [Not Configured] no.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[Min Fbk Warning] PAL

Minimum feedback level warning.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PiF is not set to [Not Configured] no.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: 100

[Max Fbk Warning] PAH

Maximum feedback level warning.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PiF is not set to [Not Configured] no.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: 1,000

450 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Reference frequency] rF- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Fan] [PID controller] [Reference frequency]

About This Menu

NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Follow the instructions about the
compatibility of functions.

[Intern PID Ref] PII

Internal PID controller reference.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO The PID controller reference is given by [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 or
[Ref.1B channel] Fr1b with summing/subtraction/multiplication
functions. Refer to the block diagram (see page 256).
Factory setting
[Yes] YES The PID controller reference is internal via [Internal PID ref] rPI.

[Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1

Configuration reference frequency 1.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No, and
 [Intern PID Ref] PII is set to [No] NO.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
[AI1] AI1 Analog input AI1
Factory Setting
[AI2]...[AI3] AI2...AI3 Analog input AI2...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension
module has been inserted
[Ref Frequency via DI] UPdt Up/Down function is assigned by DIx
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module
has been inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus
module has been inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6]

[Min PID reference] PIP1

Minimum PID reference.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO.

Setting Description
[Min PID feedback] PIF1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range
Factory setting: 150

EAV64318 01/2015 451

Complete settings CSt-

[Max PID reference] PIP2

Maximum PID reference.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO.

Setting Description
[Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID feedback] PIF2 Setting range
Factory setting: 900

[Internal PID ref] rPI

Internal PID controller reference.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No, and
 [Intern PID Ref] PII is set to [Yes] YES.

Setting Description
[Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range
Factory setting: 150

[Auto/Manual assign.] PAU

Auto/Manual select input.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration

452 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Manual PID Reference] PIM

Manual PID reference.
Reference input in manual mode.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO, and
 [Auto/Manual assign.] PAU is not set to [No] nO.

The preset speeds are active on the manual reference if they have been configured.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension
module has been inserted
[Ref.Freq-Rmt.Term] LCC Display terminal source
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq- CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via Com Module
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet source
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6]

EAV64318 01/2015 453

Complete settings CSt-

[PID preset references] PrI- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Fan] [PID controller] [Reference frequency] [PID preset
references]

About This Menu

The function can be accessed if [PID feedback ass.] PIF is assigned.

[2 PID Preset Assign] Pr2

2 PID Preset assignment.
If the assigned input or bit is at 0, the function is inactive.
If the assigned input or bit is at 1, the function is active.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration
[DI1 (Low L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level
level)]...[DI6 (Low
level)]
[DI11 (Low L11L...L16L Digital input DI11...DI16 used at low level if VW3A3203 I/O extension
level)]...[DI16 module has been inserted
(Low level)]

[4 PID Preset Assign] Pr4

4 PID Preset assignment.
Identical to [2 PID Preset Assign] Pr2 (see page 454).
Verify that [2 PID Preset Assign] Pr2 has been assigned before assigning this function.

454 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Ref PID Preset 2] rP2

Second PID preset reference.
This parameter can be accessed only if [2 PID Preset Assign] Pr2 is assigned.

Setting Description
[Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range
Factory setting: 300

[Ref PID Preset 3] rP3

Third PID preset reference.
This parameter can be accessed only if [4 preset PID ref.] Pr4 is assigned.

Setting Description
[Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range
Factory setting: 600

[Ref PID Preset 4] rP4

Fourth PID preset reference.
This parameter can be accessed only if [2 preset PID ref.] Pr2 and [4 preset PID ref.] Pr4 are
assigned.

Setting Description
[Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range
Factory setting: 900

EAV64318 01/2015 455

Complete settings CSt-

[Reference frequency] rF- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Fan] [PID controller] [Reference frequency]

[Predictive Speed Ref] FPI

Speed reference assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension
module has been inserted
[Ref. Freq- Rmt.Term] LCC Reference frequency via remote terminal
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via communication module
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6]

[Speed input %] PSr

PID speed input % reference.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr.

Setting Description
1...100% Setting range
Factory setting: 100%

456 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Settings] St- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Fan] [PID controller] [Settings]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if [PID feedback ass.] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO.
NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Follow the instructions about the
compatibility of functions.

[PID Prop.Gain] rPG

Proportional gain.

Setting Description
0.01...100.00 Setting range
Factory setting: 1.00

[PID Intgl.Gain] rIG

Integral gain.

Setting Description
0.01...100.00 Setting range
Factory setting: 1.00

[PID derivative gain] rdG

Derivative gain.

Setting Description
0.00...100.00 Setting range
Factory setting: 0.00

[PID ramp] PrP

PID acceleration/deceleration ramp, defined to go from [Min PID reference] PIP1 to [Max PID
reference] PIP2 and conversely.

Setting Description
0.0...99.9 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 s

[PID Inversion] PIC

PID inversion.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
Factory setting
[YES] YES Yes

EAV64318 01/2015 457

Complete settings CSt-

[PID Min Output] POL

PID controller minimum output in Hz.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[PID Max Output] POH

PID controller maximum output in Hz.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 60.0 Hz

[PID error Warning] PEr

PID error warning.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: 100

[PID Integral OFF] PIS

Integral shunt.
If the assigned input or bit is at 0, the function is inactive (the PID integral is enabled).
If the assigned input or bit is at 1, the function is active (the PID integral is disabled).

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration

458 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[PID acceleration time] ACCP

PID: acceleration during start-up.
PID start ramp can be applied before starting the PID controller to allow reaching quickly the PID reference
without increasing PID gains. If configured, the [Start Accel Ramp] ACCS is applied up to [Low Speed]
LSP instead of [PID acceleration time] ACCP.

Setting Description

0.01...99,99 s (1) Setting range

Factory setting: 0.50 s
1 Range 0.01 to 99.99 s or 0.1 to 999.9 s or 1...6,000 s according to [Ramp increment] Inr.

[PID Start Ref Freq] SFS

PID: speed reference for start-up.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
If [PID Start Ref Freq] SFS is lower than [Low speed] LSP, this function
has no effect.
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

EAV64318 01/2015 459

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.26
[Fan] - [Feedback monitoring]

[Fan] - [Feedback monitoring]

[Feedback monitoring] FKM- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Fan] [Feedback monitoring]

About This Menu

Identical to [Feedback monitoring] FKM- Menu (see page 316).

460 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.27
[Fan] - [Jump frequency]

[Fan] - [Jump frequency]

[Jump frequency] JUF- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Fan] [Jump frequency]

About This Menu

This function helps to prevent prolonged operation within an adjustable range around the regulated
frequency.
This function can be used to help to prevent a speed, which could cause resonance, being reached. Setting
the function to 0 renders it inactive.

[Skip Frequency] JPF

Jump frequency.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[Skip Frequency 2] JF2

Jump frequency 2.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[3rd Skip Frequency] JF3

Jump frequency 3.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[Skip.Freq.Hysteresis] JFH
Jump frequency bandwidth.
This parameter can be accessed if at least one skip frequency JPF, JF2, or JF3 is different from 0.
Skip frequency range: between JPF – JFH and JPF + JFH for example.
This adjustment is common to the 3 frequencies JPF, JF2, JF3.

Setting Description
0.1...10.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 1.0 Hz

EAV64318 01/2015 461

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.28
[Fan]

[Fan]

[Fan] CSFA- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Fan]

[Auto Fault Reset] Atr

This function can be used to automatically perform individual or multiple Fault Resets. If the cause of the
error that has triggered the transition to the operating state Fault disappears within while this function is
active, the drive resumes normal operation. While the Fault Reset attempts are performed automatically,
the output signal [Operating state Fault] is not available. If the attempts to perform the Fault Reset are
not successful, the drive remains in the operating state Fault and the output signal [Operating state Fault]
becomes active.

WARNING
UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
 Verify that activating this function does not result in unsafe conditions.
 Verify that the fact that the output signal "Operating state Fault" is not available while this function is
active does not result in unsafe conditions.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

The drive error relay remains activated if this function is active. The speed reference and the operating
direction must be maintained.
It is recommended to use 2-wire control ([2/3-wire control] tCC is set to [2-Wire Control] 2C and [2-
wire type] tCt is set to [Level] LEL).
If the restart has not taken place once the configurable time [Fault Reset Time] tAr has elapsed, the
procedure is aborted and the drive remains locked until it is turned off and then on again.
The detected error codes, which permit this function, are listed.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Function inactive
Factory setting
[Yes] YES Automatic restart, after locking in error state, if the detected error has
disappeared and the other operating conditions permit the restart. The
restart is performed by a series of automatic attempts separated by
increasingly longer waiting periods: 1 s, 5 s, 10 s, then 1 minute for the
following attempts.

462 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Catch On Fly] FLr

Catch on the fly function assignment.
Used to enable a smooth restart if the run command is maintained after the following events:
 Loss of line supply or disconnection.
 Clearance of current detected error or automatic restart.
 Freewheel stop.

The speed given by the drive resumes from the estimated speed of the motor at the time of the restart, then
follows the ramp to the reference speed.
This function requires 2-wire level control.
When the function is operational, it activates at each run command, resulting in a slight delay of the current
(0.5 s max).
[Catch On Fly] FLr is forced to [No] nO if [Auto DC Injection] AdC is set to [Continuous] Ct.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Function inactive
Factory setting
[Yes] YES Function active

EAV64318 01/2015 463

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.29
[Generic functions] - [Speed limits]

[Generic functions] - [Speed limits]

[Speed limits] SLM- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Speed limits]

About This Menu

This function defines how the acceleration and deceleration are controlled during start and stop of the
pump.
The pump working area is within the speed range [Low Speed] LSP - [High Speed] HSP.
The minimum speed is provided by the pump manufacturer according to the application.
Running below the minimum speed and/or starting the pump with a long acceleration ramp time has an
impact on the lubrication of the seal, on the cooling of the impeller and the bearings.
A specific check-valve deceleration ramp is available to reduce any large variation of pressure that can
generate an instability of the valve.

When the pump starts, the pump accelerates up to [Low Speed] LSP according to [Start Accel Ramp]
ACCS.When the pump speed is above [Low Speed] LSP, the pump acceleration and deceleration are
managed according to [Acceleration] ACC and [Deceleration] DEC if no other function is activated.
When the pump stops:
 The pump decelerates down to [Check Valve Speed 2] CVHS according to [Deceleration] DEC
 The pump decelerates from [Check Valve Speed 2] CVHS to [Check Valve Speed 1] CVLS
according to [Dec. Check Valve] DECV
 The pump decelerates from [Check Valve Speed 1] CVLS to zero speed according to [Deceleration
on Stop] DECS
If [Start Accel Ramp] ACCS = 0, the start ramp is ignored and [Acceleration] ACC is used to start the
pump.
If [Dec. Check Valve] DECV = 0, the check-valve ramp is ignored and is used to decelerate down to
[Low Speed] LSP, then [Deceleration on Stop] DECS is used (see below).
If [Deceleration on Stop] DECS = 0, the normal deceleration [Deceleration] DEC is used to stop the
pump.

[Low Speed] LSP

Motor frequency at low speed.

Setting Description

0...500 Hz Setting range

Factory setting: 0 Hz

464 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[High Speed] HSP

Motor frequency at high speed.

Setting Description

0...500 Hz Setting range

Factory setting: 500 Hz

[Ref Freq Template] bSP

Low speed management (template).

Setting Code / Value Description

[Standard] bSd

F Frequency
R Reference

At reference = 0, the frequency = [Low speed] LSP

Factory setting
[Pedestal] bLS

F Frequency
R Reference

At reference = 0 to [Low speed] LSP, the frequency = [Low speed] LSP

EAV64318 01/2015 465

Complete settings CSt-

Setting Code / Value Description

[Deadband] bnS

F Frequency
R Reference

At reference = 0 to LSP the frequency = 0

[Deadband 0] bnS0

F Frequency
R Reference

This operation is the same as [Standard] bSd, except that in the following
cases at zero reference, the frequency = 0: The signal is less than [Min
value], which is greater than 0 (example: 1 Vdc on a 2–10 Vdc input). The
signal is greater than [Min value], which is greater than [Max value]
(example: 11 Vdc on a 10–0 Vdc input).
If the input range is configured as “bidirectional”, the operation remains
identical to [Standard] bSd.
This parameter defines how the speed reference is taken into account, for
analog inputs and pulse input only. In the case of the PID controller, this is
the PID output reference.
The limits are set by the [Low speed] LSP and [High speed] HSP
parameters

466 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.30
[Generic functions] - [Ramp]

[Generic functions] - [Ramp]

[Ramp] rAMP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Ramp]

[Ramp Type] rPt

Type of ramp.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Linear] LIn Linear ramp
Factory setting
[S-Ramp] S S ramp
[U-Ramp] U U ramp
[Customized] CUS Customer ramp

[Ramp increment] Inr

This parameter is valid for [Acceleration] ACC, [Deceleration] dEC, [Acceleration 2] AC2 and
[Deceleration 2] dE2.
This table presents the parameter settings:

Setting Code / Value Description

[0.01] 0.01 Ramp up to 99.99 seconds
[0.1] 0.1 Ramp up to 999.9 seconds
Factory setting
[1] 1 Ramp up to 6,000 seconds

[Acceleration] ACC
Time to accelerate from 0 to the [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS.
To have repeatability in ramps, the value of this parameter must be set according to the possibility of the
application.

Description
Setting

0.00...6,000.00 s (1) Setting range

Factory setting: 10.00 s
(1) Range 0.01 to 99.99 s or 0.1 to 999.9 s or 1 to 6,000 according to [Ramp increment] Inr

[Deceleration] dEC
Time to decelerate from the [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS to 0.
To have repeatability in ramps, the value of this parameter must be set according to the possibility of the
application.

Description
Setting

0.00...6,000.00 s (1) Setting range

Factory setting: 10.00 s
(1) Range 0.01 to 99.99 s or 0.1 to 999.9 s or 1 to 6,000 according to [Ramp increment] Inr

EAV64318 01/2015 467

Complete settings CSt-

[Begin Acc round] tA1

Rounding of start of acceleration ramp as a % of the [Acceleration] ACC or [Acceleration 2] AC2 ramp
time.
Can be set from 0 to 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if the [Ramp type] rPt is set to [Customized] CUS.

Setting Description
0...100% Setting range
Factory setting: 10%

[End Acc round] tA2

Rounding of end of acceleration ramp as a % of the [Acceleration] ACC or [Acceleration 2] AC2 ramp
time.
Can be set between 0 and (100% - [Begin Acc round] tA1).
This parameter can be accessed if the [Ramp type] rPt is set to [Customized] CUS.

Setting Description
0...100% Setting range
Factory setting: 10%

[Begin Dec round] tA3

Rounding of start of deceleration ramp as a % of the [Deceleration] dEC or [Deceleration 2] dE2 ramp
time.
Can be set from 0 to 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if the [Ramp type] rPt is set to [Customized] CUS.

Setting Description
0...100% Setting range
Factory setting: 10%

[End Dec round] tA4

Rounding of end of deceleration ramp as a % of the [Deceleration] dEC or [Deceleration 2] dE2 ramp
time.
Can be set between 0 and (100% - [Begin Dec round] tA3).
This parameter can be accessed if the [Ramp type] rPt is [Customized] CUS.

Setting Description
0...100% Setting range
Factory setting: 10%

468 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Dec.Ramp Adapt] brA

Deceleration ramp adaptation.

NOTICE
DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR
Only set this parameter to YES or nO if the connected motor is a permanent magnet synchronous
motor. Other settings demagnetize permanent magnet synchronous motors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

Activating this function automatically adapts the deceleration ramp, if this has been set at a too low value
according to the inertia of the load, which can cause an overvoltage detected error.
The function is incompatible with applications requiring:
 Positioning on a ramp
 The use of a braking resistor (the resistor would not operate correctly).

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Function inactive
[Yes] YES Function active, for applications that do not require strong deceleration
Factory setting
[High torq. A] dYnA Addition of a constant current flow component.
The [High torq. A] dYnA selection appears depending on the rating of
the drive and [Motor control type] Ctt. It enables stronger deceleration
to be obtained than with [Yes] YES. Use comparative testing to determine
your selection
When [Dec.Ramp Adapt] brA is configured on [High torq. x] dYnx,
the dynamic performances for braking are improved by the addition of a
current flow component. The aim is to increase the iron loss and magnetic
energy stored in the motor.

EAV64318 01/2015 469

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.31
[Generic functions] - [Ramp switching]

[Generic functions] - [Ramp switching]

[Ramp switching] rpt- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Ramp switching]

[Ramp 2 Thd] Frt

Ramp 2 frequency threshold
The second ramp is switched if the value of [Ramp 2 Thd] Frt is not 0 (0 deactivates the function) and
the output frequency is greater than [Ramp 2 Thd] Frt.
Threshold ramp switching can be combined with [Ramp Switch Assign] rPS switching as follows:

DI or Bit Frequency Ramp

0 < Frt ACC, dEC
0 > Frt ACC, dE2
1 < Frt ACC, dE2
1 > Frt ACC, dE2

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz according to the drive Setting range
rating Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[Ramp Switch Assign] rPS

Ramp switching.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16, if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus serial in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet
ModbusTCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet
ModbusTCP regardless of configuration

470 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Acceleration 2] AC2
Acceleration 2 ramp time.
Time to accelerate from 0 to the [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS. To have repeatability in ramps, the value
of this parameter must be set according to the possibility of the application.
This parameter can be accessed if [Ramp 2 Thd] Frt is greater than 0 or if [Ramp Switch Assign]
rPS is assigned.

Setting Description

0.0...6,000 s (1) Setting range

Factory setting: 5.0 s
(1) Range 0.01 to 99.99 s or 0.1 to 999.9 s or 1...6,000 s according to [Ramp increment] Inr.

[Deceleration 2] dE2
Time to decelerate from the [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS to 0. To have repeatability in ramps, the value
of this parameter must be set according to the possibility of the application.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Ramp 2 Thd] Frt is greater than 0, or
 [Ramp Switch Assign] rPS is assigned.

Setting Description

0.0...6,000 s (1) Setting range

Factory setting: 5.0 s
(1) Range 0.01 to 99.99 s or 0.1 to 999.9 s or 1...6,000 s according to [Ramp increment] Inr.

EAV64318 01/2015 471

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.32
[Generic functions] - [Stop configuration]

[Generic functions] - [Stop configuration]

[Stop configuration] Stt- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Stop configuration]

About This Menu

NOTE: Some types of stops cannot be used with all other functions. Follow the instructions

[Type of stop] Stt

Normal stop mode.
Stop mode on disappearance of the run command or appearance of a stop command.
NOTE: If [Low speed time out] tLS is not 0, only ramp type stops may be configured.

Setting Code / Value Description

[On Ramp] rMP Stop on ramp
Factory setting
[Fast stop] FSt Fast stop
[Freewheel] nSt Freewheel stop
[DC injection] dCI DC injection stop. Available only if [Motor control type] Ctt is not set to [SYN_U
VC] SYnU.

[Freewheel stop ass.] nSt

Freewheel stop.
The stop is activated when the input or the bit changes to 0. If the input returns to state 1 and the run
command is still active, the motor will only restart if [2/3-wire control] tCC is set to [2-Wire Control] 2C
and if [2-wire type] tCt is set to [Level] LEL or [Fwd priority] PFO. If not, a new run command must
be sent.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration

472 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Setting Code / Value Description

[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile]
IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of
configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP
in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP
regardless of configuration

[Freewheel stop Thd] FFt

Freewheel stop threshold.
Speed threshold below which the motor will switch to freewheel stop.
This parameter supports switching from a ramp stop or a fast stop to a freewheel stop below a low speed
threshold.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Type of stop] Stt is set to [Fast stop] FSt or [Ramp stop] rMP, and
 [Auto DC Injection] AdC is configured.

Setting Description
0.2...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.2 Hz

[Fast stop ass.] FSt

Fast stop.
The stop is activated when the input changes to 0 or the bit changes to 1 (bit in [I/O profile] IO at 0).
If the input returns to state 1 and the run command is still active, the motor will only restart if [2/3-wire
control] tCC is set to [2-Wire Control] 2C and if [2-wire type] tCt is set to [Level] LEL or [Fwd
priority] PFO.
If not, a new run command must be sent.
NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Follow the instructions about the
compatibility of functions.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration

EAV64318 01/2015 473

Complete settings CSt-

[Ramp Divider] dCF

Fast Stop deceleration ramp reduction coefficient.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Type of stop] Stt is set to [Fast stop] FSt, and
 [Fast stop assign.] FSt is not set to [No] nO, and
 [Stop type] PAS is set to [Fast stop] FSt.

The ramp that is enabled ([Deceleration] dEC or [Deceleration 2] dE2) is then divided by this
coefficient when stop requests are sent.
Value 0 corresponds to a minimum ramp time.

Setting Description
0...10 Setting range
Factory setting: 4

[DC Injection Assign] dCI

DC injection brake assignment.

WARNING
UNINTENDED MOVEMENT
 Do not use DC injection to generate holding torque when the motor is at a standstill.
 Use a holding brake to keep the motor in the standstill position.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

DC injection braking is initiated when the assigned input or bit changes to state 1.
If the input returns to state 0 and the run command is still active, the motor will only restart if [2/3-wire
control] tCC is set to [2-Wire Control] 2C and if [2-wire type] tCt is set to [Level] LEL or [Fwd
priority] PFO. If not, a new run command must be sent.
NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Follow the instructions about the
compatibility of functions.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration

474 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[DC inject. level 1] IdC

DC injection current.

NOTICE
OVERHEATING AND DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR
Verify that the connected motor is properly rated for the DC injection current to be applied in terms of
amount and time in order to avoid overheating and damage to the motor.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

Level of DC injection braking current activated via digital input or selected as stop mode.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Type of stop] Stt is set to [DC injection] dCI, or
 [DC.Brake DI] dCI is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description

0.1...1.41 In (1) Setting range

This setting is independent of the [Auto DC Injection] AdC- function.
Factory setting: 0.64 In (1)
(1) In corresponds to the rated drive current indicated in the Installation Manual and on the drive nameplate.

[DC injection time 1] tdI

DC injection time 1.

NOTICE
OVERHEATING AND DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR
Verify that the connected motor is properly rated for the DC injection current to be applied in terms of
amount and time in order to avoid overheating and damage to the motor.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

Maximum current injection time [DC inject. level 1] IdC. After this time, the injection current becomes
[DC inject. level 2] IdC2.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Type of stop] Stt is set to [DC injection] dCI, or
 [DC.Brake DI] dCI is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
0.1...30 s Setting range
This setting is independent of the [Auto DC Injection] AdC- function.
Factory setting: 0.5 s

EAV64318 01/2015 475

Complete settings CSt-

[DC inject. level 2] IdC2

DC injection current 2.

NOTICE
OVERHEATING AND DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR
Verify that the connected motor is properly rated for the DC injection current to be applied in terms of
amount and time in order to avoid overheating and damage to the motor.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

Injection current activated by digital input or selected as stop mode once period [DC injection time 1]
tdI has elapsed.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [Type of stop] Stt is set to [DC injection] dCI, or
 [DC.Brake DI] dCI is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description

0.1 In (1)
...[DC inject. level 1] IdC Setting range
This setting is independent of the [Auto DC Injection] AdC- function.
Factory setting: 0.5 In (1)
(1) In corresponds to the rated drive current indicated in the Installation Manual and on the drive nameplate.

[DC Inj Time 2] tdC

2nd DC injection time.

NOTICE
OVERHEATING AND DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR
Verify that the connected motor is properly rated for the DC injection current to be applied in terms of
amount and time in order to avoid overheating and damage to the motor.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

Maximum injection time [DC inject. level 2] IdC2 for injection, selected as stop mode only.
This parameter can be accessed if [Type of stop] Stt is set to [DC injection] dCI.

Setting Description
0.1...30 s Setting range
This setting is independent of the [Auto DC Injection] AdC- function.
Factory setting: 0.5 s

[SwitchOnDisable Stp] dOtd

Disable operation stop mode.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Freewheel Stop] nSt Disable drive function
[Ramp Stop] rMP Ramp stop then disable drive function
Factory setting

476 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.33
[Generic functions] - [Auto DC injection]

[Generic functions] - [Auto DC injection]

[Auto DC injection] AdC- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Auto DC injection]

About This Menu

This menu presents the automatic injection of motor current function. This is used to hold the rotor of the
motor at the end of the deceleration ramp.

[Auto DC Injection] AdC

Automatic DC Injection.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
If the parameter [Auto DC Injection] ADC is set to [Continuous] Ct, DC injection is always active,
even if the motor does not run.
 Verify that using this setting does not result in unsafe conditions.

Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
UNINTENDED MOVEMENT
 Do not use DC injection to generate holding torque when the motor is at a standstill.
 Use a holding brake to keep the motor in the standstill position.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

Automatic current injection on stopping (at the end of the ramp).

NOTE: There is an interlock between this function and [Motor fluxing] FLU. If [Motor fluxing] FLU is
set to [Continuous] FCt, [Auto DC Injection] AdC must be [No] nO.
[Auto DC Injection] AdC is forced to [No] nO when [Brake assignment] bLC is not set to [No] nO.
This parameter gives rise to the injection of current even if a run command has not been sent.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No injection
[Yes] YES Adjustable injection time
Factory setting
[Continuous] Ct Continuous standstill injection

EAV64318 01/2015 477

Complete settings CSt-

[Auto DC inj Level 1] SdC1

Auto DC injection level 1.

NOTICE
OVERHEATING AND DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR
Verify that the connected motor is properly rated for the DC injection current to be applied in terms of
amount and time in order to avoid overheating and damage to the motor.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

Level of standstill DC injection current [Auto DC Injection] AdC is not [No] nO.

Setting Description

0...1.2 In (1) Setting range

Factory setting: 0.7 In (1)
(1) In corresponds to the rated drive current indicated in the Installation Manual and on the drive nameplate.

[Auto DC Inj Time 1] tdC1

Auto DC injection time 1.

NOTICE
OVERHEATING AND DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR
Verify that the connected motor is properly rated for the DC injection current to be applied in terms of
amount and time in order to avoid overheating and damage to the motor.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

This parameter can be accessed if [Auto DC Injection] AdC is not set to [No] nO.
If [Motor control type] Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU, this time corresponds to the zero speed
maintenance time.

Setting Description
0.1...30.0 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0.5 s

[Auto DC inj Level 2] SdC2

Auto DC injection level 2.

NOTICE
OVERHEATING AND DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR
Verify that the connected motor is properly rated for the DC injection current to be applied in terms of
amount and time in order to avoid overheating and damage to the motor.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

Second level of standstill DC injection current.

This parameter can be accessed if [Auto DC Injection] AdC is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description

0...1.2 In (1) Setting range

Factory setting: 0.5 In (1)
(1) In corresponds to the rated drive current indicated in the Installation Manual and on the drive nameplate.

478 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Auto DC Inj Time 2] tdC2

Auto DC injection time 2.

NOTICE
OVERHEATING AND DAMAGE TO THE MOTOR
Verify that the connected motor is properly rated for the DC injection current to be applied in terms of
amount and time in order to avoid overheating and damage to the motor.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

Second standstill injection time.

This parameter can be accessed if [Auto DC Injection] AdC is set to [YES] Yes.

AdC SdC2 Operation

YES x

Ct 0

Ct =0

Run command

Speed

Setting Description
0.0...30.0 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 s

EAV64318 01/2015 479

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.34
[Generic functions] - [Ref. operations]

[Generic functions] - [Ref. operations]

[Ref. operations] OAI- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Ref. operations]

About This Menu

Summing input / subtraction input / multiplier

A (Fr1 or Fr1b + SA2 + SA3 - dA2 - dA3) x MA2 x MA3

NOTE:
 If SA2, SA3, dA2, dA3 are not assigned, they are set to 0.
 If MA2, MA3 are not assigned, they are set to 1.
 A is limited by the minimum LSP and maximum HSP parameters.
 For a multiplication, the signal on MA2 or MA3 is interpreted as a %. 100% corresponds to the
maximum value of the corresponding input. If MA2 or MA3 is sent via the communication bus or
Graphic Display Terminal, an MFr multiplication variable must be sent via the bus or Graphic Display
Terminal.
 Reversal of the direction of operation in the event of a negative result can be blocked (see [Reverse
Disable] rIn).

[Summing Input 2] SA2

Summing input 2.
Selection of a reference to be added to [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 or [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
[AI1] AI1 Analog input AI1
Factory Setting
[AI2]...[AI3] AI2...AI3 Analog input AI2...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension
module has been inserted
[Ref Frequency via DI] UPdt Up/Down function is assigned by DIx
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen
module has been inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus
module has been inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6]

480 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Summing Input 3] SA3

Summing input 3.
Selection of a reference to be added to [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 or [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b.
Identical to [Summing Input 2] SA2

[Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA2

Subtract reference frequency 2.
Selection of a reference to be subtracted from [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 or [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b.
Identical to [Summing Input 2] SA2

[Subtract Ref Freq 3] dA3

Subtract reference frequency 3 (in % of the source range).
Selection of a reference to be subtracted from [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 or [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b.
Identical to [Summing Input 2] SA2.

[Ref Freq 2 Multiply] MA2

Reference frequency 2 multiply (in % of the source range).
Selection of a multiplier reference [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 or [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b.
Identical to [Summing Input 2] SA2.

[Ref Freq 3 Multiply] MA3

Reference frequency 3 multiply.
Selection of a multiplier reference [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 or [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b.
Identical to [Summing Input 2] SA2.

EAV64318 01/2015 481

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.35
[Generic functions] - [Preset speeds]

[Generic functions] - [Preset speeds]

[Preset speeds] PSS- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Preset speeds]

About This Menu

NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Follow the instructions about the
compatibility of functions.

Combination Table for Preset Speed Inputs

2, 4, 8 or 16 speeds can be preset, requiring 1, 2, 3 or 4 digital inputs respectively.
It is necessary to configure:
 2 and 4 speeds in order to obtain 4 speeds.
 2, 4 and 8 speeds in order to obtain 8 speeds.
 2, 4, 8 and 16 speeds in order to obtain 16 speeds.

16 Preset Freq 8 Preset Freq (PS8) 4 Preset Freq (PS4) 2 Preset Freq (PS2) Speed Reference
(PS16)
0 0 0 0 Reference 1 (1)
0 0 0 1 SP2
0 0 1 0 SP3
0 0 1 1 SP4
0 1 0 0 SP5
0 1 0 1 SP6
0 1 1 0 SP7
0 1 1 1 SP8
1 0 0 0 SP9
1 0 0 1 SP10
1 0 1 0 SP11
1 0 1 1 SP12
1 1 0 0 SP13
1 1 0 1 SP14
1 1 1 0 SP15
1 1 1 1 SP16

(1) Reference 1 = SP1, refer to diagram (see page 242)

482 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[2 Preset Freq] PS2

2 preset freq assignment.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration

[4 Preset Freq] PS4

4 preset freq assignment.
Identical to [2 Preset Freq] PS2
To obtain 4 speeds, you must also configure 2 speeds.

[8 Preset Freq] PS8

8 preset freq assignment.
Identical to [2 Preset Freq] PS2
To obtain 8 speeds, you must also configure 2 and 4 speeds.

[16 Preset Freq] PS16

16 preset freq assignment.
Identical to [2 Preset Freq] PS2
To obtain 8 speeds, you must also configure 2 and 4 speeds.

[Preset speed 2] SP2

Preset speed 2. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 482).

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 Hz

EAV64318 01/2015 483

Complete settings CSt-

[Preset speed 3] SP3

Preset speed 3. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 482).

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 15.0 Hz

[Preset speed 4] SP4

Preset speed 4. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 482).

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 Hz

[Preset speed 5] SP5

Preset speed 5. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 482).

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 25.0 Hz

[Preset speed 6] SP6

Preset speed 6. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 482).

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 30.0 Hz

[Preset speed 7] SP7

Preset speed 7. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 482).

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 35.0 Hz

[Preset speed 8] SP8

Preset speed 8. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 482).

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 40.0 Hz

[Preset speed 9] SP9

Preset speed 9. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 482).

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 45.0 Hz

484 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Preset speed 10] SP10

Preset speed 10. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 482).

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 50.0 Hz

[Preset speed 11] SP11

Preset speed 11. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 482).

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 55.0 Hz

[Preset speed 12] SP12

Preset speed 12. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 482).

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 60.0 Hz

[Preset speed 13] SP13

Preset speed 13. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 482).

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 70.0 Hz

[Preset speed 14] SP14

Preset speed 14. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 482).

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 80.0 Hz

[Preset speed 15] SP15

Preset speed 15 See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 482).

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 90.0 Hz

[Preset speed 16] SP16

Preset speed 16. See the combination table for preset speed inputs (see page 482).

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 100.0 Hz

EAV64318 01/2015 485

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.36
[Generic functions] - [+/- speed]

[Generic functions] - [+/- speed]

[+/- speed] Upd- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [+/- speed]

About This Menu

This function can be accessed if reference channel [Config Ref Freq 2] Fr2 is set to [Ref Frequency
via DI] UPdt
NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Follow the instructions about the
compatibility of functions.
2 types of operations are available:
 Use of single action keys: 2 digital inputs are required in addition to the operating directions.
The input assigned to the “+ speed” command increases the speed, the input assigned to the “– speed”
command decreases the speed.
 Use of double action keys: Only one digital input assigned to “+ speed” is required.

+/– speed with double-press buttons:

Description: 1 button pressed twice (2 steps) for each direction of rotation. A contact closes each time the
button is pressed.

Setting Released (– Speed) First Press (Speed Second Press (Faster)

Maintained)
Forward button – a a and b
Reverse button – c c and d

DI1 Forward
DIx Reverse
DIy + speed

486 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Do not use this +/– speed type with a 3-wire control.

Whichever type of operation is selected, the max. speed is set by [High speed] HSP.
NOTE: If the reference is switched via [Freq Switch Assign] rFC from any reference channel to another
reference channel with "+/– speed", the value of reference [Motor Frequency] rFr (after ramp) may be
copied at the same time in accordance with the [Copy Ch1-Ch2] COP parameter.
If the reference is switched via [Freq Switch Assign] rFC from one reference channel to any other
reference channel with "+/– speed", the value of reference [Motor Frequency] rFr (after ramp) is
copied at the same time.
This helps to prevent the speed from being incorrectly reset to zero when switching takes place.

[+ Speed Assign] USP

Increase speed input assignment.
Function active if the assigned input or bit is at 1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet
ModbusTCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet
ModbusTCP regardless of configuration

EAV64318 01/2015 487

Complete settings CSt-

[- Speed Assign] dSP

Down speed input assignment. See the assignment conditions.
Parameter settings identical to [+ Speed Assign] USP.
Function active if the assigned input or bit is at 1.

[Ref Frequency Save] Str

Reference frequency saves. This parameter can be accessed if [+ Speed Assign] USP is not set to [Not
Assigned] nO.
Associated with the "+/– speed" function, this parameter can be used to save the reference:
 When the run commands disappear (saved to RAM).
 When the supply mains or the run commands disappear (saved to EEPROM).

Therefore, next time the drive starts up, the speed reference is the last reference frequency saved.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No save] nO Not saved
Factory setting
[Save to RAM] rAM +/- speed with saving of the reference frequency in RAM
[Save to EEprom] EEP +/- speed with saving of the reference frequency in EEPROM

488 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.37
[Generic functions] - [Jump frequency]

[Generic functions] - [Jump frequency]

[Jump frequency] JUF- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Jump frequency]

About This Menu

Identical to [Jump frequency] JUF- Menu (see page 461).

EAV64318 01/2015 489

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.38
[Generic functions] - [PID controller]

[Generic functions] - [PID controller]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[PID controller] PId- Overview 491
[Feedback] Fdb- Menu 494
[Reference frequency] rF- Menu 500
[PID preset references] PrI- Menu 503
[Reference frequency] rF- Menu 505
[Settings] St- Menu 506

490 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[PID controller] PId- Overview

About This Menu

NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Follow the instructions about the
compatibility of functions.

Block Diagram
The function is activated by assigning an analog input to the PID feedback (measurement).
The PID feedback needs to be assigned to one of the analog inputs AI1 to AI5 or a pulse input, according
to whether any I/O extension module has been inserted.
The PID reference needs to be assigned to the following parameters:
 Preset references via digital inputs ([Ref PID Preset 2] rP2, [Ref PID Preset 3] rP3, [Ref PID
Preset 4]rP4).
 In accordance with the configuration of [Intern PID Ref] PII:
 [Internal PID ref] rPI, or
 Reference A [Config Ref Freq 1] Fr1 or [Ref.1B channel] Fr1b.

Combination Table for Preset PID References:

DI (Pr4) DI (Pr2) Pr2 = nO Reference

rPI or Fr1b
0 0 rPI or Fr1b
0 1 rP2
1 0 rP3
1 1 rP4

A predictive speed reference can be used to initialize the speed on restarting the process.
Scaling of feedback and references:
 [Min PID feedback] PIF1, [Max PID feedback] PIF2 parameters can be used to scale the PID
feedback (sensor range). This scale MUST be maintained for all other parameters.
 [Min PID Process] PIP1, [Max PID Process] PIP2 parameters can be used to scale the
adjustment range, for example the reference. The adjustment range MUST remain within the sensor
range.
The maximum value of the scaling parameters is 32,767. To facilitate the installation, it is recommended
to use values as close as possible to this maximum level, while retaining powers of 10 in relation to the
actual values. The scaling is without unit if [Type of control] tOCt is set to [NA] nA, in % if set to
[OTHER] OtHEr, in process unit if set [toPRESSURE] PrESS or [FLOW] FLOW.

EAV64318 01/2015 491

Complete settings CSt-

Example
Adjustment of the volume in a tank, 6...15 m3.
3 3
 Probe used 4-20 mA, 4.5 m for 4 mA and 20 m for 20 mA, with the result that PIF1 = 4,500 and
PIF2 = 20,000.
3
 Adjustment range 6 to 15 m , with the result that PIP1 = 6,000 (min. reference) and PIP2 = 15,000
(max. reference).
 Example references:
 rP1 (internal reference) = 9,500
 rP2 (preset reference) = 6,500
 rP3 (preset reference) = 8,000
 rP4 (preset reference) = 11,200

Other parameters:
 Reversal of the direction of correction [PID Inversion] PIC. If [PID Inversion] PIC is set to [No]
nO, the speed of the motor increases when the detected error is positive (for example pressure control
with a compressor). If [PID Inversion] PIC is set to [Yes] YES, the speed of the motor decreases
when the detected error is positive (for example temperature control using a cooling fan).
 The integral gain may be short-circuited by a digital input.
 A warning on the [PID feedback] PiF may be configured.
 A warning on the [PID error] rPE may be configured.

"Manual - Automatic" Operation with PID

This function combines the PID controller, the preset speeds, and a manual reference. Depending on the
state of the digital input, the speed reference is given by the preset speeds or by a manual reference input
via the PID function.
Manual PID reference [Manual PID reference] PIM:
 Analog inputs AI1 to AI5
 Pulse inputs

Predictive speed reference [Predictive Speed Ref] FPI:

 [AI1] AI1: analog input
 [AI2] AI2: analog input
 [AI3] AI3: analog input
 [AI4] AI4: analog input
 [AI5] AI5: analog input
 [DI5 PulseInput Assignment] PI5: pulse input
 [DI6 PulseInput Assignment] PI6: pulse input
 [Ref.Freq-Rmt.Term] LCC: Graphic Display Terminal
 [Modbus] Mdb: integrated Modbus
 [CANopen] CAn: CANopen®
 [Com. card] nEt: fieldbus option module (if inserted)
 [Embedded Ethernet] EtH: integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP

492 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Setting Up the PID controller

1. Configuration in PID mode.
Refer to the Block Diagram (see page 491).
2. Perform a test in factory settings mode.
To optimize the drive, adjust [PID Prop.Gain] rPG or [PID Intgl.Gain] rIG gradually and
independently, and observe the effect on the PID feedback in relation to the reference.
3. If the factory settings are unstable or the reference is incorrect.

Step Action
1 Perform a test with a speed reference in Manual mode (without PID controller) and with the drive on load
for the speed range of the system:
 In steady state, the speed must be stable and comply with the reference, and the PID feedback signal
must be stable.
 In transient state, the speed must follow the ramp and stabilize quickly, and the PID feedback must
follow the speed. If not, see the settings for the drive and/or sensor signal and wiring.
2 Switch to PID mode.
3 Set [PID ramp] PrP to the minimum permitted by the mechanism without triggering an [DC Bus
Overvoltage] ObF.
4 Set the integral gain [PID Intgl.Gain] rIG to minimum.
5 Leave the derivative gain [PID derivative gain] rdG at 0.
6 Observe the PID feedback and the reference.
7 Switch the drive ON/OFF a number of times or vary the load or reference rapidly a number of times.
8 Set the proportional gain [PID Prop.Gain] rPG in order to ascertain the compromise between
response time and stability in transient phases (slight overshoot and 1 to 2 oscillations before
stabilizing).
9 If the reference varies from the preset value in steady state, gradually increase the integral gain [PID
Intgl.Gain] rIG, reduce the proportional gain [PID Prop.Gain] rPG in the event of instability (pump
applications), find a compromise between response time and static precision (see diagram).
10 Lastly, the derivative gain may permit the overshoot to be reduced and the response time to be
improved, although this is more difficult to obtain a compromise in terms of stability, as it depends on 3
gains.
11 Perform in-production tests over the whole reference range.

The oscillation frequency depends on the system kinematics:

Parameter Rise time Overshoot Stabilization time Static Error

rPG + -- + = -
rIG + - ++ + --
rdG + = - - =

EAV64318 01/2015 493

Complete settings CSt-

[Feedback] Fdb- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [PID controller] [Feedback]

About This Menu

NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Follow the instructions about the
compatibility of functions.

[Type of Control] tOCt

Type of control for the PID = unit choice.

Setting Code / Value Description

[nA] nA Nothing special
Factory setting
[Pressure] PrEss Pressure control and unit
[Flow] Flow Flow control and unit
[Other] Other Other control and unit

[PID Feedback] PIF

PID controller feedback.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension
module has been inserted
[AI Virtual 1] AIU1 Virtual analogic input 1
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6]

[AI1 Type] AI1t

Configuration of analog input AI1.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA

[AI1 min value] UIL1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1, and
 [AI1 Type] AI1t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc

494 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 max value] UIH1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1, and
 [AI1 Type] AI1t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc

[AI1 min. value] CrL1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1, and
 [AI1 Type] AI1t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AI1 max. value] CrH1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI1] AI1, and
 [AI Type] AI1t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

[AI2 Type] AI2t

Configuration of analog input AI2.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[Water Prob] leuel Water level
[3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires

[AI2 min value] UIL2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2, and
 [AI2 Type] AI2t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 494).

EAV64318 01/2015 495

Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 max value] UIH2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2, and
 [AI2 Type] AI2t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 495).

[AI2 min. value] CrL2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2, and
 [AI2 Type] AI2t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 495).

[AI2 max. value] CrH2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI2] AI2, and
 [AI2 Type] AI2t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 495).

[AI3 Type] AI3t

Configuration of analog input AI3.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3.
Identical to [AI2 Type] AI2t (see page 495) with factory setting: [Current] 0A.

[AI3 min value] UIL3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3, and
 [AI3 Type] AI3t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 494).

[AI3 max value] UIH3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3, and
 [AI3 Type] AI3t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 495).

[AI3 min. value] CrL3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3, and
 [AI3 Type] AI3t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 495).

[AI3 max. value] CrH3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI3] AI3, and
 [AI3 Type] AI3t is not set to [Current] 0A.

496 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 495).

[AI4 Type] AI4t

Configuration of analog input AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted, and
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc
Factory setting
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)

[AI4 min value] UIL4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4, and
 [AI4 Type] AI4t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 494).

[AI4 max value] UIH4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4, and
 [AI4 Type] AI4t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 495).

[AI4 min. value] CrL4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4, and
 [AI4 Type] AI4t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 495).

[AI4 max. value] CrH4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI4] AI4, and
 [AI4 Type] AI4t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 495).

EAV64318 01/2015 497

Complete settings CSt-

[AI5 Type] AI5t

Configuration of analog input AI5.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted, and
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5.

Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t.

[AI5 min value] UIL5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5, and
 [AI4 Type] AI5t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 494).

[AI5 max value] UIH5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5, and
 [AI4 Type] AI5t is not set to [Voltage] 10U.

Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 495).

[AI5 min. value] CrL5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5, and
 [AI5 Type] AI5t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 495).

[AI5 max. value] CrH5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is set to [AI5] AI5, and
 [AI5 Type] AI5t is not set to [Current] 0A.

Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 495).

[Min PID feedback] PIF1

Minimum PID feedback.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No.

Setting Description
0...[Max PID feedback] PIF2 Setting range
Factory setting: 100

[Max PID feedback] PIF2

Maximum PID feedback.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No.

Setting Description
[Min PID feedback] PIF1...32,767 Setting range
Factory setting: 1,000

498 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[PID feedback] rPF

Value for PID feedback, display only.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[Min Fbk Warning] PAL

Minimum feedback level warning.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: 100

[Max Fbk Warning] PAH

Maximum feedback level warning.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: 1,000

EAV64318 01/2015 499

Complete settings CSt-

[Reference frequency] rF- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [PID controller] [Reference frequency]

About This Menu

NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Follow the instructions about the
compatibility of functions.

[Intern PID Ref] PII

Internal PID reference.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO The PID controller reference is given by [Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1 or
[Ref.1B channel] Fr1b with summing/subtraction/multiplication
functions. Refer to the block diagram (see page 256).
Factory setting
[Yes] YES The PID controller reference is internal via [Internal PID ref] rPI.

[Ref Freq 1 Config] Fr1

Configuration reference frequency 1.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No, and
 [Intern PID Ref] PII is set to [No] NO.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
[AI1] AI1 Analog input AI1
Factory Setting
[AI2]...[AI3] AI2...AI3 Analog input AI2...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has
been inserted
[Ref Frequency via DI] UPdt Up/Down function is assigned by DIx
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has
been inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module
has been inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment
On DI6]

[Min PID reference] PIP1

Minimum PID reference.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No.

Setting Description
[Min PID feedback] PIF1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range
Factory setting: 150

500 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Max PID reference] PIP2

Maximum PID reference.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No.

Setting Description
[Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID feedback] PIF2 Setting range
Factory setting: 900

[Internal PID ref] rPI

Internal PID reference.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No, and
 [Intern PID Ref] PII is set to [Yes] YES.

Setting Description
[Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range
Factory setting: 150

[Auto/Manual assign.] PAU

Auto/Manual select input.
This parameter can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration

EAV64318 01/2015 501

Complete settings CSt-

[Manual PID Reference] PIM

Manual PID reference.
Reference input in manual mode.
This parameter can be accessed if:
 [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] nO, and
 [Auto/Manual assign.] PAU is not set to [No] nO.

The preset speeds are active on the manual reference if they have been configured.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O
extension module has been inserted
[Ref.Freq-Rmt.Term] LCC Display terminal source
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq- CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via Com Module
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet source
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6]

502 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[PID preset references] PrI- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [PID controller] [Reference frequency] [PID
preset references]

About This Menu

The function can be accessed if [PID feedback ass.] PIF is assigned.

[2 PID Preset Assign] Pr2

2 PID Preset assignment.
If the assigned input or bit is at 0, the function is inactive.
If the assigned input or bit is at 1, the function is active.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration
[DI1 (Low L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level
level)]...[DI6 (Low
level)]
[DI11 (Low L11L...L16L Digital input DI11...DI16 used at low level if VW3A3203 I/O extension
level)]...[DI16 module has been inserted
(Low level)]

[4 PID Preset Assign] Pr4

4 PID Preset assignment.
Identical to [2 PID Preset Assign] Pr2 (see page 503).
Verify that [2 PID Preset Assign] Pr2 has been assigned before assigning this function.

EAV64318 01/2015 503

Complete settings CSt-

[Ref PID Preset 2] rP2

Second PID preset reference.
This parameter can be accessed only if [2 PID Preset Assign] Pr2 is assigned.

Setting Description
[Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range
Factory setting: 300

[Ref PID Preset 3] rP3

Third PID preset reference.
This parameter can be accessed only if [4 PID Preset Assign] Pr4 is assigned.

Setting Description
[Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range
Factory setting: 600

[Ref PID Preset 4] rP4

Fourth PID preset reference.
This parameter can be accessed only if [4 PID Preset Assign] Pr4 and [2 PID Preset Assign] Pr2
are assigned.

Setting Description
[Min PID reference] PIP1...[Max PID reference] PIP2 Setting range
Factory setting: 900

504 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Reference frequency] rF- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [PID controller] [Reference frequency]

[Predictive Speed Ref] FPI

Predictive speed reference.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[AI1]...[AI3] AI1...AI3 Analog input AI1...AI3
[AI4]...[AI5] AI4...AI5 Analog input AI4...AI5 if VW3A3203 I/O extension
module has been inserted
[Ref.Freq-Rmt.Term] LCC Reference frequency via remote terminal
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq- CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen
[Ref. Freq-Com. Module] nEt Reference frequency via communication module
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet
[PulseInput Assignment On PI5...PI6 Digital input DI5...DI6 used as pulse input
DI5]...[PulseInput Assignment On DI6]

[Speed Input %] PSr

PID speed input % reference.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr.

Setting Description
1...100% Setting range
Factory setting: 100%

EAV64318 01/2015 505

Complete settings CSt-

[Settings] St- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [PID controller] [Settings]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if [PID Feedback] PIF is not set to [Not Configured] No.
NOTE: This function cannot be used with some other functions. Follow the instructions about the
compatibility of functions.

[PID Prop.Gain] rPG

PID proportional gain.

Setting Description
0.01...100.00 Setting range
Factory setting: 1.00

[PI Intgl.Gain] rIG

Integral gain.

Setting Description
0.01...100.00 Setting range
Factory setting: 1.00

[PID derivative gain] rdG

Derivative gain.

Setting Description
0.00...100.00 Setting range
Factory setting: 0.00

[PID ramp] PrP

PID acceleration/deceleration ramp, defined to go from [Min PID reference] PIP1 to [Max PID
reference] PIP2 and conversely.

Setting Description
0.0...99.9 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 s

[PID Inversion] PIC

PID inversion.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
Factory setting
[YES] YES Yes

506 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[PID Min Output] POL

PID controller minimum output in Hz.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[PID Max Output] POH

PID controller maximum output in Hz.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 60.0 Hz

[PID Error Warning] PEr

PID error warning.

Setting Description
0...65,535 Setting range
Factory setting: 100

[PID Integral OFF] PIS

Integral shunt.
If the assigned input or bit is at 0, the function is inactive (the PID integral is enabled).
If the assigned input or bit is at 1, the function is active (the PID integral is disabled).

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration

EAV64318 01/2015 507

Complete settings CSt-

[PID acceleration time] ACCP

PID: acceleration during start-up.
PID start ramp can be applied before starting the PID controller to allow reaching quickly the PID reference
without increasing PID gains. If configured, the [Start Accel Ramp] ACCS is applied up to [Low Speed]
LSP instead of [PID acceleration time] ACCP.

Setting Description
0.01...99,99 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0.50 s
(1) Range 0.01 to 99.99 s or 0.1 to 999.9 s or 1 to 6,000 according to [Ramp increment] Inr

[PID Start Ref Freq] SFS

PID start reference frequency.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
If [PID Start Ref Freq] SFS is lower than [Low speed] LSP, this function
has no effect.
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

508 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.39
[Generic functions] - [Feedback mon.]

[Generic functions] - [Feedback mon.]

[Feedback monitoring] FKM- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Feedback monitoring]

About This Menu

Identical to [Feedback monitoring] FKM- Menu (see page 316).

EAV64318 01/2015 509

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.40
[Generic functions] - [Threshold reached]

[Generic functions] - [Threshold reached]

[Threshold reached] tHrE- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Threshold reached]

[Low I Threshold] CtdL

Current low threshold value.

Setting Description
0...65,535 A Setting range
Factory setting: 0 A

[High Current Thd] Ctd

Current high threshold value.

Setting Description
0...65,535 A Setting range
Factory setting: Drive nominal current

[Low Freq. Threshold] FtdL

Motor low frequency threshold.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[Motor Freq Thd] Ftd

Motor frequency threshold.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 50.0 Hz

[2 Freq. Threshold] F2dL

Motor low frequency second threshold.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[Freq. threshold 2] F2d

Motor frequency threshold 2.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 50.0 Hz

510 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Motor Thermal Thd] ttd

Motor thermal state threshold.

Setting Description

0...118% Setting range

Factory setting: 100%

[Reference high Thd] rtd

Reference frequency high threshold.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[Reference low Thd] rtdL

Reference low threshold.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

EAV64318 01/2015 511

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.41
[Generic functions] - [Mains contactor command]

[Generic functions] - [Mains contactor command]

[Mains contactor command] LLC- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Mains contactor command]

About This Menu

The line contactor closes every time a run command (forward or reverse) is sent and opens after every
stop, as soon as the drive is locked. For example, if the stop mode is stop on ramp, the contactor opens
when the motor reaches zero speed.
NOTE: The drive control power supply must be provided via an external 24 Vdc source.

NOTICE
DAMAGE TO THE DRIVE
This function must not be activated with a cycle shorter than 60 s.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

Example circuit (24 Vdc power supply):

DIï = Run command [Forward] Frd or [Reverse] rrS

RïA/RïC = [Mains Contactor] LLC
DIn = [Drive Lock] LES
NOTE: The Run/Reset key must be pressed once the emergency stop key has been released.

512 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Mains Contactor] LLC

Mains contactor control.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[R2]...[R3] r2...r3 Relay output R2...R3
[R4]...[R6] r4...r6 Relay output R4...R5 if VW3A3204 relay output option
module has been inserted
[Analog output DQ11]...[Analog dO11...dO12 Analog / digital output DO11...DO12 if VW3A3203 I/O
output DQ12] extension module has been inserted

[Drive Lock] LES

Drive lock assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if [Mains Contactor] LLC is not set to [No] No.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration

[Mains V. time out] LCt

Monitoring time for closing of line contactor.
This parameter can be accessed if [Mains Contactor] LLC is not set to [No] No.

Setting Description
5...999 s Setting range
Factory setting: 5 s

EAV64318 01/2015 513

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.42
[Generic functions] - [Reverse disable]

[Generic functions] - [Reverse disable]

[Reverse disable] rEIn- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Reverse disable]

[Reverse Disable] rIn

Reverse direction disable.
NOTE: Anti-Jam function takes priority over [Reverse Disable] rIn function. If an Anti-Jam function is
used, reverse direction is applied despite of the [Reverse disable] rIn configuration.
Reverse direction requests sent by digital inputs are taken into account.
Reverse direction requests sent by the Graphic Display Terminal or sent by the line are not taken into
account.
Any reverse speed reference originating from the PID, summing input, and so on, is interpreted as a zero
reference (0 Hz).

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
[Yes] YES Yes
Factory setting

514 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.43
[Generic functions] - [Torque limitation]

[Generic functions] - [Torque limitation]

[Torque limitation] tOL- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Torque limitation]

About This Menu

There are 2 types of torque limitation:
 With a value that is fixed by a parameter
 With a value that is set by an analog input (AI or pulse)

If both types are enabled, the lowest value is taken into account.
The 2 types of limitation can be configured or switched remotely using a digital input or via the
communication bus.

1 Torque limitation via parameter.

2 Lowest value taken into account.
3 Torque limitation via analog input, RP.
4 Limitation value.

EAV64318 01/2015 515

Complete settings CSt-

[Torque limit activ.] tLA

If the assigned input or bit is at 0, the function is inactive.
If the assigned input or bit is at 1, the function is active.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[Yes] yES Yes
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16, if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus serial in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet
ModbusTCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet
ModbusTCP regardless of configuration

[Pmax Motor] tPMM

Maximum acceptable power in motor mode.
This parameter can be accessed if [Torque limit activ.] tLA is not set to [Not Assigned] nO.

Setting Description
10...300% Setting range
Factory setting: 300%

[Pmax Generator] tPMG

Maximum acceptable power in generator mode.
This parameter can be accessed if [Torque limit activ.] tLA is not set to [Not Assigned] nO.

Setting Description
10...300% Setting range
Factory setting: 300%

516 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.44
[Generic functions] - [Parameters switching]

[Generic functions] - [Parameters switching]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Parameters switching] MLP- Menu 518
[Set 1] PS1- Menu 523
[Set 2] PS2- Menu 524
[Set 3] PS3- Menu 525

EAV64318 01/2015 517

Complete settings CSt-

[Parameters switching] MLP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Parameters switching]

About This Menu

A set of 1 to 15 parameters from the [PARAMETER SELECTION] SPS list (see page 519) can be
selected and 2 or 3 different values assigned. These 2 or 3 sets of values can then be switched using 1 or
2 digital inputs or control word bits. This switching can be performed during operation (motor running). It
can also be controlled based on 1 or 2 frequency thresholds, whereby each threshold acts as a digital input
(0 = threshold not reached, 1 = threshold reached).

Values 1 Values 2 Values 3

Parameter 1 Parameter 1 Parameter 1 Parameter 1
... ... ... ...
Parameter 15 Parameter 15 Parameter 15 Parameter 15
Input DI or bit or frequency 0 1 0 or 1
threshold 2 values
Input DI or bit or frequency 0 0 1
threshold 3 values

NOTE: Do not modify the parameters in [PARAMETER SELECTION] SPS (see page 519), because any
modifications made in this menu will be lost on the next power-up. The parameters can be adjusted during
operation in the [Parameters switching]MLP- menu, on the active configuration.

[2 Parameter sets] CHA1

Parameter switching assignment 1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[Motor Freq High FtA Motor frequency high threshold reached
Thd]
[2nd Frequency F2A 2nd frequency threshold reached
Thd Reached]
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted
16
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
10
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
15
[C100]...[C110] C100...C1 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in [I/O
10 profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C1 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
15 regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C2 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in [I/O
10 profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C2 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
15 regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C3 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O profile]
10 IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C3 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless of
15 configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C5 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet ModbusTCP in
10 [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C5 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet ModbusTCP
15 regardless of configuration

518 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[3 Parameter sets] CHA2

Parameter switching assignment 2.
Identical to [2 Parameter sets] CHA1.
Switching 3 parameter sets.
NOTE: In order to obtain 3 parameter sets, it is necessary to configure first [2 Parameter sets] CHA1.

[PARAMETER SELECTION] SPS

This parameter can be accessed if [2 Parameter sets] CHA1 is not set to [No] nO.
Making an entry in this parameter opens a window containing all the adjustment parameters that can be
accessed. Select 1 to 15 parameters using OK key. Parameter(s) can also be deselected using OK key.
Available parameters for parameters switching function are:

Parameter Code
[Ramp increment] Inr
[Acceleration] ACC
[Deceleration] dEC
[Acceleration 2] AC2
[Deceleration 2] dE2
[Begin Acc round] tA1
[End Acc round] tA2
[Begin Dec round] tA3
[End Dec round] tA4
[Low Speed] LSP
[High Speed] HSP
[Motor Th Current] ItH
[IR compensation] UFr
[Slip compensation] SLP
[K speed loop filter] SFC
[Speed time integral] SIt
[Speed prop. gain] SPG
[Inertia Factor] SPGU
[Ramp Divider] dCF
[DC Inj Level 1] IdC
[DC Inj Time 1] tdI
[DC Inj Level 2] IdC2
[DC Inj Time 2] tdC
[Auto DC inj Level 1] SdC1
[Auto DC Inj Time 1] tdC1
[Auto DC inj Level 2] SdC2
[Auto DC Inj Time 2] tdC2
[Switching frequency] SFr
[Current Limitation] CLI
[Low Speed Timeout] tLS
[Sleep Offset Thres.] SLE
[Preset speed 2]...[Preset speed 16] SP2... SP16
[Multiplying coeff.] MFr
[PID Prop.Gain] rPG
[PID Intgl.Gain] rIG
[PID derivative gain] rdG
[PID ramp] PrP
[PID Min Output] POL
[PID Max Output] POH

EAV64318 01/2015 519

Complete settings CSt-

Parameter Code
[PID Start Ref Freq] SFS
[PID acceleration time] ACCP
[Min fbk Warning] PAL
[Max fbk Warning] PAH
[PID error Warning] PEr
[Speed input %] PSr
[Ref PID Preset 2] rP2
[Ref PID Preset 3] rP3
[Ref PID Preset 4] rP4
[PID Fdbk Range] PFMr
[PID Fdbk Error Delay] PFMd
[High Current Thd] Ctd
[Low I Threshold] CtdL
[Motor Freq Thd] Ftd
[Low Freq.Threshold] FtdL
[Freq. threshold 2] F2d
[2 Freq. Threshold] F2dL
[Freewheel stop Thd] FFt
[Motor Therm Thd] ttd
[Reference high Thd] rtd
[Reference low Thd] rtdL
[Skip Frequency] JPF
[Skip Frequency 2] JF2
[3rd Skip Frequency] JF3
[Skip Freq.Hysteresis] JFH
[Unld.Thr.Nom.Speed] LUn
[Unld.Thr.0.Speed] LUL
[Unld. FreqThr. Det.] rMUd
[Hysteresis Freq] Srb
[Underload T.B.Rest.] FtU
[Ovld Detection Thr.] LOC
[Overload T.B.Rest.] FtO
[Fan mode] FFM
[Pmax Motor] tPMM
[Pmax Generator] tPMG
[Stall Max Time] StP1
[Stall Current] StP2
[Stall Frequency] StP3
[AI2 Th Warn Level] tH2A
[AI5 Th Warn Level] tH5A
[AI2 Th Error Level] tH2F
[AI5 Th Error Level] tH5F
[Start Accel Ramp] ACCS
[Dec. Check Valve] dECU
[Check Valve Speed 2] CUHS
[Check Valve Speed 1] CULS
[Final Dec. Ramp] dECS
[Sleep Flow Level] SLnL
[Sleep Min Speed] SLSL
[Sleep Power Level] SLPr

520 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Parameter Code
[Sleep Delay] SLPd
[SLeep Boost Speed] SLbS
[Sleep Boost Time] SLbt
[Wake UP Process level] WUPF
[WUP Process Error] WUPE
[Sleep Condition] ASLC
[Sleep Check Delay] ASLd
[Check Sleep Ref spd] ASLr
[Flow Lim Thd Active] CHt
[FlowLim Thd Disable] rCHt
[Flow. Limit Dec.] dFL
[Pipe Fill TiMe] PFHt
[Pipe Fill SPeed] PFHS
[Pipe Fill Pressure] PFHP
[Priming Time] PPSd
[Minimum Pressure] JPrP
[Delay to start] JPrd
[Maximum Pressure] JPSP
[Reference Speed] JPrS
[Wake up Delay] JPWd
[Alpha] FLdA
[Comp. at Point 1] FLH1
[Flow at Point 1] FLq1
[Static Compensation] FLH0
[OutPres Min Level] OPPL
[OutPres Max Level] OPPH
[OutPresError Delay] OPPd
[HighFlow MaxLevel] HFPL
[HighFlowError Delay] HFPd
[PumpCycle MaxStarts] PCPn
[PumpCycle Timeframe] PCPt
[InletPres High Thd] IPPH
[InletPres Low Thd] IPPL
[InletPres Max Comp] IPPC
[Anti-Jam Trigger Time] JtCt
[Anti-Jam Torque] JtCL
[Anti-Jam Start Delay] JtCd
[Anti-Jam Fwd Dec] JdEC
[Anti-Jam Rv Dec] JdEr
[Anti-Jam Fwd Acc] JACC
[Anti-Jam Rv Acc] JACr
[Anti-Jam Fwd Time] JFdt
[Anti-Jam Rv Time] JrUt
[Anti-Jam Fwd Speed] JFdS
[Anti-Jam Rv Speed] JrUS
[Anti-Jam Stop Time] JZSt
[Anti-Jam Cycle Nb] JnbC
[Anti-Jam Max Seq] JAMn
[Anti-Jam Interval] JAMt
[DryRun Error Delay] drYd

EAV64318 01/2015 521

Complete settings CSt-

Parameter Code
[DryRun Restart Delay] drYr
[Dry Run Factor] drYX
[PumpLF Min Level] PLFL
[PumpLF Power Factor] PLFX
[PumpLF ActivDelay] PLFA
[PumpLF Error Delay] PLFd
[PumpLF Restart Delay] PLFr

522 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Set 1] PS1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Parameters switching] [Set 1]

About This Menu

Making an entry in this menu opens a settings window containing the selected parameters in the order in
which they were selected.

EAV64318 01/2015 523

Complete settings CSt-

[Set 2] PS2- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Parameters switching] [Set 2]

About This Menu

Identical to [Set 1] PS1- (see page 524).

524 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Set 3] PS3- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Parameters switching] [Set 3]

About This Menu

Identical to [Set 1] PS1- (see page 524).

EAV64318 01/2015 525

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.45
[Generic functions] - [Stop on prolonged spd]

[Generic functions] - [Stop on prolonged spd]

[Stop after speed timeout] PrSP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic functions] [Stop after speed timeout]

Sleep/Wake-Up in Speed Control Mode

The drive is in Speed control mode, when PID is not active, typically when:
 PID is not configured (the motor speed setpoint is controlled by an external PLC, for example).
 PID is in manual mode (manual application mode, for example).
 PID is not active because Channel 1 is not selected (forced local mode enabled, for example).

When the drive is used in Speed Control (PID not used or not active), a speed condition is used to switch
the application to the sleep state. When the drive is in sleep state, the motor is restarted if the sleep
condition disappears.
This function avoids prolonged operation at low speeds when neither useful nor compliant with the system
constraints. It stops the motor after a period of operation at reduced speed. This time and speed can be
adjusted.
In Speed control mode, Sleep/Wake-up is managed according to the following rules:
 The motor is stopped when [Pre-Ramp Ref Freq] FrH and [Output frequency] rFr become and
stay lower than [Low speed] LSP + [Sleep Offset Thres.] SLE during [Low Speed Timeout]
tLS.
 The motor is restarted when [Pre-Ramp Ref Freq] FrH > [Low speed] LSP + [Sleep Offset
Thres.] SLE.

1 Nominal [Low Speed Timeout] tLS function action: after [Low Speed Timeout] tLS time, the motor is stopped
according to the current deceleration ramp
2 [Pre-Ramp Ref Freq] FrH becomes greater than [Low speed] LSP + [Sleep Offset Thres.] SLE and run
order still present [Low Speed Timeout] tLS function is deactivated
3 [Low Speed Timeout] tLS function is not activated because [Pre-Ramp Ref Freq] FrH becomes greater than
[Low speed] LSP + [Sleep Offset Thres.] SLE before [Low Speed Timeout] tLS has expired
4 [Low Speed Timeout] tLS function is not activated because [Output frequency] rFr becomes greater than
[Low speed] LSP + [Sleep Offset Thres.] SLE before [Low Speed Timeout] tLS has expired
5 [Low Speed Timeout] tLS function is not activated because [Pre-Ramp Ref Freq] FrH stays greater than
[Low speed] LSP + [Sleep Offset Thres.] SLE

526 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Low Speed Timeout] tLS

Time limited speed.

Setting Description
0.0...999.9 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 s

[Sleep Offset Thres.] SLE

Sleep offset threshold.
Adjustable restart threshold (offset) following a stop after prolonged operation at [Low speed] LSP +
[Sleep Offset Thres.] SLE, in Hz. The motor restarts if the reference rises above (LSP + SLE) and if a
run command is still present.

Setting Description
1.0...[Max Frequency] tFr Setting range
Factory setting: 1.0 Hz

EAV64318 01/2015 527

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.46
[Generic monitoring]

[Generic monitoring]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Process underload] ULd- Menu 529
[Process overload] OLd- Menu 531
[Stall monitoring] StPr- Menu 533
[Pump thermal monit] tPP- Menu 534

528 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Process underload] ULd- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic monitoring] [Process underload]

Process Underload Detected Error

A process underload is detected when the next event occurs and remains pending for a minimum time
[Unld T. Del. Detect] ULt, which is configurable:
 The motor is in steady state and the torque is below the set underload limit ([Unld.Thr.0.Speed] LUL,
[Unld.Thr.Nom.Speed] LUn, [Unld. FreqThr. Det.] rMUd parameters).
 The motor is in steady state when the offset between the frequency reference and motor frequency falls
below the configurable threshold [Hysteresis Freq] Srb.
Between zero frequency and the rated frequency, the curve reflects the following equation: Torque = LUL
+ (LUn - LUL) x (frequency)2 / (rated frequency)2The underload function is not active for frequencies
below rMUD.

1 Underload zone.

A relay or a digital output can be assigned to the signaling of this detected error in the [Input/Output] IO-
, [I/O assignment] IOAS- menus.

[Unld T. Del. Detect] ULt

Underload detection time delay.
A value of 0 deactivates the function and makes the other parameters inaccessible.

Setting Description
0...100 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0 s

[Unld.Thr.Nom.Speed] LUn
Underload threshold at nominal motor speed [Nominal Motor Freq] FrS, as a % of the rated motor
torque.
This parameter can be accessed if [Unld T. Del. Detect] ULt is not set to 0.

Setting Description
20...100% Setting range
Factory setting: 60%

EAV64318 01/2015 529

Complete settings CSt-

[Unld.Thr.0.Speed] LUL
Underload threshold at zero frequency as a % of the rated motor torque.
This parameter can be accessed if [Unld T. Del. Detect] ULt is not set to 0.

Setting Description
0...[Unld.Thr.Nom.Speed] LUn Setting range
Factory setting: 0%

[Unld. FreqThr. Det.] rMUd

Minimum frequency underload detection threshold.
This parameter can be accessed if [Unld T. Del. Detect] ULt is not set to 0
.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

[Hysteresis Freq] Srb

Maximum deviation between the frequency reference and the motor frequency, which defines a steady
state operation.
This parameter can be accessed if [Unld T. Del. Detect] ULt or [Ovld Time Detect.] TOLis not set to 0.

Setting Description
0.3...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.3 Hz

[Underload Mangmt.] UdL

Underload Management.
Behavior on switching to underload detection.
This parameter can be accessed if [Unld T. Del. Detect] ULt is not set to 0.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel] YES Freewheel stop
Factory setting
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
[Fast stop] FST Fast stop

[Underload T.B.Rest.] FtU

Minimum time permitted between an underload being detected and any automatic restart.
To allow an automatic restart, the value of [Fault Reset Time] tAr must exceed this parameter by at
least 1 minute.
This parameter can be accessed if [Underload Mangmt.] UdL is not set to [Ignore] No.

Setting Description
0...6 min Setting range
Factory setting: 0 min

530 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Process overload] OLd- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic monitoring] [Process overload]

About This Menu

A process overload error is detected when the next event occurs and remains pending for a minimum time
[Ovld Time Detect.] tOL, which is configurable:
 The drive is in current limitation mode.
 The motor is in steady state and the current is above the set overload threshold [Ovld Detection Thr.]
LOC.
The motor is in steady state when the offset between the frequency reference and motor frequency falls
below the configurable threshold [Hysteresis Freq] Srb.
A relay or a digital output can be assigned to the signaling of this detected error.

[Ovld Time Detect.] tOL

Overload reaction time.
A value of 0 deactivates the function and makes the other parameters inaccessible.

Setting Description
0...100 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0 s

[Ovld Detection Thr.] LOC

Overload threshold.
Overload detection threshold, as a % of the rated motor current [Nom Motor Current] nCr. This value
must be less than the limit current in order for the function to work.
This parameter can be accessed if [Ovld Time Detect.] tOL is not set to 0.

Setting Description
70...150% Setting range
Factory setting: 110%

[Hysteresis Freq] Srb

Hysteresis for steady state.
Maximum deviation between the frequency reference and the motor frequency, which defines a steady
state operation.
This parameter can be accessed if [Ovld Time Detect.] tOL or [Unld T. Del. Detect.] ULT is not set
to 0.

Setting Description
0.3...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.3 Hz

[Ovld.Proces.Mngmt] OdL
Behavior on switching to overload detection.
This parameter can be accessed if [Ovld Time Detect.] tOL is not set to 0.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel] YES Freewheel stop
Factory setting
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
[Fast stop] FSt Fast stop

EAV64318 01/2015 531

Complete settings CSt-

[Overload T.B.Rest.] FtO

Minimum time permitted between an overload being detected and any automatic restart.
In order to allow an automatic restart, the value of [Fault Reset Time] tAr must exceed this parameter
by at least 1 minute.
This parameter can be accessed if [Ovld Time Detect.] tOL or [Unld T. Del. Detect.] ULT is not set
to 0.

Setting Description
0...6 min Setting range
Factory setting: 0 min

532 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Stall monitoring] StPr- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic monitoring] [Stall monitoring]

About This Menu

This function helps to prevent a motor overload by monitoring the motor current and the speed rise time.
A stalling condition is when:
 An output frequency is smaller than the stalling frequency [Stall Frequency] StP3
 And an output current is higher than the stalling current [Stall Current] StP2
 During a time longer than the stalling time [Stall Max Time] StP1

When a stalling condition occurs, an [Motor Stall Error] StF error is triggered.

[Stall Monitoring] StPC

Stall monitoring activation.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Function disabled
Factory setting
[Yes] YES Function enabled

[Stall Max Time] StP1

Motor stall maximum time.
This parameter can be accessed if [Stall Monitoring] StPC is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
0.0...200 s Setting range
Factory setting: 60.0 s

[Stall Current] StP2

Stall monitoring current level.
This parameter can be accessed if [Stall Monitoring] StPC is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
0.0...150.0% Setting range
Factory setting: 150.0%

[Stall Frequency] StP3

Stall monitoring frequency level.
This parameter can be accessed if [Stall Monitoring] StPC is not set to [No] nO.

Setting Description
0.0...[Max Frequency] tfr Setting range
Factory setting: 2.0 Hz

EAV64318 01/2015 533

Complete settings CSt-

[Pump thermal monit] tPP- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Generic monitoring] [Pump therm monit]

About This Menu

Identical to Pump Thermal Monitoring (see page 395).

534 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.47
[Input/Output] - [I/O assignment]

[Input/Output] - [I/O assignment]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[DI1 assignment] L1A- Menu 536
[DI2 assignment] L2A- Menu 538
[DI3 assignment] L3A- Menu 539
[DI4 assignment] L4A- Menu 540
[DI5 assignment] L5A- Menu 541
[DI6 assignment] L6A- Menu 542
[DI11 assignment] L11A- Menu 543
[DI12 assignment] L12A- Menu 544
[DI13 assignment] L13A- Menu 545
[DI14 assignment] L14A- Menu 546
[DI15 assignment] L15A- Menu 547
[DI16 assignment] L16A- Menu 548
[DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A- Menu 549
[DI6 Pulse Input Assign] PI6A- Menu 550
[AI1 assignment] AI1A- Menu 551
[AI2 assignment] AI2A- Menu 552
[AI3 assignment] AI3A- Menu 553
[AI4 assignment] AI4A- Menu 554
[AI5 assignment] AI5A- Menu 555
[AU1A assignment] AU1A- Menu 556

EAV64318 01/2015 535

Complete settings CSt-

[DI1 assignment] L1A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI1 assignment]

[DI1 Low Assignment] L1L

DI1 low assignment.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
[Freewheel stop] nSt Freewheel stop
[Fast stop] FSt Fast stop
[External Error] EtF External error
[Drive Lock] LES Drive lock assignment
[Switch source] OPPW Outlet pressure switch select
[Switch Source] SLPW Select an external condition to enter in sleep mode (for example.
Flow switch)
[Source Activation] PFEC Pipe fill enable condition
[Source Selection] JEtC External Anti-Jam trigger condition
[Switch Select] drYW Dry run no flow switch selection
[Switch Selection] PLFW Pump low flow no flow switch selection

[DI1 High Assignment] L1H

DI1 high assignment.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
[Run] rUn Run enable
[Forward] Frd Forward operation
[Reverse] rrS Reverse operation
[Ramp switching] rPS Ramp switching
[+Speed] USP + speed
[- speed] dSP - Speed
[2 preset speeds] PS2 2 preset speeds
[4 preset speeds] PS4 4 preset speeds
[8 preset speeds] PS8 8 preset speeds
[Ref. 2 switching] rFC Reference switching
[Freewheel stop] nSt Freewheel stop
[DC injection] dCI Injection DC stop
[Fast stop] FSt Fast stop
[Forced local] FLO Forced local mode
[Fault reset] rSF Fault reset
[Autotuning Assign] tUL Autotuning assignment
[Auto / manual] PAU PID auto-manu
[PID integral reset] PIS Integral shunting PID
[2 preset PID ref]. Pr2 2 preset PID references
[4 preset PID ref.] Pr4 4 preset PID references
[Torque limitation] tLA Permanent torque limitation
[External fault] EtF External fault
[2 parameter sets] CHA1 Parameter switching 1
[3 parameter sets] CHA2 Parameter switching 2
[Cmd switching] CCS Command channel switching

536 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Setting Code / Value Description

[Error Detection Disable] InH Error detection disable
[16 preset speeds] PS16 16 preset speeds
[Ref 1B switching] rCb Reference channel switching (1 to 1B)
[Drive Lock] LES Drive lock assignment
[ProductRestart Assign] rPA Restart product
[Idle] IdLS Stop and go : idle mode enable condition
[R1]...[R3] r1...r3 Relay output R1...R3
[R4]...[R6] r4...r6 Relay output R4...R5, if VW3A3204 relay
output option module has been inserted
[Analog output DQ11]...[Analog output DQ12] dO11...dO12 Analog / digital output DO11...DO12, if
VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[Preset spd2] FPS1 Function key preset speed 1 assignment
[Preset spd3] FPS2 Function key preset speed 2 assignment
[PID ref. 2] FPr1 Function key preset PI 1 assignment
[PID ref. 3] FPr2 Function key preset PI 2 assignment
[+Speed] FUSP Function key faster assignment
[-Speed] FdSP Function key slower assignment
[T/K] Ft Function key bumpless assignment
[VSP] uSP Variable speed pump selection
[Switch source] OPPW Outlet pressure switch select
[Switch Source] SLPW Select an external condition to enter in sleep
mode (for example. Flow switch)
[Source Activation] PFEC Pipe fill enable condition
[Source Selection] JEtC External Anti-Jam trigger condition
[Switch Select] drYW Dry run no flow switch selection
[Switch Selection] PLFW Pump low flow no flow switch selection

EAV64318 01/2015 537

Complete settings CSt-

[DI2 assignment] L2A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI2 assignment]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 536).

[DI2 Low Assignment] L2L

DI2 low assignment.

[DI2 High Assignment] L2H

DI2 high assignment.

538 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[DI3 assignment] L3A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI3 assignment]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 536).

[DI3 Low Assignment] L3L

DI3 low assignment.

[DI3 High Assignment] L3H

DI3 high assignment.

EAV64318 01/2015 539

Complete settings CSt-

[DI4 assignment] L4A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI4 assignment]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 536).

[DI4 Low Assignment] L4L

DI4 low assignment.

[DI4 High Assignment] L4H

DI4 high assignment.

540 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[DI5 assignment] L5A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI5 assignment]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 536).

[DI5 Low Assignment] L5L

DI5 low assignment.

[DI5 High Assignment] L5H

DI5 high assignment.

EAV64318 01/2015 541

Complete settings CSt-

[DI6 assignment] L6A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI6 assignment]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 536).

[DI6 Low Assignment] L6L

DI6 low assignment.

[DI6 High Assignment] L6H

DI6 high assignment.

542 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[DI11 assignment] L11A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI11 assignment]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 536).
Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.

[DI11 Low Assignment] L11L

DI11 low assignment.

[DI11 High Assignment] L11H

DI11 high assignment.

EAV64318 01/2015 543

Complete settings CSt-

[DI12 assignment] L12A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI12 assignment]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 536).
Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.

[DI12 Low Assignment] L12L

DI12 low assignment.

[DI12 High Assignment] L12H

DI12 high assignment.

544 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[DI13 assignment] L13A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI13 assignment]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 536).
Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.

[DI13 Low Assignment] L13L

DI13 low assignment.

[DI13 High Assignment] L13H

DI13 high assignment.

EAV64318 01/2015 545

Complete settings CSt-

[DI14 assignment] L14A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI14 assignment]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 536).
Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.

[DI14 Low Assignment] L14L

DI14 low assignment.

[DI14 High Assignment] L14H

DI14 high assignment.

546 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[DI15 assignment] L15A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI15 assignment]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 536).
Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.

[DI15 Low Assignment] L15L

DI15 low assignment.

[DI15 High Assignment] L15H

DI15 high assignment.

EAV64318 01/2015 547

Complete settings CSt-

[DI16 assignment] L16A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI16 assignment]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 assignment] L1A- menu (see page 536).
Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.

[DI16 Low Assignment] L16L

DI16 low assignment.

[DI16 High Assignment] L16H

DI16 high assignment.

548 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [DI5 Pulse Input Assign]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed on the Graphic Display Terminal by pressing the OK key on the
[DI5 Frequency Measured] PFC5 parameter.

[DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A

DI5 pulse input assignment.
It displays all the functions associated with the pulse input in order to verify, for example, for compatibility
problems.
If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory Setting
[AQ1 assignment] AO1 Analog output AQ1
[AQ2 assignment] AO2 Analog output AQ2
[Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference frequency channel 1
[Ref Freq Channel 2] Fr2 Reference frequency channel 2
[Ref Frequency 2 Summing] SA2 Reference frequency 2 summing
[PID Feedback] PIF PI controller feedback
[Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA2 Subtract reference frequency 2
[Manual PID Ref.] PIM Manual speed reference of the PID controller (auto-man)
[PID Ref Frequency] FPI PID reference frequency
[Ref Frequency 3 Summing] SA3 Reference frequency 3 summing
[Ref Frequency 1B] Fr1b Reference frequency 1B
[Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA3 Subtract reference frequency 3
[Forced local] FLOC Forced local reference source1
[Ref Frequency 2 multiplier] MA2 Reference frequency 2 multiplier
[Ref Frequency 3 multiplier] MA3 Reference frequency 3 multiplier
[Virtual AI1 Channel] AIC1 Virtual AI1 channel selector function
[InletPres Assign] PS1A Select the source of inlet pressure sensor
[OutletPres Assign] PS2A Select the source of outlet pressure sensor
[Inst Flow Assign] FS1A Select the source of installation flow sensor
[Pump Flow Assign] FS2A Select the source of pump flow sensor

EAV64318 01/2015 549

Complete settings CSt-

[DI6 Pulse Input Assign] PI6A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [Pulse Input DI6 Assign]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A- (see page 142).
Following parameters can be accessed on the Graphic Display Terminal by pressing the OK key on the
[DI6 Frequency Measured] PFC6 parameter.

[Pulse Input DI6 Assign] PI6A

Pulse Input DI6 Assignment.

550 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 assignment] AI1A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [AI1 assignment]

[AI1 Assignment] AI1A

Analog input AI1 functions assignment.
Read-only parameter, cannot be configured. It displays all the functions associated with input AI1 in order
to verify, for example, for compatibility problems.
If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
[AQ1 assignment] AO1 Analog output AQ1
[AQ2 assignment] AO2 Analog output AQ2
[Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference frequency channel 1
Factory Setting
[Ref Freq Channel 2] Fr2 Reference frequency channel 2
[Ref Frequency 2 Summing] SA2 Reference frequency 2 summing
[PID Feedback] PIF PI controller feedback
[Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA2 Subtract reference frequency 2
[Manual PID Ref.] PIM Manual speed reference of the PID controller (auto-man)
[PID Ref Frequency] FPI PID reference frequency
[Ref Frequency 3 Summing] SA3 Reference frequency 3 summing
[Ref Frequency 1B] Fr1b Reference frequency 1B
[Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA3 Subtract reference frequency 3
[Forced local] FLOC Forced local reference source1
[Ref Frequency 2 multiplier] MA2 Reference frequency 2 multiplier
[Ref Frequency 3 multiplier] MA3 Reference frequency 3 multiplier
[Virtual AI1 Channel] AIC1 Virtual AI1 channel selector function
[InletPres Assign] PS1A Select the source of inlet pressure sensor
[OutletPres Assign] PS2A Select the source of outlet pressure sensor
[Inst Flow Assign] FS1A Select the source of installation flow sensor
[Pump Flow Assign] FS2A Select the source of pump flow sensor

EAV64318 01/2015 551

Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 assignment] AI2A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [AI2 assignment]

About This Menu

Identical to [AI1 assignment] AI1A- menu (see page 551).

[AI2 Assignment] AI2A

AI2 assignment.

552 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI3 assignment] AI3A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [AI3 assignment]

About This Menu

Identical to [AI1 assignment] AI1A- menu (see page 551).

[AI3 assignment] AI3A

AI3 assignment.

EAV64318 01/2015 553

Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 assignment] AI4A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [AI4 assignment]

About This Menu

Identical to [AI1 assignment] AI1A- menu (see page 551).

[AI4 Assignment] AI4A

AI4 assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.

554 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI5 assignment] AI5A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [AI5 assignment]

About This Menu

Identical to [AI1 assignment] AI1A- menu (see page 551).

[AI5 Assignment] AI5A

AI5 assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.

EAV64318 01/2015 555

Complete settings CSt-

[AU1A assignment] AU1A- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [I/O assignment] [AU1A assignment]

About This Menu

Identical to [AI1 assignment] AI1A- menu (see page 551).

[AIV1 Assignment] AU1A

Virtual analog input 1 function assignment.

556 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.48
[Input/Output] - [DI/DQ]

[Input/Output] - [DI/DQ]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[DI1 Configuration] di1- Menu 558
[DI2 Configuration] dI2- Menu 560
[DI3 Configuration] dI3- Menu 561
[DI4 Configuration] dI4- Menu 562
[DI5 Configuration] dI5- Menu 563
[DI6 Configuration] dI6- Menu 564
[DI11 Configuration] dI11- Menu 565
[DI12 Configuration] dI12- Menu 566
[DI13 Configuration] dI13- Menu 567
[DI14 Configuration] dI14- Menu 568
[DI15 Configuration] dI15- Menu 569
[DI16 Configuration] dI16- Menu 570
[DI5 Pulse Config] PAI5- Menu 571
[DI6 Pulse Config] PAI6- Menu 573
[Configuration DQ11] dO11- Menu 574
[Configuration DQ12] dO12- Menu 577

EAV64318 01/2015 557

Complete settings CSt-

[DI1 Configuration] di1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI1 Configuration]

[DI1 Low Assignment] L1L

DI1 low assignment.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[Run] rUn Run enable
[Forward] Frd Forward operation
[Reverse] rrS Reverse operation
[Ramp switching] rPS Ramp switching
[+Speed] USP + speed
[- speed] dSP - Speed
[2 preset speeds] PS2 2 preset speeds
[4 preset speeds] PS4 4 preset speeds
[8 preset speeds] PS8 8 preset speeds
[Ref. 2 switching] rFC Reference switching
[Freewheel stop] nSt Freewheel stop
[DC injection] dCI Injection DC stop
[Fast stop] FSt Fast stop
[Forced local] FLO Forced local mode
[Fault reset] rSF Fault reset
[Autotuning Assign] tUL Autotuning assignment
[Auto / manual] PAU Auto / Manual switch
[PID integral reset] PIS Integral shunting PID
[2 preset PID ref]. Pr2 2 preset PID references
[4 preset PID ref.] Pr4 4 preset PID references
[Torque limitation] tLA Permanent torque limitation
[External Error] EtF External error
[2 parameter sets] CHA1 Parameter switching 1
[3 parameter sets] CHA2 Parameter switching 2
[Cmd switching] CCS Command channel switching
[Error Detection Disable] InH Error Detection Disable
[16 preset speeds] PS16 16 preset speeds
[Ref 1B switching] rCb Reference channel switching (1 to 1B)
[Drive Lock] LES Drive lock assignment
[ProductRestart Assign] rPA Restart product
[Idle] IdLS Stop and go : idle mode enable condition
[R1]...[R3] r1...r3 Relay output R1...R3
[R4]...[R6] r4...r6 Relay output R4...R5 if VW3A3204 relay output option
module has been inserted
[Analog output DQ11]...[Analog dO11...dO12 Analog / digital output DO11...DO12 if VW3A3203 I/O
output DQ12] extension module has been inserted
[Preset spd2] FPS1 Function key preset speed 1 assignment
[Preset spd3] FPS2 Function key preset speed 2 assignment
[PID ref. 2] FPr1 Function key preset PI 1 assignment
[PID ref. 3] FPr2 Function key preset PI 2 assignment
[+Speed] FUSP Function key faster assignment

558 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Setting Code / Value Description

[-Speed] FdSP Function key slower assignment
[T/K] Ft Function key bumpless assignment
[VSP] vSP Variable speed pump selection
[Switch source] OPPW Outlet pressure switch selects
[Switch Source] SLPW Select an external condition to enter in sleep mode (for
example. Flow switch)
[Source Activation] PFEC Pipe fill enable condition
[Source Selection] JEtC External Anti-Jam trigger condition
[Switch Select] drYW Dry run no flow switch selection
[Switch Selection] PLFW Pump low flow no flow switch selection

[DI1 High Assignment] L1H

DI1 high assignment.
Identical to low assignment.

[D1 Delay] L1d

DI1 delay.
NOTE: Commands received via this digital input are processed once the delay time set via this parameter
has elapsed.

Setting Description
0...200 ms Setting range
Factory setting: 0 ms

EAV64318 01/2015 559

Complete settings CSt-

[DI2 Configuration] dI2- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI2 Configuration]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 558).

[DI2 Low Assignment] L2L

DI2 low assignment.

[DI2 High Assignment] L2H

DI2 high assignment.

[DI2 Delay] L2d

DI2 delay.

560 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[DI3 Configuration] dI3- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI3 Configuration]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 558).

[DI3 Low Assignment] L3L

DI3 low assignment.

[DI3 High Assignment] L3H

DI3 high assignment.

[DI3 Delay] L3d

DI3 delay.

EAV64318 01/2015 561

Complete settings CSt-

[DI4 Configuration] dI4- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI4 Configuration]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 558).

[DI4 Low Assignment] L4L

DI4 low assignment.

[DI4 High Assignment] L4H

DI4 high assignment.

[DI4 Delay] L4d

DI4 delay.

562 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[DI5 Configuration] dI5- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI5 Configuration]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 558).

[DI5 Low Assignment] L5L

DI5 low assignment.

[DI5 High Assignment] L5H

DI5 high assignment.

[DI5 Delay] L5d

DI5 delay.

EAV64318 01/2015 563

Complete settings CSt-

[DI6 Configuration] dI6- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI6 Configuration]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 558).

[DI6 Low Assignment] L6L

DI6 low assignment.

[DI6 High Assignment] L6H

DI6 high assignment.

[DI6 Delay] L6d

DI6 delay.

564 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[DI11 Configuration] dI11- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI11 Configuration]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 558).

[DI11 Low Assignment] L11L

DI11 low assignment.

[DI11 High Assignment] L11H

DI11 high assignment.

[DI11 Delay] L11d

DI11 delay.

EAV64318 01/2015 565

Complete settings CSt-

[DI12 Configuration] dI12- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI12 Configuration]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 558).

[DI12 Low Assignment] L12L

DI12 low assignment.

[DI12 High Assignment] L12H

DI12 high assignment.

[DI12 Delay] L12d

DI12 delay.

566 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[DI13 Configuration] dI13- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI13 Configuration]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 558).

[DI13 Low Assignment] L13L

DI13 low assignment.

[DI13 High Assignment] L13H

DI13 high assignment.

[DI13 Delay] L13d

DI13 delay.

EAV64318 01/2015 567

Complete settings CSt-

[DI14 Configuration] dI14- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI14 Configuration]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 558).

[DI14 Low Assignment] L14L

DI14 low assignment.

[DI14 High Assignment] L14H

DI14 high assignment.

[DI14 Delay] L14d

DI14 delay.

568 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[DI15 Configuration] dI15- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI15 Configuration]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 558).

[DI15 Low Assignment] L15L

DI15 low assignment.

[DI15 High Assignment] L15H

DI15 high assignment.

[DI15 Delay] L15d

DI15 delay.

EAV64318 01/2015 569

Complete settings CSt-

[DI16 Configuration] dI16- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI16 Configuration]

About This Menu

Identical to [DI1 Configuration] dI1- menu (see page 558).

[DI16 Low Assignment] L16L

DI16 low assignment.

[DI16 High Assignment] L16H

DI16 high assignment.

[DI16 Delay] L16d

DI16 delay.

570 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[DI5 Pulse Config] PAI5- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI5 Pulse Config]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed on the Graphic Display Terminal by pressing the OK key on the
[DI5 Frequency Measured] PFC5 parameter.

[DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A

Di5 pulse input assignment.
It displays all the functions associated with the pulse input in order to verify, for example, for compatibility
problems.
If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory Setting
[AQ1 assignment] AO1 Analog output AQ1
[AQ2 assignment] AO2 Analog output AQ2
[Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference frequency channel 1
[Ref Freq Channel 2] Fr2 Reference frequency channel 2
[Ref Frequency 2 Summing] SA2 Reference frequency 2 summing
[PID Feedback] PIF PI controller feedback
[Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA2 Subtract reference frequency 2
[Manual PID Ref.] PIM Manual speed reference of the PID controller (auto-man)
[PID Ref Frequency] FPI PID reference frequency
[Ref Frequency 3 Summing] SA3 Reference frequency 3 summing
[Ref Frequency 1B] Fr1b Reference frequency 1B
[Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA3 Subtract reference frequency 3
[Forced local] FLOC Forced local reference source1
[Ref Frequency 2 multiplier] MA2 Reference frequency 2 multiplier
[Ref Frequency 3 multiplier] MA3 Reference frequency 3 multiplier
[Virtual AI1 Channel] AIC1 Virtual AI1 channel selector function
[InletPres Assign] PS1A Select the source of inlet pressure sensor
[OutletPres Assign] PS2A Select the source of outlet pressure sensor
[Inst Flow Assign] FS1A Select the source of installation flow sensor
[Pump Flow Assign] FS2A Select the source of pump flow sensor

[DI5 PulseInput Low Freq] PIL5

DI5 pulse input low frequency.
Pulse input scaling parameter of 0% in Hz x 10 unit.

Setting Description
0.00...30000.00 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.00 Hz

EAV64318 01/2015 571

Complete settings CSt-

[DI5 PulseInput High Freq] PIH5

DI5 pulse input high frequency.
Pulse input scaling parameter of 100% in Hz x 10 unit.

Setting Description
0.00...30.00 kHz Setting range
Factory setting: 30.00 kHz

[DI5 Frequency Filter] PFI5

Interference filtering pulse input cut-off time of the low-filter.

Setting Description
0...1,000 ms Setting range
Factory setting: 0 ms

572 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[DI6 Pulse Config] PAI6- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [DI6 Pulse Config]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed on the Graphic Display Terminal by pressing the OK key on the
[DI6 Frequency Measured] PFC6 parameter.

[DI6 Pulse Input Assign] PI6A

Filtered customer pulse input frequency reference.
Identical to [DI5 Pulse Input Assign] PI5A (see page 142).

[DI6 PulseInput Low Freq] PIL6

DI6 pulse input low frequency.
Identical to [DI5 PulseInput Low Freq] PIL5 (see page 142).

[DI6 PulseInput High Freq] PIH6

DI6 pulse input high frequency.
Identical to [DI5 PulseInput High Freq] PIH5 (see page 143).

[DI6 Frequency Filter] PFI6

Interference filtering pulse input cut-off time of the low-filter.
Identical to [DI5 Frequency Filter] PFI5 (see page 143).

EAV64318 01/2015 573

Complete settings CSt-

[Configuration DQ11] dO11- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [Configuration DQ11]

About This Menu

Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.

[DQ11 Assignment] dO11

Digital output 11 assignment.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[Operating State “Fault”] FLt Drive operating state fault
[Drive Running] rUn Drive run
[Motor Freq High Thd] FtA Motor frequency threshold reached
[High speed reached] FLA High speed reached
[Current Thd Reached] CtA Motor current threshold reached
[Ref Freq Reached] SrA Frequency reference reached
[Motor Therm Thd reached] tSA Motor thermal threshold reached
[PID error Warning] PEE PID error warning
[PID feedback Warning] PFA PID feedback warning
[AI2 4-20 Loss Warning] AP2 AI2 4-20 mA loss warning
[2nd Frequency Thd Reached] F2A Second frequency threshold reached
[Drive Thermal Thd reached] tAd Drive thermal threshold reached
[Ref Freq High Thd reached] rtAH Frequency reference high threshold reached
[Ref Freq Low Thd reached] rtAL Frequency reference low threshold reached
[Motor Freq Low Thd] FtAL Frequency low threshold reached
[Motor Freq Low Thd 2] F2AL Second frequency low threshold reached
[Low Current Reached] CtAL Current low threshold reached
[Process Underload Warning] ULA Underload warning
[Process Overload Warning] OLA Overload warning
[PID High Feedback Warning] PFAH PID feedback high threshold reached
[PID Low Feedback Warning] PFAL PID feedback low threshold reached
[Regulation Warning] PISH PID regulation unabled to reach the set point
[Forward] MFrd Run forward
[Reverse] MrrS Run reverse
[Ramp Switching] RP2 Ramp switching state
[Neg Torque] AtS Actual torque sign
[Cnfg.0 act.] CnF0 Configuration 0 active
[Cnfg.2 act.] CnF2 Configuration 2 active
[set 1 active] CFP1 Parameter set 1 active
[set 2 active] CFP2 Parameter set 2 active
[set 3 active] CFP3 Parameter set 3 active
[set 4 active] CFP4 Parameter set 4 active
[DC Charged] dbL DC bus loaded
[Motor Freq High Thd 2] FqLA Frequency level reached
[Mains Contactor] LLC Line contactor activated
[I present] MCP Motor current present
[Warning group 1] AG1 Warning group 1
[Warning group 2] AG2 Warning group 2

574 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Setting Code / Value Description

[Warning group 3] AG3 Warning group 3
[Ext. Error Warning] EFA External error warning
[Undervoltage Warning] USA Undervoltage warning
[Preventive Undervolt Active] UPA Undervoltage prevention warning
[Drive Thermal Warning] tHA Drive thermal state warning
[Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference channel = channel 1
[Ref Freq Channel 2] Fr2 Reference channel = channel 2
[Command Channel 1] Cd1 Command channel = channel 1
[Command Channel 2] Cd2 Command channel = channel 2
[ch1B active] Fr1b Reference channel = channel 1B
[IGBT Thermal Warning] tJA Thermal junction warning
[AI3 4-20 Loss Warning] AP3 AI3 4-20 mA loss warning
[AI4 4-20 Loss Warning] AP4 AI4 4-20 mA loss warning
[Flow Limit Active] FSA Flow limitation function activated
[Function key 1] Fn1 Function key 1
[Function key 2] Fn2 Function key 2
[Function key 3] Fn3 Function key 3
[Function key 4] Fn4 Function key 4
[AI1 4-20 Loss Warning] AP1 AI1 4-20 mA loss warning
[Ready] rdY Ready to start
[Jockey] JOkY Jockey pump command
[Priming] PrIM External priming pump command
[Anti-Jam Active] JAMR Anti-Jam sequence is running
[Pipe Fill] FILL Pipe fill sequence is running
[Priming Pump Active] PPON Priming pump is running
[Drive Running Warning] DRYA Drive running warning
[Pump Low Flow] PLFA Water: Pump low flow warning
[Process High Flow Warning] HFPA Water: Process high flow warning
[Motor Freq Low Thd] IPPA Water: Inlet pressure warning
[Low OutPres Warning] OPLA Water: Outlet low pressure warning
[High OutPres Warning] HPLA Water: Outlet high pressure warning
[Pump Cycle Warning] PCPA Water: Pumpcycle warning
[Anti-Jam Warning] JAMA Water: Anti-Jam warning
[Low Flow Warning] LFA Water: Low flow warning
[Low Pressure Warning] LPA Water: Low pressure warning
[Switch OutPres Warning] OPSA Water: Outlet pressure switch warning
[Jockey Pump Active] JPON Water: jockey pump is running
[Power Consumption Warning] POWD Power consumption warning
[Warning Group 4] AG4 Warning group 4
[Warning Group 5] AG5 Warning group 5
[Fallback Speed] FRF Reaction on event / fallback speed
[Per Type of Stop] STT Reaction on event / stop on [Type of stop] STT
without error
[Life Cycle Warning 1] LCA1 Life cycle warning 1
[Life Cycle Warning 2] LCA2 Life cycle warning 2
[AI2 Th Warning] TP2A Thermal 2 Warning
[AI3 Th Warning] TP3A Thermal 3 Warning
[AI4 Th Warning] TP4A Thermal 4 Warning
[AI5 Th Warning] TP5A Thermal 5 Warning
[AI5 4-20 Loss Warning] AP5 AI5 4-20 mA loss warning

EAV64318 01/2015 575

Complete settings CSt-

Setting Code / Value Description

[Fan Counter Warning] FCTA Fan counter warning
[Fan Feedback Warning] FFDA Fan feedback warning
[Power High Threshold] PTHA Power high threshold reached
[Power Low Threshold] PTHL Power low threshold reached
[Cust warning 1] CAS1 Customer warning 1
[Cust warning 2] CAS2 Customer warning 2
[Cust warning 3] CAS3 Customer warning 3
[Cust warning 4] CAS4 Customer warning 4
[AI1 4-20 Loss Warning] AP1 AI1 4-20 mA loss warning

[DQ11 actv delay] d11d

DO11 activation delay time.
The delay cannot be set for the [Operating State “Fault”] FLt, [Brake Sequence] bLC, [Out.
contactor ass.] OCC and [Mains Contactor] LLC assignments, and remains at 0.
The change in state only takes effect once the configured time has elapsed when the information becomes
true.

Setting Description
0...60,000 ms Setting range
0...9,999 ms then 10.00...60.00 s on the Graphic Display Terminal
Factory setting: 0 ms

[DQ11 status] d11S

DO11 status (output active level).

Setting Code / Value Description

[1] POS State 1 when the information is true
Factory Setting
[0] nEG State 0 when the information is true

The configuration [1] POS cannot be modified for the [Operating State “Fault”] FLt, [Brake
Sequence] bLC, and [Mains Contactor] LLC assignments.

[DQ11 hold delay] d11H

DO11 holding delay time.
The holding time cannot be set for the [Operating State “Fault”] FLt, [Brake Sequence] bLC, and
[Mains Contactor] LLC assignments, and remains at 0.
The change in state only takes effect once the configured time has elapsed when the information becomes
false.

Setting Description
0...9,999 ms Setting range
Factory setting: 0 ms

576 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Configuration DQ12] dO12- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [DI/DQ] [Configuration DQ12]

About This Menu

Identical to [Configuration DQ11] dO11- Menu (see page 574).
Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.

[DQ12 Assignment] dO12

Digital output 12 assignment.

[DQ12 actv delay] d12d

DO12 activation delay time.

[DQ12 status] d12S

DO12 status (output active level).

[DQ12 hold delay] d12H

DO12 holding delay time.

EAV64318 01/2015 577

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.49
[Input/Output] - [Analog I/O]

[Input/Output] - [Analog I/O]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[AI1 configuration] AI1- Menu 579
[AI2 configuration] AI2- Menu 582
[AI3 configuration] AI3- Menu 584
[AI4 configuration] AI4- Menu 585
[AI5 configuration] AI5- Menu 587
[AQ1 configuration] AO1- Menu 588
[AQ2 configuration] AO2- Menu 592
[Virtual AI1] Au1- Menu 594

578 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 configuration] AI1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [AI/AQ] [AI1 configuration]

About This Menu

The input can be delinearized by configuring an intermediate point on the input/output curve of this input:

R Reference
C / VI Current or Voltage Input
1 [Interm. point Y]
2 [Min value] (0%)
3 [Interm. point X]
4 [Max value] (100%)

NOTE: For [Interm. point X], 0% corresponds to [Min value] and 100% to [Max value].

[AI1 Assignment] AI1A

Analog input AI1 functions assignment.
Read-only parameter, cannot be configured. It displays all the functions associated with input AI1 in order
to verify, for example, for compatibility problems.
If no functions have been assigned, [No] nO is displayed.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
[AQ1 assignment] AO1 Analog output AQ1
[AQ2 assignment] AO2 Analog output AQ2
[Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference frequency channel 1
Factory Setting
[Ref Freq Channel 2] Fr2 Reference frequency channel 2
[Ref Frequency 2 Summing] SA2 Reference frequency 2 summing
[PID Feedback] PIF PI controller feedback
[Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA2 Subtract reference frequency 2
[Manual PID Ref.] PIM Manual speed reference of the PID controller (auto-man)
[PID Ref Frequency] FPI PID reference frequency
[Ref Frequency 3 Summing] SA3 Reference frequency 3 summing
[Ref Frequency 1B] Fr1b Reference frequency 1B
[Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA3 Subtract reference frequency 3
[Forced local] FLOC Forced local reference source1
[Ref Frequency 2 multiplier] MA2 Reference frequency 2 multiplier
[Ref Frequency 3 multiplier] MA3 Reference frequency 3 multiplier
[Virtual AI1 Channel] AIC1 Virtual AI1 channel selector function
[InletPres Assign] PS1A Select the source of inlet pressure sensor
[OutletPres Assign] PS2A Select the source of outlet pressure sensor
[Inst Flow Assign] FS1A Select the source of installation flow sensor
[Pump Flow Assign] FS2A Select the source of pump flow sensor

EAV64318 01/2015 579

Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 Type] AI1t

Configuration of analog input AI1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA

[AI1 min value] UIL1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc

[AI1 max value] UIH1

AI1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc

[AI1 min. value] CrL1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

[AI1 max. value] CrH1

AI1 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI1 Type] AI1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

[AI1 filter] AI1F

AI1 cutoff time of the low filter.

Setting Description
0.00...10.00 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0.00 s

580 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI1 Interm. point X] AI1E

Input delinearization point coordinate. Percentage of the physical input signal.
0% corresponds to [AI1 min value] (U1LI)
100% corresponds to [AI1 max value] (U1HI)

Setting Description
0...100% Setting range
Factory setting: 0%

[AI1 Interm. point Y] AI1S

Input delinearization point coordinate (frequency reference).
Percentage of the internal frequency reference corresponding to the [AI1 Interm. point X] (AI1E)
percentage of physical input signal.

Setting Description
0...100% Setting range
Factory setting: 0%

EAV64318 01/2015 581

Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 configuration] AI2- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [AI/AQ] [AI2 configuration]

[AI2 Assignment] AI2A

AI2 functions assignment.
Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 579).

[AI2 Type] AI2t

Configuration of analog input AI2.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[Water Prob] leuel Water level
[3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires

[AI2 min value] UIL2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 580).

[AI2 max value] UIH2

AI2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 580).

[AI2 min. value] CrL2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 580).

[AI2 max. value] CrH2

AI2 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AI2 Type] AI2t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 580).

[AI2 filter] AI2F

AI2 filter.
Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 580).

582 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI2 Interm. point X] AI2E

AI2 delinearization input level.
Identical to [AI1 Interm. point X] AI1E (see page 581).

[AI2 Interm. point Y] AI2S

AI2 delinearization output level.
Identical to [AI1 Interm. point Y] AI1S (see page 581).

EAV64318 01/2015 583

Complete settings CSt-

[AI3 configuration] AI3- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [AI/AQ] [AI3 configuration]

[AI3 Assignment] AI3A

AI3 functions assignment.
Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 579).

[AI3 Type] AI3t

Configuration of analog input AI3.
Identical to [AI2 Type] AI2t (see page 582) with factory setting: [Current] 0A.

[AI3 min value] UIL3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 580).
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

[AI3 max value] UIH3

AI3 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 580).
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

[AI3 min. value] CrL3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 580).
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] 0A.

[AI3 max. value] CrH3

AI3 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 580).
This parameter can be accessed if [AI3 Type] AI3t is set to [Current] 0A.

[AI3 filter] AI3F

AI3 cutoff time of the low filter.
Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 580).

[AI3 Interm. point X] AI3E

AI3 delinearization input level.
Identical to [AI1 Interm. point X] AI1E (see page 581).

[AI3 Interm. point Y] AI3S

AI3 delinearization output level.
Identical to [AI1 Interm. point Y] AI1S (see page 581).

584 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 configuration] AI4- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [AI/AQ] [AI4 configuration]

[AI4 Assignment] AI4A

AI4 functions assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 579).

[AI4 Type] AI4t

Configuration of analog input AI4.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[Voltage +/-] n10U -10/+10 Vdc
Factory setting
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3 PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[PT1000 in 3 wires] 1Pt33 1 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[PT100 in 3 wires] 1Pt23 1 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT1000 in 3 wires] 3Pt33 3 PT1000 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)
[3 PT100 in 3 wires] 3Pt23 3 PT100 connected with 3 wires (AI4 & AI5 only)

[AI4 min value] UIL4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 580).

[AI4 max value] UIH4

AI4 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 580).

[AI4 min. value] CrL4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 580).

[AI4 max. value] CrH4

AI4 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 580).

[AI4 filter] AI4F

AI4 cutoff time of the low filter.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 580).

EAV64318 01/2015 585

Complete settings CSt-

[AI4 Interm. point X] AI4E

AI4 delinearization input level.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI1 Interm. point X] AI1E (see page 581).

[AI4 Interm. point Y] AI4S

AI4 delinearization output level.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI1 Interm. point Y] AI1S (see page 581).

586 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AI5 configuration] AI5- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [AI/AQ] [AI5 configuration]

[AI5 Assignment] AI5A

AI5 functions assignment.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI1 Assignment] AI1A (see page 579).

[AI5 Type] AI5t

Configuration of analog input AI5 .
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI4 Type] AI4t. (see page 585)

[AI5 min value] UIL5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min value] UIL1 (see page 580).

[AI5 max value] UIH5

AI5 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max value] UIH1 (see page 580).

[AI5 min. value] CrL5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [AI1 min. value] CrL1 (see page 580).

[AI5 max. value] CrH5

AI5 current scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [AI1 max. value] CrH1 (see page 580).

[AI5 filter] AI5F

AI5 cutoff time of the low filter.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI1 filter] AI1F (see page 580).

[AI5 Interm. point X] AI5E

AI5 delinearization input level.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI1 Interm. point X] AI1E (see page 581).

[AI5 Interm. point Y] AI5S

AI5 delinearization output level.
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 relay output option module has been inserted.
Identical to [AI1 Interm. point Y] AI1S (see page 581).

EAV64318 01/2015 587

Complete settings CSt-

[AQ1 configuration] AO1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [AI/AQ] [AQ1 configuration]

Minimum and Maximum Output Values

The minimum output value, in volts, corresponds to the lower limit of the assigned parameter and the
maximum value corresponds to its upper limit. The minimum value may be greater than the maximum
value.

PA Parameter assigned
C / VO Current or voltage output
UL Upper limit
LL Lower limit
1 [Min Output] AOLx or UOLx
2 [Max Output] AOHx or UOHx

588 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Scaling of the Assigned Parameter

The scale of the assigned parameter can be adapted in accordance with the requirements by modifying
the values of the lower and upper limits with 2 parameters for each analog output.
These parameters are given in %. 100% corresponds to the total variation range of the configured
parameter, so: 100% = upper limit - lower limit.
For example, [Sign. torque] Stq which varies between –3 and +3 times the rated torque, 100%
corresponds to 6 times the rated torque.
 The [Scaling AQx min] ASLx parameter modifies the lower limit: new value = lower limit + (range x
ASLx). The value 0% (factory setting) does not modify the lower limit.
 The [Scaling AQx max] ASHx) parameter modifies the upper limit: new value = lower limit + (range
x ASLx). The value 100% (factory setting) does not modify the upper limit.
 [Scaling AQx min] ASLx must always be lower than [Scaling AQx max] ASHx.

UL Upper limit of the assigned parameter

LL Lower limit of the assigned parameter
NS New scale
1 ASHx
2 ASLx

Application Example
The value of the motor current at the AO1 output is to be transferred with 0...20 mA, range 2 in motor, In
motor being the equivalent of a 0.8 In drive.
 The [Motor Current] OCr parameter varies from 0 to 2 times the rated drive current, or a range of 2.5
times the rated drive current.
 [Scaling AQ1 min] ASL1 must not modify the lower limit, which therefore remains at its factory
setting of 0%.
 [Scaling AQ1 max] ASH1 must modify the upper limit by 0.5x the rated motor torque, or 100 - 100/5
= 80% (new value = lower limit + (range x [Scaling AQ1 max] ASH1).

EAV64318 01/2015 589

Complete settings CSt-

[AQ1 Assignment] AO1

AO1 assignment.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory Setting
[Motor Current] OCr Current in the motor, from 0 to 2 In (In = rated drive current indicated in the
Installation manual and on the drive nameplate)
[Motor Frequency] OFr Output frequency, from 0 to [Max Frequency] tFr
[Ramp out.] OrP From 0 to [Max Frequency] tFr
[Motor torq.] trq Motor torque, from 0 to 3 times the rated motor torque
[Sign. torque] Stq Signed motor torque, between –3 and +3 times the rated motor torque. The
+ sign corresponds to the motor mode and the – sign to the generator mode
(braking).
[sign ramp] OrS Signed ramp output, between –[Max Frequency] tFr and +[Max
Frequency] tFr
[PID ref.] OPS PID controller reference between [Min PID reference] PIP1 and [Max
PID reference] PIP2
[PID feedbk] OPF PID controller feedback between [Min PID feedback] PIF1 and [Max
PID feedback] PIF2
[PID error] OPE PID controller detected error between –5% and +5% of [Max PID
feedback] PIF2 – [Min PID feedback] PIF1
[PID output] OPI PID controller output between [Low speed] LSP and [High speed] HSP
[Drive power] OPr Motor power, between 0 and 2.5 times [Nominal Motor Power] nPr
[Mot thermal] tHr Motor thermal state, from 0 to 200% of the rated thermal state
[Drv thermal] tHd Drive thermal state, from 0 to 200% of the rated thermal state
[Sig. o/p frq.] OFS Signed output frequency, between –[Max Frequency] tFr and +[Max
Frequency] tFr
[Motor volt.] UOP Voltage applied to the motor, between 0 and [Nom Motor Voltage] UnS
warning
[Inlet Pressure Value] PS1u Inlet pressure value
[Outlet Pressure Value] PS2u Outlet pressure value
[Installation Flow] FS1u Installation flow value

[AQ1 Type] AO1t

AO1 type.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA

[AQ1 min output] AOL1

AO1 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 mA

590 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[AQ1 max output] AOH1

AO1 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Current] 0A.

Setting Description
0.0...20.0 mA Setting range
Factory setting: 20.0 mA

[AQ1 min Output] UOL1

AO1 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Vdc

[AQ1 max Output] UOH1

AO1 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ1 Type] AO1t is set to [Voltage] 10U.

Setting Description
0.0...10.0 Vdc Setting range
Factory setting: 10.0 Vdc

[Scaling AQ1 min] ASL1

AO1 scaling parameter of 0%.
Scaling of the lower limit of the assigned parameter, as a % of the maximum possible variation.

Setting Description
0.0...100.0% Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0%

[Scaling AQ1 max] ASH1

AO1 scaling parameter of 100%.
Scaling of the upper limit of the assigned parameter, as a % of the maximum possible variation.

Setting Description
0.0...100.0% Setting range
Factory setting: 100.0%

[AQ1 Filter] AO1F

AO1 cutoff time of the low-filter.

Setting Description
0.00...10.00 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0.00 s

EAV64318 01/2015 591

Complete settings CSt-

[AQ2 configuration] AO2- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [AI/AQ] [AQ2 configuration]

[AQ2 assignment] AO2

AO2 assignment.
Identical to [AQ1 assignment] AO1 (see page 590).

[AQ2 Type] AO2t

AO2 type.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Voltage] 10U 0-10 Vdc
Factory setting
[Current] 0A 0-20 mA
[PTC Management] PtC 1 to 6 PTC (in serial)
[KTY] KtY 1 KTY84
[PT1000] 1Pt3 1 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[PT100] 1Pt2 1 PT100 connected with 2 wires
[Water Prob] leuel Water level
[3PT1000] 3Pt3 3 PT1000 connected with 2 wires
[3PT100] 3Pt2 3 PT100 connected with 2 wires

[AQ2 min output] AOL2

AO2 current scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AQ1 min output] AOL1 (see page 590).

[AQ2 max output] AOH2

AO2 current scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Current] 0A.
Identical to [AQ1 max output] AOH1 (see page 591).

[AQ2 min Output] UOL2

AO2 voltage scaling parameter of 0%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AQ1 min Output] UOL1 (see page 591).

[AQ2 max Output] UOH2

AO2 voltage scaling parameter of 100%.
This parameter can be accessed if [AQ2 Type] AO2t is set to [Voltage] 10U.
Identical to [AQ1 max Output] UOH1 (see page 591).

[Scaling AQ2 min] ASL2

AQ2 scaling parameter of 0%.
Identical to [Scaling AQ1 min] ASL1 (see page 591).

592 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Scaling AQ2 max] ASH2

AO2 scaling parameter of 100%.
Identical to [Scaling AQ1 max] ASH1 (see page 591).

[AQ2 Filter] AO2F

AO2 cutoff time of the low-filter.
Identical to [AQ1 Filter] AO1F (see page 591).

EAV64318 01/2015 593

Complete settings CSt-

[Virtual AI1] Au1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [AI/AQ] [Virtual AI1]

[AIV1 Assignment] Au1A

Virtual AI1 function assignment.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
[AQ1 assignment] AO1 Analog output AQ1
[AQ2 assignment] AO2 Analog output AQ2
[Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference frequency channel 1
Factory Setting
[Ref Freq Channel 2] Fr2 Reference frequency channel 2
[Ref Frequency 2 Summing] SA2 Reference frequency 2 summing
[PID Feedback] PIF PI controller feedback
[Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA2 Subtract reference frequency 2
[Manual PID Ref.] PIM Manual speed reference of the PID controller (auto-man)
[PID Ref Frequency] FPI PID reference frequency
[Ref Frequency 3 Summing] SA3 Reference frequency 3 summing
[Ref Frequency 1B] Fr1b Reference frequency 1B
[Subtract Ref Freq 2] dA3 Subtract reference frequency 3
[Forced local] FLOC Forced local reference source1
[Ref Frequency 2 multiplier] MA2 Reference frequency 2 multiplier
[Ref Frequency 3 multiplier] MA3 Reference frequency 3 multiplier
[Virtual AI1 Channel] AIC1 Virtual AI1 channel selector function
[InletPres Assign] PS1A Select the source of inlet pressure sensor
[OutletPres Assign] PS2A Select the source of outlet pressure sensor
[Inst Flow Assign] FS1A Select the source of installation flow sensor
[Pump Flow Assign] FS2A Select the source of pump flow sensor

[AIV1 Channel Assignment] AIC1

Channel assignment for virtual analog input AIV1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[Ref. Freq-Modbus] Mdb Reference frequency via Modbus
[Ref. Freq-CANopen] CAn Reference frequency via CANopen if a CANopen module has been
inserted
[Ref. Freq-Com. nEt Reference frequency via fieldbus module if a fieldbus module has been
Module] inserted
[Embedded Ethernet] EtH Embedded Ethernet

594 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.50
[Input/Output] - [Relay]

[Input/Output] - [Relay]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[R1 configuration] r1- Menu 596
[R2 configuration] r2- Menu 599
[R3 configuration] r3- Menu 600
[R4 configuration] r4- Menu 601
[R5 configuration] r5- Menu 602
[R6 configuration] r6- Menu 603

EAV64318 01/2015 595

Complete settings CSt-

[R1 configuration] r1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [Relay] [R1 configuration]

[R1 Assignment] r1
R1 assignment.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[Operating State FLt Operating state fault
“Fault”]
[Drive Running] rUn Drive running
[Output cont] OCC Downstream contactor running
[Freq.Th.att.] FtA Motor frequency threshold ([Motor Freq Thd] FTD) reached
[High speed FLA High speed reached
reached]
[I attained] CtA Motor current threshold ([High Current Thd] CTD) reached
[Freq.ref.att] SrA Frequency reference reached
[Th.mot. att.] tSA Motor thermal threshold ([Motor Therm Thd] TTD) reached
[Brk control] bLC Braking sequence
[PID error al.] PEE PID error
[PID fdbk al.] PFA PID feedback warning
[AI2 4-20 Loss AP2 AI2 4-20 mA loss warning
Warning]
[FreqTh.att.2] F2A Second frequency threshold ([Freq. threshold 2] F2D) reached
[Th. drv. att.] tAd Drive thermal threshold reached
[High Ref.] rtAH Frequency reference high threshold reached
[Low Ref.] rtAL Frequency reference low threshold reached
[Low F.Thd.] FtAL Frequency low threshold ([Low Freq.Threshold] FTDL) reached
[2Low F.Thld] F2AL Second frequency low threshold ([2 Freq. Threshold] F2DL) reached
[Low I Th.At.] CtAL Current low threshold ([Low I Threshold] CTDL) reached
[Pro.Undload] ULA Underload warning
[Ovld.P.Alrm] OLA Overload warning
[PID high Al.] PFAH PID feedback high threshold ([Max fbk Warning] PAH) reached
[PID low Al.] PFAL PID feedback low threshold ([Min fbk Warning] PAL) reached
[Regulation PISH PID regulation unabled to reach the set point
Warning]
[Forward] MFrd Run forward
[Reverse] MrrS Run reverse
[Th.mot2 att] tS2 Motor 2 thermal threshold ([Motor2 therm. level] TTD2) reached
[Th.mot3 att] tS3 Motor 3 thermal threshold ([Motor3 therm. level] TTD3) reached
[Neg Torque] AtS Actual torque sign
[Cnfg.0 act.] CnF0 Configuration 0 active
[Cnfg.1 act.] CnF1 Configuration 1 active
[Cnfg.2 act.] CnF2 Configuration 2 active
[set 1 active] CFP1 Parameter set 1 active
[set 2 active] CFP2 Parameter set 2 active
[set 3 active] CFP3 Parameter set 3 active
[LI8] LI8 Digital input LI8
[DC Bus Charged] dbL DC bus loaded
[In braking] brS Braking activated

596 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Setting Code / Value Description

[Power removal PrM Power removal state
state]
[Fr.met. alar.] FqLA Frequency level reached
[Input cont.] LLC Line contactor activated
[I present] MCP Motor current present
[Limit sw.att] LSA Limit switch function activated
[Dynamic Load dLdA Dynamic load warning
Warning]
[Warning Group 1] AG1 Warning group 1
[Warning Group 2] AG2 Warning group 2
[Warning Group 3] AG3 Warning group 3
[Ext. Error Warning] EFA External error warning
[Under V. al.] USA Undervoltage warning
[Uvolt warn] UPA Undervoltage prevention warning
[Drive Thermal tHA Drive thermal state warning
Warning]
[Lim T/I att.] SSA Torque current limitation warning
[Ref Freq Channel 1] Fr1 Reference frequency channel 1
[Ref Freq Channel 2] Fr2 Reference frequency channel 2
[Cmd Channel 1] Cd1 Command channel 1
[Cmd Channel 2] Cd2 Command channel 2
[ch1B active] Fr1b Reference channel = channel 1B (for [Freq Switch Assign] RFC)
[Spool end] EbO End of bobbin
[Sync wobbl] tSY Traverse control synchronization counter wobbles
[IGBT al.] tJA Thermal junction warning
[LI7] LI7 Digital input LI7
[AI3 4-20 Loss AP3 AI3 4-20 mA loss warning
Warning]
[DC charging] dCO DC bus charge option
[F1 key assignment] Fn1 Function key 1
[F2 key assignment] Fn2 Function key 2
[F3 key assignment] Fn3 Function key 3
[F4 key assignment] Fn4 Function key 4
[Ready] rdY Ready to start
[Yes] YES Yes
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI1 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
6 inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd1 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
0
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd1 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
5
[C100]...[C110] C100...C11 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
0 [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C11 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
5 regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C21 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
0 [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C21 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
5 regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C31 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
0 profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C31 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
5 of configuration

EAV64318 01/2015 597

Complete settings CSt-

Setting Code / Value Description

[Jockey] JOkY Water: jockey pump command
[Priming] PrIM Water: The external priming pump command
[AI1 4-20 Loss AP1 AI1 4-20 mA loss warning
Warning]
[C500]...[C510] C500...C51 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
0 profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C51 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
5 of configuration

[R1 Delay time] r1d

R1 activation delay time.
The change in state takes effect once the configured time has elapsed when the information becomes true.
The delay cannot be set for the [Operating State “Fault”] FLt assignment; and remains at 0.

Setting Description
0...60,000 ms Setting range
Factory setting: 0 ms

[R1 Active at] r1S

R1 status (output active level).

Setting Code / Value Description

1 POS State 1 when the information is true
Factory setting
0 nEG State 0 when the information is true

Configuration [1] POS cannot be modified for the [Operating State “Fault”] FLt assignment.

[R1 Holding time] r1H

R1 holding delay time.
The change in state takes effect once the configured time has elapsed when the information becomes
false.
The holding time cannot be set for the [Operating State “Fault”] FLt assignment, and remains at 0.

Setting Description
0...9,999 ms Setting range
Factory setting: 0 ms

598 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[R2 configuration] r2- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [Relay] [R2 configuration]

About This Menu

Identical to [R1 configuration] r1- Menu (see page 596).

[R2 Assignment] r2
R2 assignment.

[R2 Delay time] r2d

R2 activation delay time.

[R2 Active at] r2S

R2 status (output active level).

[R2 Holding time] r2H

R2 holding delay time.

EAV64318 01/2015 599

Complete settings CSt-

[R3 configuration] r3- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [Relay] [R3 configuration]

About This Menu

Identical to [R1 configuration] r1- Menu (see page 596).

[R3 Assignment] r3
R3 assignment.

[R3 Delay time] r3d

R3 activation delay time.

[R3 Active at] r3S

R3 status (output active level).

[R3 Holding time] r3H

R3 holding delay time.

600 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[R4 configuration] r4- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [Relay] [R4 configuration]

About This Menu

Identical to [R1 configuration] r1- Menu (see page 596).
Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3204 relay output option module has been inserted.

[R4 Assignment] r4
R4 assignment.

[R4 Delay time] r4d

R4 activation delay time.

[R4 Active at] r4S

R4 status (output active level).

[R4 Holding time] r4H

R4 holding delay time.

EAV64318 01/2015 601

Complete settings CSt-

[R5 configuration] r5- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [Relay] [R5 configuration]

About This Menu

Identical to [R1 configuration] r1- Menu (see page 596).
Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3204 relay output option module has been inserted.

[R5 Assignment] r5
R5 assignment.

[R5 Delay time] r5d

R5 activation delay time.

[R5 Active at] r5S

R5 status (output active level).

[R5 Holding time] r5H

R5 holding delay time.

602 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[R6 configuration] r6- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Input/Output] [Relay] [R6 configuration]

About This Menu

Identical to [R1 configuration] r1- Menu (see page 596).
Following parameters can be accessed if VW3A3204 relay output option module has been inserted.

[R6 Assignment] r6
R6 assignment.

[R6 Delay time] r6d

R6 activation delay time.

[R6 Active at] r6S

R6 status (output active level).

[R6 Holding time] r6H

R6 holding delay time.

EAV64318 01/2015 603

Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.51
[Error/Warning handling]

[Error/Warning handling]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Auto fault reset] Atr- Menu 605
[Fault reset] rSt- Menu 606
[Catch on the fly] FLr- Menu 608
[Error detection disable] InH- Menu 609
[External error] EtF- Menu 610
[Output phase loss] OPL- Menu 612
[Input phase loss] IPL- Menu 613
[4-20mA loss] LFL- Menu 614
[Fallback speed] LFF- Menu 615
[Fieldbus monitoring] CLL- Menu 616
[Embedded Modbus TCP] EMtC- Menu 617
[Communication module] COMO- Menu 618
[Undervoltage handling] USb- Menu 620
[Ground Fault] GrFL- Menu 622
[Warn grp 1 definition] A1C- Menu 623
[Warn grp 2 definition] A2C- Menu 625
[Warn grp 3 definition] A3C- Menu 626
[Warn grp 4 definition] A4C- Menu 627
[Warn grp 5 definition] A5C- Menu 628

604 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Auto fault reset] Atr- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Auto fault reset]

[Auto Fault Reset] Atr

Automatic restart.
This function can be used to automatically perform individual or multiple Fault Resets. If the cause of the
error that has triggered the transition to the operating state Fault disappears within while this function is
active, the drive resumes normal operation. While the Fault Reset attempts are performed automatically,
the output signal [Operating state Fault] is not available. If the attempts to perform the Fault Reset are
not successful, the drive remains in the operating state Fault and the output signal [Operating state Fault]
becomes active.

WARNING
UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
 Verify that activating this function does not result in unsafe conditions.
 Verify that the fact that the output signal "Operating state Fault" is not available while this function is
active does not result in unsafe conditions.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

The drive fault relay remains activated if this function is active. The speed reference and the operating
direction must be maintained.
It is recommended to use 2-wire control ([2/3-wire control] tCC is set to [2 wire] 2C and [2-wire type]
tCt is set to [Level] LEL, refer to [2/3-wire control] tCC.
If the restart has not taken place once the configurable time [Fault Reset Time] tAr has elapsed, the
procedure is aborted and the drive remains locked until it is turned off and then on again.
The detected error codes, which permit this function, are listed in the Diagnostics part of the manual.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Function inactive
Factory setting
[Yes] YES Automatic restart, after locking in error state, if the detected error has
disappeared and the other operating conditions permit the restart. The
restart is performed by a series of automatic attempts separated by
increasingly longer waiting periods: 1 s, 5 s, 10 s, then 1 minute for the
following attempts.

[Fault Reset Time] tAr

Maximum time for automatic restart function.
This parameter appears if [Auto Fault Reset] Atr is set to [Yes] YES. It can be used to limit the
number of consecutive restarts on a recurrent detected error.

Setting Code / Value Description

[5 minutes] 5 5 minutes
Factory setting
[10 minutes] 10 10 minutes
[30 minutes] 30 30 minutes
[1 hour] 1h 1 hour
[2 hours] 2h 2 hours
[3 hours] 3h 3 hours
[Unlimited] Ct Continuous

EAV64318 01/2015 605

Complete settings CSt-

[Fault reset] rSt- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Fault reset]

[Fault Reset Assign] rSF

Error reset input assignment.
Detected errors are cleared manually when the assigned input or bit changes to 1 if the cause of the
detected error has disappeared.
The STOP/RESET key on the Graphic Display Terminal performs the same function.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted

[Product Restart] rP
The Restart function performs a Fault Reset and then restarts the drive. During this Restart procedure, the
drive goes through the same steps as if it had been switched off and on again. Depending on the wiring
and the configuration of the drive, this may result in immediate and unanticipated operation.

WARNING
UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
The Restart function performs a Fault Reset and restarts the drive.
 Verify that activating this function does not result in unsafe conditions.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

Product restart.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr mode.
This parameter can be used to reset all detected errors without having to disconnect the drive from the
supply mains.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Function inactive
Factory setting
[Yes] YES Reinitialization. Press and hold down the OK key for 2 s. The parameter
changes back to [No] nO automatically as soon as the operation is
complete. The drive can only be reinitialized when locked.

606 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Prod Restart Assign] rPA

Product restart assignment.
The Restart function performs a Fault Reset and then restarts the drive. During this Restart procedure, the
drive goes through the same steps as if it had been switched off and on again. Depending on the wiring
and the configuration of the drive, this may result in immediate and unanticipated operation. The Restart
function can be assigned to a digital input

WARNING
UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
The Restart function performs a Fault Reset and restarts the drive.
 Verify that activating this function does not result in unsafe conditions.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPr mode.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted

EAV64318 01/2015 607

Complete settings CSt-

[Catch on the fly] FLr- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Catch on the fly]

[Catch On Fly] FLr

Catch on the fly.
Used to enable a smooth restart if the run command is maintained after the following events:
 Loss of line supply or disconnection.
 Clearance of current detected error or automatic restart.
 Freewheel stop.

The speed given by the drive resumes from the estimated speed of the motor at the time of the restart, then
follows the ramp to the reference speed.
This function requires 2-wire level control.
When the function is operational, it activates at each run command, resulting in a slight delay of the current
(0.5 s max).
[Catch On Fly] FLr is forced to [No] nO if [Auto DC Injection] AdC is set to [Continuous] Ct.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Function inactive
Factory setting
[Yes] YES Function active

[Catch on Fly Sensitivity] UCb

Catch on fly sensitivity.
This parameter can only be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPR.

Setting Description
0,10...100.00 V Setting range
Factory setting: 20 V

608 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Error detection disable] InH- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Error detection disable]

About This Menu

DANGER
MONITORING FUNCTIONS DISABLED, NO ERROR DETECTION
 Only use this parameter after a thorough risk assessment in compliance with all regulations and
standards that apply to the device and to the application.
 Implement alternative monitoring functions for disabled monitoring functions that do not trigger
automatic error responses of the drive, but allow for adequate, equivalent responses by other means
in compliance with all applicable regulations and standards as well as the risk assessment.
 Commission and test the system with the monitoring functions enabled.
 During commissioning, verify that the drive and the system operate as intended by performing tests
and simulations in a controlled environment under controlled conditions.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

[Error detection disabled] InH

Disable error detection.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert]EPr.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration

EAV64318 01/2015 609

Complete settings CSt-

[External error] EtF- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [External error]

[Ext Error Assign] EtF

External error assignment.
If the assigned bit state is:
 0: there is no external error.
 1: there is an external error

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration
[DI1 (Low L1L...L6L Digital input DI1...DI6 used at low level
level)]...[DI6 (Low
level)]
[DI11 (Low L11L...L16L Digital input DI11...DI16 used at low level if VW3A3203 I/O extension
level)]...[DI16 module has been inserted
(Low level)]

610 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Ext Error Resp] EPL

Drive response to external error.
Type of stop in the event of an external detected error.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO External detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
Factory setting
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to configuration of [Type of stop] Stt (see page 472),
without tripping. In this case, the detected error relay does not open and the
drive is ready to restart as soon as the detected error disappears, according
to the restart conditions of the active command channel (for example,
according to [2/3-wire control] tCC and [2-wire type] tCt
(see page 253)if control is via the terminals). Configuring a warning for this
detected error is recommended (assigned to a digital output, for example)
in order to indicate the cause of the stop.
[Fallback speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed(1)
[Speed rLS The drive maintains the speed being applied when the detected error
maintained] occurred, as long as the detected error is present and the run command has
not been removed(1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
[Fast stop] FSt Fast stop
[DC Injection] dCI DC injection stop. This type of stop cannot be used with some other
functions.
(1) Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or digital
output to its indication.

EAV64318 01/2015 611

Complete settings CSt-

[Output phase loss] OPL- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Output phase loss]

[OutPhaseLoss Assign] OPL

Output phase loss assignment.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
If output phase monitoring is disabled, phase loss and, by implication, accidental disconnection of cables,
are not detected.
 Verify that the setting of this parameter does not result in unsafe conditions.

Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

NOTE: [OutPhaseLoss Assign] OPL is set to [Function Inactive] nO when [Motor control type]
Ctt is set to [SYN_U VC] SYnU.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Function Inactive] nO Function inactive
[OPF Error Triggered] YES Tripping on [OutPhaseLoss Assign] OPL with freewheel stop
Factory setting
[No Error Triggered] OAC No detected error triggered, but management of the output voltage in order
to avoid an overcurrent when the link with the motor is re-established and
catch on the fly performed (even if this function has not been
configured).The drive switches to [Output cut ]SOC state after [OutPhL
Time] Odt time. Catch on fly is possible as soon as the drive is in stand
by output cut [Output cut] SOC state.

[OutPhaseLoss Delay] Odt

Output (motor) phase loss detection time.
Time delay for taking the [OutPhaseLoss Assign] OPL detected error into account.

Setting Description
0.5...10 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0.5 s

612 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Input phase loss] IPL- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Input phase loss]

[InPhaseLoss Assign] IPL

Loss of input phase error response.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
Factory setting
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error
triggered after stop
[Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output
to its indication.

EAV64318 01/2015 613

Complete settings CSt-

[4-20mA loss] LFL- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [4-20mA loss]

[AI1 4-20mA Loss] LFL1

Response to 4-20mA loss on AI1.
Drive behavior on AI1 4-20 event.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored. This is the only possible configuration if [AI3 min.
value] CrL3 is not greater than 3 mA
Factory setting
[Freewheel] YES Freewheel stop
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to configuration of [Type of stop] Stt, without tripping. In
this case, the error relay does not open and the drive is ready to restart as
soon as the detected error disappears, according to the restart conditions
of the active command channel (for example, according to [2/3-wire
control] tCC and [2-wire type] tCt if control is via the terminals).
Configuring a warning for this detected error is recommended (assigned to
a digital output, for example) in order to indicate the cause of the stop
[fallback spd] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Spd maint.] rLS The drive maintains the speed being applied when the detected error
occurred, as long as the detected error is present and the run command has
not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
[Fast stop] FSt Fast stop
[DC injection] dCI DC injection stop. This type of stop cannot be used with some other
functions
(1) Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or digital
output to its indication.

[AI2 4-20mA loss] LFL2

Response to 4-20mA loss on AI2.
Drive behavior on AI2 4-20 event.
Identical to [AI1 4-20mA Loss] LFL1

[AI3 4-20mA loss] LFL3

Response to 4-20mA loss on AI3.
Drive behavior on AI3 4-20 event.
Identical to [AI1 4-20mA Loss] LFL1

[AI4 4-20mA loss] LFL4

Response to 4-20mA loss on AI4.
Drive behavior on AI4 4-20 event.
Identical to [AI1 4-20mA Loss] LFL1
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.

[AI5 4-20mA loss] LFL5

Response to 4-20mA loss on AI5.
Drive behavior on AI5 4-20 event.
Identical to [AI1 4-20mA Loss] LFL1
This parameter can be accessed if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been inserted.

614 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Fallback speed] LFF- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Fallback speed]

[Fallback Speed] LFF

Fall back speed.

Setting Description
0.0...500.0 Hz Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0 Hz

EAV64318 01/2015 615

Complete settings CSt-

[Fieldbus monitoring] CLL- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Fieldbus monitoring]

[Modbus Error Resp] SLL

Stop mode at Modbus SLF.

WARNING
LOSS OF CONTROL
If this parameter is set to nO, Modbus communication monitoring is disabled.
 Only use this setting after a thorough risk assessment in compliance with all regulations and standards
that apply to the device and to the application.
 Only use this setting for tests during commissioning.
 Verify that communication monitoring has been re-enabled before completing the commissioning
procedure and performing the final commissioning test.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

Behavior of the drive in the event of a communication interruption with integrated Modbus.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel] YES Freewheel stop
Factory setting
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to configuration of [Type of stop] Stt, without tripping. In
this case, the error relay does not open and the drive is ready to restart as
soon as the detected error disappears, according to the restart conditions
of the active command channel (for example, according to [2/3-wire
control] tCC and [2-wire type] tCt if control is via the terminals)(1)
[fallback spd] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed(1)
[Spd maint.] rLS The drive maintains the speed being applied when the detected error
occurred, as long as the detected error is present and the run command has
not been removed(1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
[Fast stop] FSt Fast stop
[DC injection] dCI DC injection stop. This type of stop cannot be used with some other
functions
(1) Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or digital
output to its indication.

616 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Embedded Modbus TCP] EMtC- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Embedded Modbus TCP]

[Eth Error Response] EtHL

WARNING
LOSS OF CONTROL
If this parameter is set to nO, Ethernet communication monitoring is disabled.
 Only use this setting after a thorough risk assessment in compliance with all regulations and standards
that apply to the device and to the application.
 Only use this setting for tests during commissioning.
 Verify that communication monitoring has been re-enabled before completing the commissioning
procedure and performing the final commissioning test.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

Ethernet error response.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
Factory setting
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error
triggered after stop
[Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output
to its indication.

EAV64318 01/2015 617

Complete settings CSt-

[Communication module] COMO- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Communication module]

[Fieldbus Interrupt Resp] CLL

WARNING
LOSS OF CONTROL
If this parameter is set to nO, fieldbus communication monitoring is disabled.
 Only use this setting after a thorough risk assessment in compliance with all regulations and standards
that apply to the device and to the application.
 Only use this setting for tests during commissioning.
 Verify that communication monitoring has been re-enabled before completing the commissioning
procedure and performing the final commissioning test.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

Response to fieldbus module communication interruption.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
Factory setting
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error
triggered after stop
[Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output
to its indication.

618 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[CANopen Error Resp] COL

WARNING
LOSS OF CONTROL
If this parameter is set to nO, CANopen communication monitoring is disabled.
 Only use this setting after a thorough risk assessment in compliance with all regulations and standards
that apply to the device and to the application.
 Only use this setting for tests during commissioning.
 Verify that communication monitoring has been re-enabled before completing the commissioning
procedure and performing the final commissioning test.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

Response to CANopen error.

Behavior of the drive in the event of a communication interruption with CANopen®.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Ignore] nO Detected error ignored
[Freewheel Stop] YES Freewheel stop
Factory setting
[Per STT] Stt Stop according to [Type of stop] Stt parameter but without an error
triggered after stop
[Fallback Speed] LFF Change to fallback speed, maintained as long as the detected error persists
and the run command has not been removed (1)
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop on ramp
1 Because, in this case, the detected error does not trigger a stop, it is recommended to assign a relay or logic output
to its indication.

EAV64318 01/2015 619

Complete settings CSt-

[Undervoltage handling] USb- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Undervoltage handling]

[Undervoltage Resp] USb

Response to undervoltage.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Error Triggered] 0 The drive trips and the external detected error signal are triggered (the
detected error relay assigned to [Operating State Fault] FLt will be
opened)
Factory setting
[Error Triggered w/o Relay] 1 The drive trips but the external detected error signal is not triggered (the
detected error relay assigned to [Operating State Fault] FLt
remains closed)
[Warning Triggered] 2 The warning and detected error relay remain closed. The warning can
be assigned to a digital output or a relay

[Mains Voltage] UrES

Rated voltage of the mains supply in Vac.

Settings Code / Value Description

[200 Vac] 200 200 Vac
[220 Vac] 220 220 Vac
[230 Vac] 230 230 Vac
[240 Vac] 240 240 Vac
[380 Vac] 380 380 Vac
[400 Vac] 400 400 Vac
[415 Vac] 415 415 Vac
[440 Vac] 440 440 Vac
[460 Vac] 460 460 Vac
[480 Vac] 480 480 Vac
[525 Vac] 525 525 Vac
[575 Vac] 575 575 Vac
[600 Vac] 600 600 Vac
[690 Vac] 690 690 Vac
Factory setting

[Undervoltage Level] USL

Undervoltage level.
The factory setting is determined by the drive voltage rating.

Setting Description
100...345 V Setting range,according to drive rating
Factory setting: According to drive rating

[UnderVolt Timeout] USt

Undervoltage timeout.

Setting Description
0.2...999.9 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0.2 s

620 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[CtrlStopPLoss] StP
Controlled stop on power loss.
Behavior in the event of the undervoltage prevention level being reached.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No action
Factory setting
[DC Maintain] MMS This stop mode uses the inertia of the application to maintain the control
block powered, and thus to keep operational I/O state and fieldbus link as
long as possible.
[Ramp stop] rMP Stop following an adjustable deceleration ramp [Max stop time] StM in
order to help to prevent from uncontrolled stop of the application.
[Freewheel Stop] LnF Lock (freewheel stop) without triggering an error

[UnderV. Restart Tm] tSM

Undervoltage restart time.
This parameter can be accessed if [CtrlStopPLoss] StP is set to [Ramp stop] rMP.
The time delay before authorizing the restart after a complete stop for [CtrlStopPLoss] StP is set to
[Ramp stop] rMP if the voltage has returned to normal.

Setting Description
1.0...999.9 s Setting range
Factory setting: 1.0 s

[Prevention Level] UPL

Undervoltage prevention level.
This parameter can be accessed if [CtrlStopPLoss] StP is set to [No] nO.
The adjustment range and factory setting are determined by the drive voltage rating and the [Mains
Voltage] UrES value.

Setting Description
141...414 V Setting range
Factory setting: According to drive rating

[Max Stop Time] StM

Maximum stop time.
This parameter can be accessed if [CtrlStopPLoss] StP is set to [Ramp stop] rMP.
This parameter defines the deceleration ramp time in case of mains loss. During this controlled stop, the
drive is powered thanks to the inertia of the application, the motor is in generator mode. It is recommended
to verify that the deceleration set is compatible with the application inertia.

Setting Description
0.01...60.00 s Setting range
Factory setting: 1.00 s

[DC Bus Maintain Time] tbS

DC bus maintain time.
This parameter can be accessed if [CtrlStopPLoss] StP is set to [DC Maintain] MMS.

Setting Description
1...9999 s Setting range
Factory setting: 9999 s

EAV64318 01/2015 621

Complete settings CSt-

[Ground Fault] GrFL- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Ground Fault]

About This Menu

[Ground Fault Activation] GrFL

Ground fault error response.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Error Detection Disable] InH Disables error detection
[Yes] yES Use product internal value
Factory setting
0.0...100.0% _ Setting range

622 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Warn grp 1 definition] A1C- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Warning groups config] [Warn grp 1
definition]

About This Menu

The following submenus group the warnings into 1 to 5 groups, each of which can be assigned to a relay
or a digital output for remote signaling.
When one or a number of warnings selected in a group occur, this warning group is activated.

List of Warnings

Setting Code / Value Description

[Fallback Frequency] FrF Fallback frequency
[Speed Maintained] rLS Speed maintained
[Type of stop] Stt Type of stop
[Ref Frequency Warning] SrA Reference frequency warning
[Life Cycle Warning 1] LCA1 Life cycle warning 1
[Life Cycle Warning 2] LCA2 Life cycle warning 2
[Drive Running Warning] drYA Drive running warning
[Low Flow Warning] LFA Low flow warning
[High Flow Warning] HFPA High flow warning
[InPress Warning] IPPA Inlet pressure warning
[Low OutPres Warning] OPLA Low OutPres warning
[High OutPres Warning] OPHA High OutPres warning
[Pump Cycle warning] PCPA Pumpcycle warning
[Anti-Jam Warning] JAMA Anti-Jam warning
[Pump Low Flow Warn] PLFA Pump low flow warning
[LowPres Warning] LPA LowPres warning
[Flow Limit Activated] FSA Flow limit activated
[PID Error Warning] PEE PID error warning
[PID Feedback Warning] PFA PID feedback warning
[PID High Warning] PFAH PID high warning
[PID Low Warning] PFAL PID low warning
[Regulation Warning] PISH Regulation warning
[AI2 Th Warning] tP2A AI2 thermal sensor warning
[AI3 Th Warning] tP3A AI3 thermal sensor warning
[AI4 Th Warning] tP4A AI4 thermal sensor warning
[AI5 Th Warning] tP5A AI5 thermal sensor warning
[AI1 4-20 Loss Warning] AP1 AI1 4-20 loss warning
[AI2 4-20 Loss Warning] AP2 AI2 4-20 loss warning
[AI3 4-20 Loss Warning] AP3 AI3 4-20 loss warning
[AI4 4-20 Loss Warning] AP4 AI4 4-20 loss warning
[AI5 4-20 Loss Warning] AP5 AI5 4-20 loss warning
[Drive Thermal Warning] tHA Drive thermal state warning
[IGBT Thermal Warning] tJA IGBT thermal warning
[Fan Counter Warning] FCtA Fan counter warning
[Fan Feedback Warning] FFdA Fan feedback warning
[Ext. Error Warning] EFA External error warning
[Undervoltage Warning] USA Undervoltage warning
[Preventive Undervolt Active] UPA Preventive undervoltage active

EAV64318 01/2015 623

Complete settings CSt-

Setting Code / Value Description

[Motor Freq High Thd] FtA Motor frequency high threshold reached
[Motor Freq Low Thd] FtAL Motor frequency low threshold reached
[Motor Freq High Thd 2] FqLA Motor frequency high threshold 2 reached
[Motor Freq Low Thd 2] F2AL Motor frequency low threshold 2 reached
[High speed reached] FLA High speed reached
[Ref Freq High Thd] rtAH Ref freq high Thd
[Ref Freq Low Thd] rtAL Ref freq low Thd
[2nd Frequency Thd Reached] F2A Second frequency threshold reached
[Current Threshold Reached] CtA Current threshold reached
[Low Current Reached] CtAL Low Current Reached
[Process Underload Warning] ULA Process underload warning
[Process Overload Warning] OLA Process overload warning
[Drive Thermal Thd Reached] tAd Drive thermal threshold reached
[Motor Therm Thd Reached] tSA Motor thermal threshold reached
[Power High Threshold] PtHA Power High Threshold
[Power Low Threshold] PtHL Power Low Threshold
[Cust Warning 1] CAS1 Customer Warning 1
[Cust Warning 2] CAS2 Customer Warning 2
[Cust Warning 3] CAS3 Customer Warning 3
[Cust Warning 4] CAS4 Customer Warning 4
[Cust Warning 5] CAS5 Customer Warning 5
[Power Consumption Warning] POWd Power consumption warning
[Switch OutPres Warning] OPSA Switch OutPres warning
[Emb Eth Warning] inwm Ethernet embedded internal warning

624 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Warn grp 2 definition] A2C- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Warning groups config] [Warn grp 2
definition]

About This Menu

Identical to [Warn grp 1 definition] A1C (see page 623)

EAV64318 01/2015 625

Complete settings CSt-

[Warn grp 3 definition] A3C- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Warning groups config] [Warn grp 3
definition]

About This Menu

Identical to [Warn grp 1 definition] A1C (see page 623)

626 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Warn grp 4 definition] A4C- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Warning groups config] [Warn grp 4
definition]

About This Menu

Identical to [Warn grp 1 definition] A1C (see page 623)

EAV64318 01/2015 627

Complete settings CSt-

[Warn grp 5 definition] A5C- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Error/Warning handling] [Warning groups config] [Warn grp 5
definition]

About This Menu

Identical to [Warn grp 1 definition] A1C (see page 623)

628 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

Section 7.52
[Maintenance]

[Maintenance]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Diagnostics] dAU- Menu 630
[Drive warranty mgnt] dWMA- Menu 631
[Customer event 1] CE1- Menu 632
[Customer event 2] CE2- Menu 633
[Customer event 3] CE3- Menu 634
[Customer event 4] CE4- Menu 635
[Customer event 5] CE5- Menu 636
[Customer events] CUEv- Menu 637
[Fan management] FAMA- Menu 638
[Maintenance] CSMA- Menu 639

EAV64318 01/2015 629

Complete settings CSt-

[Diagnostics] dAU- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Maintenance] [Diagnostics]

About This Menu

This menu allows you to make simple test sequences for diagnostics.

[FAN Diagnostics] FNT

Diagnostics of internal fan(s).
This starts a test sequence.

[LED Diagnostics] HLT

Diagnostics of product LED(s).
This starts a test sequence.

[IGBT diagnostics with motor]IWT

Diagnostics of internal fan(s).
This starts a test sequence with the motor (open circuit/short-circuit).

[IGBT diagnostics w/o motor]IWOT

Diagnostics of product IGBT(s).
This starts a test sequence without the motor (short-circuit).

630 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Drive warranty mgnt] dWMA- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Maintenance] [Drive warranty mgnt]

About This Menu

The product life cycle date is initialized during product manufacturing.
A [Life Cycle Warning 1] LCA1 is triggered 2 months before the end of the warranty period. At the end
of the warranty period a [Life Cycle Warning 2] LCA2 is triggered. This function requires date and time
data coming from Graphic Display Terminal or a time server configured trough Ethernet.

[LifeCycle Warning] LCAC

Life cycle warning configuration.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
[YES] YES Yes
Factory setting

[Warranty Expired] LCAd

Life cycle date.
End of warranty date (YYYY/MM/DD).

Setting Description
YYYY/MM/DD Setting range
Factory setting: _

EAV64318 01/2015 631

Complete settings CSt-

[Customer event 1] CE1- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Maintenance] [Customer events] [Customer event 1]

About This Menu

This menu allows you to define customized customer events based on the time.

[Config Warning 1] CCA1

Configuration of customer warning 1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Configured] nO Not configured
Factory setting
[Counter] CPt Counter
[Date And Time] dt Date and time

[Counter Limit 1] CCL1

Configuration counter limit 1.

Setting Description
0...4294967295 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0 s

[Counter Source 1] CCS1

Configuration counter source 1.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Mains/Control ON] 0 Mains or control supply on
[Mains Supply ON] 1 Mains supply on
[Drv In Run State] 2 Drive in running state
Factory setting

[Current Counter 1] CC1

Current counter 1.

Setting Description
0...4294967295 s Setting range
Factory setting: 0 s

[Date Time Warn 1] Cdt1

Date time warning 1.
This parameter can be accessed with the Graphic Display Terminal only.

Setting Description
hh:mm DD/MM/YYYY Setting range
Factory setting: 00:00 01/01/2000

632 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Customer event 2] CE2- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Maintenance] [Customer events] [Customer event 2]

About This Menu

Identical to [Customer event 1] CE1- menu (see page 632).

[Config Warning 2] CCA2

Configuration of customer warning 2.

[Counter Limit 2] CCL2

Configuration counter limit 2.

[Counter Source 2] CCS2

Configuration counter source 2.

[Current Counter 2] CC2

Current counter 2.

[Date Time Warn 2] Cdt2

Date time warning 2.
This parameter can be accessed with the Graphic Display Terminal only.

EAV64318 01/2015 633

Complete settings CSt-

[Customer event 3] CE3- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Maintenance] [Customer events] [Customer event 3]

About This Menu

Identical to [Customer event 1] CE1- menu (see page 632).

[Config Warning 3] CCA3

Configuration of customer warning 3.

[Counter Limit 3] CCL3

Configuration counter limit 3.

[Counter Source 3] CCS3

Configuration counter source 3.

[Current Counter 3] CC3

Current counter 3.

[Date Time Warn 3] Cdt3

Date time warning 3.
This parameter can be accessed with the Graphic Display TerminalGraphic display terminal only.

634 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Customer event 4] CE4- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Maintenance] [Customer events] [Customer event 4]

About This Menu

Identical to [Customer event 1] CE1- menu (see page 632).

[Config Warning 4] CCA4

Configuration of customer warning 4.

[Counter Limit 4] CCL4

Configuration counter limit 4.

[Counter Source 4] CCS4

Configuration counter source 4.

[Current Counter 4] CC4

Current counter 4.

[Date Time Warn 4] Cdt4

Date time warning 4.
This parameter can be accessed with the Graphic Display TerminalGraphic display terminal only.

EAV64318 01/2015 635

Complete settings CSt-

[Customer event 5] CE5- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Maintenance] [Customer events] [Customer event 5]

About This Menu

Identical to [Customer event 1] CE1- menu (see page 632).

[Config Warning 5] CCA5

Configuration of customer warning 5.

[Counter Limit 5] CCL5

Configuration counter limit 5.

[Counter Source 5] CCS5

Configuration counter source 5.

[Current Counter 5] CC5

Current counter 5.

[Date Time Warn 5] Cdt5

Date time warning 5.
This parameter can be accessed with the Graphic Display Terminal only.

636 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Customer events] CUEv- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Maintenance] [Customer events]

[Warning Clearing] CAr

Customer warning clearing.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No Warning Clearing] nO No warning clearing
Factory setting
[Clear Event 1 Warning] rA1 Clear event 1 warning
[Clear Event 2 Warning] rA2 Clear event 2 warning
[Clear Event 3 Warning] rA3 Clear event 3 warning
[Clear Event 4 Warning] rA4 Clear event 4 warning
[Clear Event 5 Warning] rA5 Clear event 5 warning

EAV64318 01/2015 637

Complete settings CSt-

[Fan management] FAMA- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Maintenance] [Fan management]

About This Menu

Fan speed and [Fan Operation Time] FPbt are monitored values.
An abnormal low speed or the fan trigger a warning [Fan Feedback Warning] FFdA. As soon as [Fan
Operation Time] FPbt reach the predefined value of 45,000 hours, a warning [Fan Counter Warning]
FCtA is triggered.
[Fan Operation Time] FPbt counter can be set to 0 by using the [Counter Reset] rPr parameter.

[Fan Mode] FFM

Fan activation mode.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Standard] Std The fan is activated during the all run time of the motor. According to the
drive rating, this could be the only available setting
Factory setting
[Always] rUn The fan is always activated
[Economy] eco The fan is activated only if necessary, according to the internal thermal state
of the drive

638 EAV64318 01/2015

 Complete settings CSt-

[Maintenance] CSMA- Menu

Access
[Complete settings] [Maintenance]

[Counter Reset] rPr

Counter reset.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
Factory setting
[Run Time Reset] rtH Run time reset
[Power ON Time Reset] PtH Power ON time reset
[Reset Fan Counter] FtH Reset fan counter
[Clear NSM] nsm Number of motor starts
[Efficiency MAX] EFYK Efficiency max
[Efficiency MIN] EFYJ Efficiency min
[Flow Rate MAX] FS1K Flow rate max
[Flow Rate MIN] FS1J Flow rate min
[Reset Total Quantity] FS1C Reset total quantity

EAV64318 01/2015 639

Complete settings CSt-

640 EAV64318 01/2015

 Altivar Process
Communication COM-
EAV64318 01/2015

Chapter 8
[Communication] COM-

[Communication] COM-

Introduction

[Communication] COM- menu presents the fieldbus submenus.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Modbus Fieldbus] Md1- Menu 642
[Com. scanner input] ICS- Menu 644
[Com. scanner output] OCS- Menu 645
[Modbus HMI] Md2- Menu 646
[Embedded Ethernet Configuration] EtE- Menu 647
[Ethernet Module Configuration] EtO- Menu 648
[CANopen] CnO- Menu 649
[DeviceNet] dnC- Menu 650
[Profibus] PbC- Menu 651
[Profinet] PnC- Menu 652
[Communication] COM- Menu 653

EAV64318 01/2015 641

Communication COM-

[Modbus Fieldbus] Md1- Menu

Access
[Communication] [Comm parameters] [Modbus SL] [Modbus Fieldbus]

About This Menu

This menu is related to the Modbus serial communication port on the bottom of the control block.
Refer to the Modbus serial manual.

[Modbus Address] Add

Drive Modbus address.

Setting Description
[OFF] Off ...247 Setting range
Factory setting: [OFF] Off

[Bd.RateModbus] tbr
Baud rate Modbus.

Setting Code / Value Description

[4800 bps] 4k8 4,800 Bauds
[9600 bps] 9k6 9,600 Bauds
[19200 bps] 19k2 19,200 Bauds
Factory setting
[38.4 Kbps] 38k4 38,400 Bauds

[Term Word Order] tWO

Terminal Modbus: word order.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPR.

Setting Code / Value Description

[OFF] OFF Low word first
[ON] On High word first
Factory setting

[Modbus Format] tFO

Modbus communication format.

Setting Code / Value Description

[8-O-1] 8o1 8 bits odd parity 1 stop bit
[8-E-1] 8E1 8 bits even parity 1 stop bit
Factory setting
[8-N-1] 8n1 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit
[8-N-2] 8n2 8 bits no parity 2 stop bits

[Modbus Timeout] ttO

Modbus timeout.

Setting Description
0.1 ...30.0 s Setting range
Factory setting: 10.s

642 EAV64318 01/2015

 Communication COM-

[Mdb Com Stat] COM1

Modbus communication status.

Setting Code / Value Description

[r0t0] r0t0 Modbus no reception, no transmission
[r0t1] r0t1 Modbus no reception, transmission
[r1t0] r1t0 Modbus reception, no transmission
[r1t1] r1t1 Modbus reception and transmission

EAV64318 01/2015 643

Communication COM-

[Com. scanner input] ICS- Menu

Access
[Communication] [Comm parameters] [Modbus SL] [Modbus Fieldbus] [Com. scanner
input]

[Scan. IN1 address] nMA1

Address of the first input word.

Setting Description
0...65535 Setting range
Factory setting: 3201 (EtA)

[Scan. IN2 address] nMA2

Address of the second input word.

Setting Description
0...65535 Setting range
Factory setting: 8604 (rFrd)

[Scan. IN3 address] nMA3

Address of the third input word.

Setting Description
0...65535 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[Scan. IN4 address] nMA4

Address of the fourth input word.
Identical to [Scan. IN3 address] nMA3.

[Scan. IN5 address] nMA5

Address of the fifth input word.
Identical to [Scan. IN3 address] nMA3.

[Scan. IN6 address] nMA6

Address of the sixth input word.
Identical to [Scan. IN3 address] nMA3.

[Scan. IN7 address] nMA7

Address of the seventh input word.
Identical to [Scan. IN3 address] nMA3.

[Scan. IN8 address] nMA8

Address of the eighth input word.
Identical to [Scan. IN3 address] nMA3.

644 EAV64318 01/2015

 Communication COM-

[Com. scanner output] OCS- Menu

Access
[Communication] [Comm parameters] [Modbus SL] [Modbus Fieldbus] [Com. scanner
output]

[Scan.Out1 address] nCA1

Address of the first output word.

Setting Description
0...65535 Setting range
Factory setting: 8501(CMd)

[Scan.Out2 address] nCA2

Address of the second output word.

Setting Description
0...65535 Setting range
Factory setting: 8602(LFrd)

[Scan.Out3 address] nCA3

Address of the third output word.

Setting Description
0...65535 Setting range
Factory setting: 0

[Scan.Out4 address] nCA4

Address of the fourth output word.
Identical to [Scan.Out3 address] nCA3.

[Scan.Out5 address] nCA5

Address of the fifth output word.
Identical to [Scan.Out3 address] nCA3.

[Scan.Out6 address] nCA6

Address of the sixth output word.
Identical to [Scan.Out3 address] nCA3.

[Scan.Out7 address] nCA7

Address of the seventh output word.
Identical to [Scan.Out3 address] nCA3.

[Scan.Out8 address] nCA8

Address of the eighth output word.
Identical to [Scan.Out3 address] nCA3.

EAV64318 01/2015 645

Communication COM-

[Modbus HMI] Md2- Menu

Access
[Communication] [Comm parameters] [Modbus SL] [Modbus HMI]

About This Menu

This menu is related to the Modbus serial communication port on the front of the control block. It is used
by default for the Graphic Display Terminal. The Graphic Display Terminal is compliant with baud rate
equal to or lower than 19,200 bps.

[HMI Baud Rate] tbr2

Baud rate Modbus.

Setting Code / Value Description

[4800 bps] 4k8 4,800 Bauds
[9600 bps] 9k6 9,600 Bauds
[19200 bps] 19k2 19,200 Bauds
Factory setting
[38.4 Kbps] 38k4 38,400 Bauds

[Term 2 word order] tWO2

Terminal Modbus 2: Word order.
This parameter can be accessed if [Access Level] LAC is set to [Expert] EPR.

Setting Code / Value Description

[LOW] OFF Low word first
[HIGH] On High word first
Factory setting

[HMI Format] tFO2

HMI format.

Setting Code / Value Description

[8-O-1] 8o1 8.o.1.
[8-E-1] 8E1 8.E.1.
Factory setting
[8-N-1] 8n1 8.n.1.
[8-N-2] 8n2 8.n.2.

[Mdb com start] COM2

Modbus communication status.

Setting Code / Value Description

[r0t0] r0t0 Modbus no reception, no transmission
[r0t1] r0t1 Modbus no reception, transmission
[r1t0] r1t0 Modbus reception, no transmission
[r1t1] r1t1 Modbus reception and transmission

646 EAV64318 01/2015

 Communication COM-

[Embedded Ethernet Configuration] EtE- Menu

Access
[Communication] [Comm parameters] [Embedded Ethernet Configuration]

About This Menu

Refer to the Ethernet embedded manual.

[Device Name] PAn

The FDR (Fast Device Replacement) service is based on identification of the device by a “Device Name”.
In the case of the Altivar drive, this is represented by the [Device Name] PAn parameter. Check that all
the network devices have different “Device Names”.

[IP Mode Ether. Embd] IM00

IP mode Ethernet embedded.

Code / Value Description

Setting
[Fixed] ManU Fixed address
[BOOTP] bOOtP BOOTP
[DHCP] dHCP DHCP
Factory setting

[IP address] IC0

IP Address (IC01, IC02, IC03, IC04).

Setting Description
0...255 Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0.0.0

[Gateway] IG0
Gateway address (IG01, IG02, IG03, IG04).

Setting Description
0...255 Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0.0.0

[Mask] IM0
Subnet mask (IM01, IM02, IM03, IM04).

Setting Description
0...255 Setting range
Factory setting: 0.0.0.0

EAV64318 01/2015 647

Communication COM-

[Ethernet Module Configuration] EtO- Menu

Access
[Communication] [Comm parameters] [Ethernet Module Configuration]

About This Menu

Refer to the Ethernet-IP Modbus TCP fieldbus module manual.

648 EAV64318 01/2015

 Communication COM-

[CANopen] CnO- Menu

Access
[Communication] [Comm parameters] [CANopen]

About This Menu

Refer to the CANopen fieldbus module manual.

EAV64318 01/2015 649

Communication COM-

[DeviceNet] dnC- Menu

Access
[Communication] [Comm parameters] [DeviceNet]

About This Menu

Refer to the DeviceNet fieldbus module manual.

650 EAV64318 01/2015

 Communication COM-

[Profibus] PbC- Menu

Access
[Communication] [Comm parameters] [Profibus]

About This Menu

Refer to the Profibus DP fieldbus module manual.

EAV64318 01/2015 651

Communication COM-

[Profinet] PnC- Menu

Access
[Communication] [Comm parameters] [Profinet]

About This Menu

Refer to the PROFINET fieldbus module manual.

652 EAV64318 01/2015

 Communication COM-

[Communication] COM- Menu

Access
[Communication]

[Multipoint Screen] GMS

Communication is possible between a Graphic Display Terminal and a number of drives connected on the
same Modbus serial fieldbus. The addresses of the drives must be configured in advance in the
[Communication] COM- menu using the [Modbus Address] Add parameter.
When a number of drives are connected to the same Graphic Display Terminal, the terminal automatically
displays the list of the drives connected, sorted by Modbus addresses. It is possible to scroll the list and to
display in full screen the selected drive by pressing the OK key. ESC key allows you to go back to the list
of drives.
Selection of drives for multipoint dialog (select each address and verify the box by pressing OK).
All menus can be accessed in multipoint mode. Only drive control via the Graphic Display Terminal is not
authorized, apart from the Stop/Reset key, which locks all the drives.
If there is a detected error on a drive, this drive is displayed.

EAV64318 01/2015 653

Communication COM-

654 EAV64318 01/2015

 Altivar Process
File management FMt-
EAV64318 01/2015

Chapter 9
[File management] FMt-

[File management] FMt-

Introduction

[File management] FMt- menu presents the management of drive configuration files.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Transfer config file] tCF- Menu 656
[Factory settings] FCS- Menu 657
[Parameter group list] FrY- Menu 658
[Factory settings] FCS- Menu 659

EAV64318 01/2015 655

File management FMt-

[Transfer config file] tCF- Menu

Access
[File management] [Transfer config file]

[OPEN] OPF
This allows to select a previously saved drive configuration from the Graphic Display Terminal memory and
transfer it to the drive.

[SAVE AS] SAF

This allows to save the actual drive configuration into the Graphic Display Terminal memory.

656 EAV64318 01/2015

 File management FMt-

[Factory settings] FCS- Menu

Access
[File management] [Factory settings]

About This Menu

This parameter allows to select the configuration to restore in case of factory setting operation.

[Config. Source] FCSI

Setting Code / Value Description

[Macro-Conf] InI Factory setting parameter set
Factory setting
[Config 1] CFG1 Customer parameter set 1
[Config 2] CFG2 Customer parameter set 2
[Config 3] CFG3 Customer parameter set 3

EAV64318 01/2015 657

File management FMt-

[Parameter group list] FrY- Menu

Access
[File management] [Factory settings] [Parameter group list]

About This Menu

Selection of menus to be loaded.
NOTE: In factory configuration and after a return to "factory settings", [Parameter group list] FrY will
be empty.

[All] ALL
All parameters in all menus.

[Drive Configuration] drM

Load [Complete settings] CSt- menu.

[Motor Param] MOt

Load [Motor parameters] MPA- menu.

[Comm. Menu] COM

Load [Communication] COM- menu.
This parameter can be accessed if [Config. Source] FCSI is set to [Macro-Conf] ini.

[Display Config.] dIS

Load [Display screen type] MSC- menu.
This parameter can be accessed if [Config. Source] FCSI is set to [Macro-Conf] ini.

658 EAV64318 01/2015

 File management FMt-

[Factory settings] FCS- Menu

Access
[File management] [Factory settings]

[Go to Factory settings] GFS

WARNING
UNANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Verify that restoring the factory settings is compatible with the type of wiring used.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

It is only possible to revert to the factory settings if at least one group of parameters has previously been
selected.

[Save Configuration] SCSI

Save configuration.
The active configuration to be saved does not appear for selection. For example, if it is [Config 0] Str0,
only [Save Config 1] Str1 and [Config 2] Str2 appear. The parameter changes back to [No] nO
as soon as the operation is complete.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO No
Factory setting
[Config 0] Str0 Store customer parameter set 0
[Save Config 1] Str1 Store customer parameter set 1
[Config 2] Str2 Store customer parameter set 2
[Config 3] Str3 Store customer parameter set 3

EAV64318 01/2015 659

File management FMt-

660 EAV64318 01/2015

 Altivar Process
My preferences MYP-
EAV64318 01/2015

Chapter 10
[My preferences] MYP-

[My preferences] MYP-

Introduction

[My preferences] MYP- menu presents the possible settings for the user-defined HMI and
parameter access.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following sections:
Section Topic Page
10.1 [Language] 662
10.2 [Password] 663
10.3 [Parameter access] 664
10.4 [Customization] 668
10.5 [Date & Time settings] 674
10.6 [Access level] 675
10.7 [Webserver] 676
10.8 [Functions key mgnt] 677
10.9 [LCD settings] 678
10.10 [Stop and go] 679
10.11 [QR code] 680
10.12 [Pairing password] 681

EAV64318 01/2015 661

My preferences MYP-

Section 10.1
[Language]

[Language]

[Language] LnG- Menu

Access
[My preferences] [Language]

About This Menu

This menu allows to select the Graphic Display Terminal language.

662 EAV64318 01/2015

 My preferences MYP-

Section 10.2
[Password]

[Password]

[Password] COd- Menu

Access
[My preferences] [Password]

About This Menu

Enables the configuration to be protected with an access code or a password to be entered in order to
access a protected configuration:
 The drive is unlocked when the password is set to [No password defined] nO or when the correct
password has been entered. All menus can be accessed.
 Before protecting the configuration with a password, you must:
 Define the [Upload rights] ULr and [Download rights] dLr.
 Make a careful note of the password and keep it in a place where you are able to find it.

[Password status] PSSt

Password status.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No password defined] nO No password defined
Factory setting
[Password is unlocked] UL Password is unlocked
[Password is locked] LOC Password is locked

[Password] PWd
6-digits password. The password must be entered in order to unlock the drive. Once the correct code has
been entered, the drive is unlocked until the next time the supply mains is disconnected.

[Upload rights] ULr

Upload rights.

Code / Value Description

Setting
[Permitted] ULr0 Commissioning tools or the Graphic Display Terminal can save the whole
configuration (password, monitoring, configuration)
Factory setting
[Not allowed] ULr1 Commissioning tools or the Graphic Display Terminal cannot save the
configuration

[Download rights] DLr

Download rights.

Code / Value Description

Setting
[Locked drv] DLr0 Lock drive: the configuration can be downloaded only in a locked drive
which configuration has the same password
[Unlock. drv] DLr1 Unlock drive: the configuration can be downloaded only in a drive without
active password
Factory setting
[Not allowed] DLr2 The configuration can never be downloaded
[Lock/unlock] DLr3 Download is permitted according to case 0 or case 1

EAV64318 01/2015 663

My preferences MYP-

Section 10.3
[Parameter access]

[Parameter access]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[Restricted channels] PCd- Menu 665
[Restricted param] PPA- Menu 666
[Visibility] VIS- Menu 667

664 EAV64318 01/2015

 My preferences MYP-

[Restricted channels] PCd- Menu

Access
[My preferences] [Parameter access] [Restricted access] [Restricted channels]

About This Menu

Following channels can be selected to disable the accessibility to the related parameters.

[HMI] COn
Graphic Display Terminal.

[PC Tool] PWS

DTM-based commissioning software.

[Modbus] Mdb
Embedded Modbus serial.

[CANopen] CAn
CANopen fieldbus module.

[Com. Card] nEt

Fieldbus option module.

EAV64318 01/2015 665

My preferences MYP-

[Restricted param] PPA- Menu

Access
[My preferences] [Parameter access] [Restricted access] [Restricted param]

About This Menu

In these screens, all parameters in the [Complete settings] CSt- menu can be protected and are
displayed for selection, except for the Expert parameters.
Press the All key to select all the parameters. Press the All key again to deselect all the parameters.
Content of the [Complete settings] CSt- menu. No selections can be made in this screen if there are
no parameters.

666 EAV64318 01/2015

 My preferences MYP-

[Visibility] VIS- Menu

Access
[My preferences] [Parameter access] [Visibility]

About This Menu

Selection to display all parameters or only the active parameters.

[Parameters] PVIS
Parameters.

Code / Value Description

Setting
[Active] ACt Only active parameters can be accessed
Factory setting
[All] ALL All parameters can be accessed

EAV64318 01/2015 667

My preferences MYP-

Section 10.4
[Customization]

[Customization]

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
[My menu config.] MYC- Menu 669
[Display screen type] MSC- Menu 670
[Param. Bar Select] PbS- Menu 671
[Customer parameters] CYP- Menu 672
[Service message] SEr- Menu 673

668 EAV64318 01/2015

 My preferences MYP-

[My menu config.] MYC- Menu

Access
[My preferences] [Customization] [My menu config.]

About This Menu

This menu allows to customize the [My Menu] MYMn- menu (see page 48).

[Parameter Select] UMP

Content of the [Complete settings] CSt- menu.
No selection can be made in this screen if there are no parameters.

[Selected List] UML

This menu allows to sort the selected parameters.

[My Menu] MYMn

Used to define the name of the customized menu.

EAV64318 01/2015 669

My preferences MYP-

[Display screen type] MSC- Menu

Access
[My preferences] [Customization] [Display screen type]

About This Menu

This parameter allows to select the type of display for the default screen.

[Display value type] Mdt

Type of screen display.

Code / Value Description

Setting
[Digital] dEC Digital values
Factory setting
[Bar graph] bAr Bar graph
[List] LISt List of values
[Vu Meter] vUMEt Vu meter

[PARAMETER SELECTION] MPC

Customized selection.
This view allows to select the parameters to display on the default screen.

670 EAV64318 01/2015

 My preferences MYP-

[Param. Bar Select] PbS- Menu

Access
[My preferences] [Customization] [Param. Bar Select]

About This Menu

This view allows to select the parameters to display on the top line of the Graphic Display Terminal screen.

EAV64318 01/2015 671

My preferences MYP-

[Customer parameters] CYP- Menu

Access
[My preferences] [Customization] [Customer parameters]

About This Menu

This menu allows to rename up to 15 parameters.

[Parameter Select] SCP

Parameter selection.
This view allows to select up to 15 parameters.

[Customized Selec] CPM

Customized selection.
This view allows to set for each selected parameter:
 The name
 The unit if relevant (a custom unit is available)
 A multiplier (1...1000) if relevant
 A divisor (1...1000) if relevant
 An offset (-99.00...99.00) if relevant

672 EAV64318 01/2015

 My preferences MYP-

[Service message] SEr- Menu

Access
[My preferences] [Customization] [Service message]

About This Menu

This menu allows to define a user-defined service message (5 lines, 23 digits per line).
This message can be displayed in [theDiagnostics] dIA-, [Diag. data] ddt- menu and [Service
message] SEr- submenus.

[LINE 1] SML01
Line 1.

[LINE 2] SML02
Line 2.

[LINE 3] SML03
Line 3.

[LINE 4] SML04
Line 4.

[LINE 5] SML05
Line 5.

EAV64318 01/2015 673

My preferences MYP-

Section 10.5
[Date & Time settings]

[Date & Time settings]

[Date/time settings] RTC- Menu

Access
[My preferences] [Date/time settings]

About This Menu

This view allows to set date and time. This information is used for the time stamping of all logged data.
If a time server is connected over Ethernet and configured in the webserver, date and time data are
updated automatically according to the configuration.
Date and time information shall be available (time server available and configured, or Graphic Display
Terminal plugged) at drive power up to enable the time stamping of the logged data.
Modifying these settings will modify previously logged data value in case of average data based on time.

674 EAV64318 01/2015

 My preferences MYP-

Section 10.6
[Access level]

[Access level]

[Access level] LAC- Menu

Access
[My preferences] [Access level]

About This Menu

WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
A single input can activate several functions at the same time (reverse and 2nd ramp for example).
Verify that activating a digital input to several functions does not result in unsafe conditions.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

[Access Level] LAC

Level of access control.

Code / Value Description

Setting
[Basic] bAS Access to the [Simply start] SYS-, [Dashboard] dSH-,
[Diagnostics] dIA- and [My preferences] MYP- menus only.
[Standard] Std Access to all menus.
Factory setting
[Expert] EPr Access to all menus and to additional parameters.

EAV64318 01/2015 675

My preferences MYP-

Section 10.7
[Webserver]

[Webserver]

[Webserver] WbS- Menu

Access
[My preferences] [Webserver]

About This Menu

This menu allows to manage Web services.

[EnableWeb Email] EWEE

Enable Web services for the embedded Ethernet Modbus TCP adapter.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Webserver disabled
[Yes] YES Webserver enabled
Factory setting

[EnableWeb Email] EWE

Enable Web services for the Ethernet based module.
This parameter can be accessed if Ethernet-IP Modbus TCP fieldbus module has been inserted.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Webserver disabled
[Yes] YES Webserver enabled
Factory setting

[Reset EmbWeb] rWPE

Reset the embedded Ethernet Modbus TCP webserver to its default configuration.
The default password is ADMIN.

Code / Value Description

Setting
[No] nO No
Factory setting
[Yes] YES Yes

[Reset OptWeb Passwd] rWPO

Reset the password of the Ethernet-IP Modbus TCP fieldbus module webserver.
This parameter can be accessed if Ethernet-IP Modbus TCP fieldbus module has been inserted.

Code / Value Description

Setting
[No] nO No
Factory setting
[Yes] YES Yes

676 EAV64318 01/2015

 My preferences MYP-

Section 10.8
[Functions key mgnt]

[Functions key mgnt]

[Functions key mgnt] FKG- Menu

Access
[My preferences] [Functions key mgnt]

About This Menu

This menu allows to assign functions to the Graphic Display Terminal function keys.

[F1 key assignment] Fn1

Function key 1. Following possible assignments cannot be accessed in [I/O profile] IO configuration.

Setting Code / Value Description

[No] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[Preset Speed 1] FPS1 Function key preset speed 1 assignment
[Preset Speed 2] FPS2 Function key preset speed 2 assignment
[PID Ref Frequency 1] FPr1 Function key preset PID 1 assignment
[PID Ref Frequency 2] FPr2 Function key preset PID 2 assignment
[+Speed] FuSP Function key faster assignment
[-Speed] FdSP Function key slower assignment

[F2 key assignment] Fn2

Function key 2.
Identical to [F1 key assignment] Fn1.

[F3 key assignment] Fn3

Function key 3.
Identical to [F1 key assignment] Fn1.

[F4 key assignment] Fn4

Function key 4.
Identical to [F1 key assignment] Fn1.

EAV64318 01/2015 677

My preferences MYP-

Section 10.9
[LCD settings]

[LCD settings]

[LCD settings] CnL- Menu

Access
[My preferences] [LCD settings]

About This Menu

This menu allows to set the Graphic Display Terminal related parameters.

[Screen Contrast] CSt

Screen contrast setting.

Setting Description
0...100% Setting range
Factory setting: 50%

[Standby] SbY
Stand-by delay.
NOTE: Disabling the automatic standby function of the display terminal backlight will reduce the backlight
service time.

Setting Description
nO...10 min Automatic backlight OFF time
Factory setting: 10 min

[Display Terminal locked] KLCK

Graphic Display Terminal key locked. Press ESC and Home keys to Lock manually & unlock the Graphic
Display Terminal keys. The Stop key remains active when the Graphic Display Terminal is locked.

Setting Description
nO...10 min Setting range
Factory setting: 5 min

[Red Backlight] bCKL

Graphic Display Terminal red backlight function disabeled in case or an error triggered.

Code / Value Description

Setting
[No] no Red backlight disabled
[Yes] yes Red backlight enabled
Factory setting

678 EAV64318 01/2015

 My preferences MYP-

Section 10.10
[Stop and go]

[Stop and go]

[Stop and go] StG- Menu

Access
[My preferences] [Stop and go]

About This Menu

This function is available for drives from frame size 4 to 7. When the function is active, the DC bus voltage
is no longer maintained at operational level in order to save energy. When the drive is in energy saving
state, the next run command shall be delayed up to 1 second during the DC bus charge.

[Energy Saving Delay] IdLM

Wait time before going to energy saving (ESAV) mode after motor is stopped.

Setting Description
[No] nO...32,400 s Setting range
Factory setting: nO

[Energy Saving Assign] IdLS

Energy saving mode digital input assignment.

Setting Code / Value Description

[Not Assigned] nO Not assigned
Factory setting
[DI1]...[DI6] LI1...LI6 Digital input DI1...DI6
[DI11]...[DI16] LI11...LI16 Digital input DI11...DI16 if VW3A3203 I/O extension module has been
inserted
[CD00]...[CD10] Cd00...Cd10 Virtual digital input CMD.0...CMD.10 in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[CD11]...[CD15] Cd11...Cd15 Virtual digital input CMD.11...CMD.15 regardless of configuration
[C100]...[C110] C100...C110 Virtual digital input CMD1.0...CMD1.10 with integrated Modbus Serial in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C111]...[C115] C111...C115 Virtual digital input CMD1.11...CMD1.15 with integrated Modbus Serial
regardless of configuration
[C200]...[C210] C200...C210 Virtual digital input CMD2.0...CMD2.10 with CANopen® fieldbus module in
[I/O profile] IO configuration
[C211]...[C215] C211...C215 Virtual digital input CMD2.11...CMD2.15 with CANopen® fieldbus module
regardless of configuration
[C300]...[C310] C300...C310 Virtual digital input CMD3.0...CMD3.10 with a fieldbus module in [I/O
profile] IO configuration
[C311]...[C315] C311...C315 Virtual digital input CMD3.11...CMD3.15 with a fieldbus module regardless
of configuration
[C500]...[C510] C500...C510 Virtual digital input CMD5.0...CMD5.10 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP in [I/O profile] IO configuration
[C511]...[C515] C511...C515 Virtual digital input CMD5.11...CMD5.15 with integrated Ethernet Modbus
TCP regardless of configuration

EAV64318 01/2015 679

My preferences MYP-

Section 10.11
[QR code]

[QR code]

[QR code] qrC- Menu

Access
[My preferences] [QR code]

About This Menu

This menu gives access to a QR Code on the Graphic Display Terminal.
Scan of this QR code brings to a landing page on Internet with the information on:
 Technical product datasheet,
 Link for Schneider Electric App available for services.

[QR Code] qCC

680 EAV64318 01/2015

 My preferences MYP-

Section 10.12
[Pairing password]

[Pairing password]

[Pairing password] PPi

Access
[My preferences] [Pairing password]

About This Menu

This function can only be accessed in Expert mode.This function is used to detect whenever an option
module has been replaced or the software has been modified in any way. When a pairing password is
entered, the parameters of the option modules currently inserted are stored. On every subsequent power-
up, these parameters are verified and, in the event of a discrepancy, the drive locks in [Boards
Compatibility] HCF. Before the drive can be restarted, it is necessary to revert to the original situation
or reenter the pairing password.
The following parameters are verified:
 The type of option modules.
 The software version of the drive and the option modules.
 The serial number for the control block boards.

[Pairing password] PPI

Operation as a pair password.

Setting Description
[OFF] OFF...9,999 Setting range
Factory setting: OFF

The [OFF] OFF value signifies that the pairing password function is inactive.
The [ON] On value signifies that the pairing password function is active and that a password is required
to start the drive in the event of a [Boards Compatibility] HCF detected error.
As soon as the password has been entered, the drive is unlocked and the code changes to [ON] On.

EAV64318 01/2015 681

My preferences MYP-

682 EAV64318 01/2015

 Altivar Process
Maintenance and Diagnostics
EAV64318 01/2015

Part III
Maintenance and diagnostics

Maintenance and diagnostics

What Is in This Part?

This part contains the following chapters:
Chapter Chapter Name Page
11 Maintenance 685
12 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting 687

EAV64318 01/2015 683

Maintenance and Diagnostics

684 EAV64318 01/2015

 Altivar Process
Maintenance
EAV64318 01/2015

Chapter 11
Maintenance

Maintenance

Maintenance

Limitation of Warranty
The warranty does not apply if the product has been opened, except by Schneider Electric services.

Servicing

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Read and understand the instructions in Safety Information chapter before performing any procedure
in this chapter.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

NOTICE
RISK OF DAMAGE TO THE DRIVE
Perform the following activities.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

Environment Part concerned Action Periodicity

Mechanical impact on the Housing - control block (led Verify the drive visual At least each year
product - display) aspect
Corrosion Terminals - connector - Inspect and clean if
screws - EMC plate required
Dust Terminals - fans blowholes
Temperature Around the product Verify and correct if
required
Cooling Fan Verify the fan operation
Replace the fan After 3 to 5 years,
depending on the operating
conditions
Vibration Terminal connections Verify tightening at At least each year
recommended torque

Spares and Repairs

Serviceable product. Please contact your Schneider Electric representative.

EAV64318 01/2015 685

Maintenance

Long Time Storage

CAUTION
RISK OF DERATED PERFORMANCE DUE TO CAPACITOR AGING
The product capacitor performances after a long time storage above 2 years can be degraded.In that
case, before using the product, apply the following procedure:
 Use a variable AC supply connected between L1 and L2
 Increase AC supply voltage to have:
 80% of rated voltage during 30 min
 100% of rated voltage for another 30 min

Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

Fan Replacement
It is possible to order a new fan for the drive maintenance, see the catalog numbers on www.schneider-
electric.com.

686 EAV64318 01/2015

 Altivar Process
Diagnostics and Troubleshooting
EAV64318 01/2015

Chapter 12
Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

Overview
This chapter describes the various types of diagnostics and provides troubleshooting assistance.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Read and understand the instructions in Safety Information chapter before performing any procedure
in this chapter.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following sections:
Section Topic Page
12.1 Warning Codes 688
12.2 Error Codes 690
12.3 FAQ 779

EAV64318 01/2015 687

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

Section 12.1
Warning Codes

Warning Codes

Warning Codes

List of Available Warnings

Setting Code / Value Description

[AI1 4-20 Loss Warning] AP1 4-20 loss warning on analog input AI1
[AI2 4-20 Loss Warning] AP2 4-20 loss warning on analog input AI2
[AI3 4-20 Loss Warning] AP3 4-20 loss warning on analog input AI3
[AI4 4-20 Loss Warning] AP4 4-20 loss warning on analog input AI4
[AI5 4-20 Loss Warning] AP5 4-20 loss warning on analog input AI5
[Cust Warning 1] CAS1 Customer warning 1
[Cust Warning 2] CAS2 Customer warning 2
[Cust Warning 3] CAS3 Customer warning 3
[Cust Warning 4] CAS4 Customer warning 4
[Cust Warning 5] CAS5 Customer warning 5
[Current Threshold Reached] CtA Motor current high threshold reached
[Low Current Reached] CtAL Motor current low threshold reached
[Dry Run Warning] drAY Dry run monitoring function warning
[Ext. Error Warning] EFA External error warning
[2nd Frequency Thd Reached] F2A Second frequency threshold reached
[Motor Freq Low Thd 2] F2AL Motor frequency low threshold 2 reached
[Fan Counter Warning] FCtA Fan counter warning
[Fan Feedback Warning] FFdA Fan feedback warning
[High Speed Reached] FLA High speed reached
[Motor Freq High Thd 2] FqLA Motor frequency high threshold 2 reached
[Fallback Frequency] FrF Fallback frequency reaction
[Flow Limit Activated] FSA Flow limitation monitoring function is active
[Motor Freq High Thd] FtA Motor frequency high threshold reached
[Motor Freq Low Thd] FtAL Motor frequency low threshold reached
[High Flow Warning] HFPA High flow monitoring function warning
[InPress Warning] IPPA Inlet pressure monitoring function warning level reached
[Anti-Jam Warning] JAMA Anti-Jam maximum cycle counter reached
[Life Cycle Warning 1] LCA1 Life cycle warning 1
[Life Cycle Warning 2] LCA2 Life cycle warning 2
[Low Flow Warning] LFA Low flow monitoring function warning level reached
[LowPres Warning] LPA Low pressure monitoring function warning level reached
[No Warning stored] noA No warning stored
[Process Overload Warning] OLA Process overload warning
[High OutPres Warning] OPHA High outlet pressure warning
[Low OutPress Warning] OPLA Low outlet pressure warning
[Switch OutPres Warning] OPSA High outlet pressure switch warning
[PumpCycle warning] PCPA Pumpcycle warning
[PID Error Warning] PEE PID error warning
[PID Feedback Warning] PFA PID feedback warning
[PID High Feedback Warning] PFAH PID feedback high threshold warning
[PID Low Feedback Warning] PFAL PID feedback low threshold warning

688 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

Setting Code / Value Description

[Regulation Warning] PISH PID feedback regulation warning
[Pump Low Flow] PLFA Pump low flow warning level reached
[Power Consumption Warning] POWd Power consumption warning
[Power High Threshold] PtHA Power high threshold reached
[Power Low Threshold] PtHL Power low threshold reached
[Speed Maintained] rLS Speed maintained function is active
[Ref Freq High Thd reached] rtAH Reference frequency high threshold reached
[Ref Freq Low Thd reached] rtAL Reference frequency low threshold reached
[Ref Frequency Warning] SrA Reference frequency reached
[Type of stop] Stt Detected error without stop according to [Type of stop]
Stt
[Drive Thermal Thd Reached] tAd Drive thermal threshold reached
[Drive Thermal Warning] tHA Drive thermal state warning
[IGBT Thermal Warning] tJA IGBT thermal state warning
[AI2 Th Warning] tP2A Thermal sensor warning on analog input AI2
[AI3 Th Warning] tP3A Thermal sensor warning on analog input AI3
[AI4 Th Warning] tP4A Thermal sensor warning on analog input AI4
[AI5 Th Warning] tP5A Thermal sensor warning on analog input AI5
[Motor Therm Thd Reached] tSA Motor thermal threshold reached
[Process Underload Warning] ULA Process underload warning
[Preventive Undervolt Active] UPA Preventive undervoltage active
[Undervoltage Warning] USA Undervoltage warning
[Emb Eth Warning] inwm Ethernet embeded internal warning

EAV64318 01/2015 689

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

Section 12.2
Error Codes

Error Codes

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Overview 692
[Angle error] ASF 693
[Incorrect Configuration] CFF 694
[Invalid Configuration] CFI 695
[Conf Transfer Error] CFI2 696
[Fieldbus Com Interrupt] CnF 697
[CANopen Com Interrupt] COF 698
[Precharge Capacitor] CrF 699
[Channel Switch Error] CSF 700
[Dry Run Error] drYF 701
[EEPROM Control] EEF1 702
[EEPROM Power] EEF2 703
[External Error] EPF1 704
[Fieldbus Error] EPF2 705
[Embedded Eth Com Interrupt] EtHF 706
[Boards Compatibility] HCF 707
[High Flow Error] HFPF 708
[Internal Link Error] ILF 709
[Internal Error 0] InF0 710
[Internal Error 1] InF1 711
[Internal Error 2] InF2 712
[Internal Error 3] InF3 713
[Internal Error 4] InF4 714
[Internal Error 6] InF6 715
[Internal Error 7] InF7 716
[Internal Error 8] InF8 717
[Internal Error 9] InF9 718
[Internal Error 10] InFA 719
[Internal Error 11] InFb 720
[Internal Error 12] InFC 721
[Internal Error 13] InFD 722
[Internal Error 14] InFE 723
[Internal Error 15] InFF 724
[Internal Error 16] InFG 725
[Internal Error 17] InFh 726
[Internal Error 18] InFi 727
[Internal Error 20] InFk 728
[Internal Error 21] InFl 729
[Internal Error 25] InFP 730
[Internal Error 27] InFr 731
[Internal Error 30] InFw 732
[Inlet Pressure Error] iPPF 733
[Anti Jam Error] JAMF 734

690 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

Topic Page
[Input Contactor] LCF 735
[AI1 4-20mA loss] LFF1 736
[AI2 4-20mA loss] LFF2 737
[AI3 4-20mA loss] LFF3 738
[AI4 4-20mA loss] LFF4 739
[AI5 4-20mA loss] LFF5 740
[DC Bus Overvoltage] ObF 741
[Overcurrent] OCF 742
[Drive Overheating] OHF 743
[Process Overload] OLC 744
[Motor Overload] OLF 745
[Single Output Phase Loss] OPF1 746
[Output Phase Loss] OPF2 747
[Out Pressure High] OPHF 748
[Out Pressure Low] OPLF 749
[Supply Mains Overvoltage] OSF 750
[PumpCycle Start Error] PCPF 751
[PID Feedback Error] PFMF 752
[Program Loading Error] PGLF 753
[Program Running Error] PGrF 754
[Input phase loss] PHF 755
[Pump Low Flow Error] PLFF 756
[Safety Function Error] SAFF 757
[Motor short circuit] SCF1 758
[Ground Short Circuit] SCF3 759
[IGBT Short Circuit] SCF4 760
[Motor Short Circuit] SCF5 761
[Modbus Com Interruption] SLF1 762
[PC Com Interruption] SLF2 763
[HMI Com Interruption] SLF3 764
[Motor Overspeed] SOF 765
[Motor Stall Error] StF 766
[AI2 Thermal Sensor Error] t2CF 767
[AI3 Thermal Sensor Error] t3CF 768
[AI4 Thermal Sensor Error] t4CF 769
[AI5 Thermal Sensor Error] t5CF 770
[AI2 Th Error Level] tH2F 771
[AI3 Th Error Level] tH3F 772
[AI4 Th Error Level] tH4F 773
[AI5 Th Error Level] tH5F 774
[IGBT Overheating] tJF 775
[Autotuning Error] tnF 776
[Process Underload] ULF 777
[Supply Mains Undervoltage] USF 778

EAV64318 01/2015 691

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

Overview

Clearing the Detected Error

This table presents the steps to follow if intervention on the drive system is required:

Step Action
1 Disconnect all power, including external control power that may be present.
2 Lock that all power disconnects in the open position.
3 Wait 15 minutes to allow the DC bus capacitors to discharge (the drive LEDs are not indicators of the
absence of DC bus voltage).
4 Measure the voltage of the DC bus between the PA/+ and PC/- terminals to ensure that the voltage is less
than 42 Vdc.
5 If the DC bus capacitors do not discharge completely, contact your local Schneider Electric
representative.
Do not repair or operate the drive.
6 Find and correct the cause of the detected error.
7 Restore power to the drive to confirm that the detected error has been rectified.

After the cause has been removed, the detected error can be cleared by:
 Switching off the drive.
 Using the [Product Restart] rP parameter.
 Using the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr- function.
 A digital input or control bit set to the [Fault reset] rSt- function.
 Pressing the STOP/RESET key on the Graphic Display Terminal if the active command channel is set
to [Ref. Freq-Rmt.Term] LCC.

692 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Angle error] ASF

Probable Cause
For the motor control type [Sync. mot.] SYnU, wrong setting of the speed loop when the reference goes
through 0.

Remedy
 Verify the speed loop parameters.
 Verify the motor phases and the maximum current allowed by the drive.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

EAV64318 01/2015 693

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Incorrect Configuration] CFF

Probable Cause
 Option module changed or removed.
 Control block replaced by a control block configured on a drive with a different rating.
 The current configuration is inconsistent.

Remedy
 Verify that there is no detected error on the option module.
 In the event of the control block being changed deliberately, see the remarks below.
 Return to factory settings or retrieve the backup configuration if it is valid.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error is cleared as soon as its cause disappears.

694 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Invalid Configuration] CFI

Probable Cause
Invalid configuration. The configuration loaded in the drive via the commissioning tool or fieldbus is
inconsistent.

Remedy
 Verify the previously loaded configuration.
 Load a compatible configuration.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error is cleared as soon as its cause disappears.

EAV64318 01/2015 695

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Conf Transfer Error] CFI2

Probable Cause
 The configuration has not been transferred properly.
 The configuration loaded is not compatible with the drive.

Remedy
 Check the configuration loaded previously.
 Load a compatible configuration.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error is cleared as soon as its cause disappears.

696 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Fieldbus Com Interrupt] CnF

Probable Cause
Communication interruption on fieldbus module.

Remedy
 Verify the environment (electromagnetic compatibility).
 Verify the wiring.
 Verify the timeout.
 Replace the option module.
 Contact your local Schneider Electric representative

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 697

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[CANopen Com Interrupt] COF

Probable Cause
Communication interruption on the CANopen® fieldbus

Remedy
 Verify the communication fieldbus.
 Verify the timeout.
 Refer to the CANopen® user manual.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

698 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Precharge Capacitor] CrF

Probable Cause
Charging circuit control detected error or charging resistor damaged.

Remedy
 Turn off the drive and then turn on again.
 Verify the internal connections.
 Contact your local Schneider Electric representative

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

EAV64318 01/2015 699

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Channel Switch Error] CSF

Probable Cause
Switch to a not valid channel.

Remedy
Verify the function parameters.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error is cleared as soon as its cause disappears.

700 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Dry Run Error] drYF

Probable Cause
The dry run monitoring function has detected an error.
NOTE: After the error has been triggered, even if the detected error has been cleared, it is not possible to
restart the pump before the end of the [DryRun Restart Delay] dryr.

Remedy
 Verify that the pump is well primed.
 Verify that there is no air leak in the suction line.
 Verify the settings of the monitoring function.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 701

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[EEPROM Control] EEF1

Probable Cause
An error of the internal memory of the control block has been detected.

Remedy
 Verify the environment (electromagnetic compatibility).
 Switch off the product.
 Return to factory settings.
 Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

702 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[EEPROM Power] EEF2

Probable Cause
An error of the internal memory of the power board has been detected.

Remedy
 Verify the environment (electromagnetic compatibility).
 Switch off the product.
 Return to factory settings.
 Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

EAV64318 01/2015 703

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[External Error] EPF1

Probable Cause
Event triggered by an external device, depending on user.

Remedy
Remove the cause of the external error.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

704 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Fieldbus Error] EPF2

Probable Cause
An external error has been triggered via fieldbus.

Remedy
Remove the cause of the external error.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 705

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Embedded Eth Com Interrupt] EtHF

Probable Cause
Communication interruption on the Ethernet ModbusTCP bus.

Remedy
 Check the communication bus.
 Refer to the Ethernet user manual.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

706 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Boards Compatibility] HCF

Probable Cause
The [Pairing password] PPI parameter has been enabled and an option module has been changed.

Remedy
 Refit the original option module.
 Confirm the configuration by entering the [Pairing password] PPI if the module was changed
deliberately.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error is cleared as soon as its cause disappears.

EAV64318 01/2015 707

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[High Flow Error] HFPF

Probable Cause
The high flow monitoring function has detected an error.

Remedy
 Verify that the system works in its flow capabilities.
 Verify that there is no pipe burst at the outlet of the system.
 Verify the settings of the monitoring function.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

708 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Link Error] ILF

Probable Cause
Communication interruption between option module and the drive.

Remedy
 Verify the environment (electromagnetic compatibility).
 Verify the connections.
 Replace the option module.
 Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

EAV64318 01/2015 709

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 0] InF0

Probable Cause
Communication interruption between microprocessors of the control board.

Remedy
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

710 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 1] InF1

Probable Cause
The power board rating is not valid.

Remedy
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

EAV64318 01/2015 711

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 2] InF2

Probable Cause
The power board is incompatible with the control block software.

Remedy
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

712 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 3] InF3

Probable Cause
Internal communication detected error.

Remedy
 Verify the wiring on drive control terminals (internal 10V supply for analog inputs overloaded).
 Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

EAV64318 01/2015 713

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 4] InF4

Probable Cause
Internal data inconsistent.

Remedy
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

714 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 6] InF6

Probable Cause
The option module installed in the drive is not recognized.

Remedy
Verify the catalog number and compatibility of the option module.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

EAV64318 01/2015 715

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 7] InF7

Probable Cause
Communication interruption with CPLD component of Control board.

Remedy
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

716 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 8] InF8

Probable Cause
The internal power switching supply is not correct.

Remedy
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

EAV64318 01/2015 717

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 9] InF9

Probable Cause
An error on the current circuit measurement has been detected.

Remedy
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

718 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 10] InFA

Probable Cause
The input stage is not operating correctly.

Remedy
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

EAV64318 01/2015 719

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 11] InFb

Probable Cause
The internal drive thermal sensor is not operating correctly.

Remedy
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

720 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 12] InFC

Probable Cause
Internal current supply error.

Remedy
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

EAV64318 01/2015 721

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 13] InFD

Probable Cause
Differential current deviation.

Remedy
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

722 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 14] InFE

Probable Cause
Internal microprocessor detected error.

Remedy
 Verify that the error code can be cleared.
 Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

EAV64318 01/2015 723

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 15] InFF

Probable Cause
Serial memory flash format error.

Remedy
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

724 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 16] InFG

Probable Cause
Communication interruption with the Extension module of output relays module or internal error of the
Extension module of output relays

Remedy
 Replace the option module.
 Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

EAV64318 01/2015 725

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 17] InFh

Probable Cause
Communication interruption with the Extension module of digital & analog I/O or internal error of the
Extension module of digital & analog I/O.

Remedy
 Replace the option module.
 Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

726 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 18] InFi

Probable Cause
Communication interruption with Safety function module or internal error of the Safety function module.

Remedy
 Replace the option module.
 Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

EAV64318 01/2015 727

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 20] InFk

Probable Cause
Option module interface board error.

Remedy
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

728 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 21] InFl

Probable Cause
Internal Real Time Clock error.

Remedy
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

EAV64318 01/2015 729

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 25] InFP

Probable Cause
Incompatibility between Control Board hardware version and firmware version.

Remedy
 Update the firmware package.
 Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

730 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 27] InFr

Probable Cause
Diagnostics in CPLD have detected an error.

Remedy
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

EAV64318 01/2015 731

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Internal Error 30] InFw

Probable Cause
Firmware update function has detected an error.

Remedy
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

732 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Inlet Pressure Error] iPPF

Probable Cause
The inlet pressure monitoring function has detected an error.

Remedy
 Search for a possible cause of low pressure at the inlet of system.
 Verify the settings of the monitoring function.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 733

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Anti Jam Error] JAMF

Probable Cause
The Anti-Jam monitoring function has exceeded the maximum number of sequences allowed in the time
window.

Remedy
 Search for a clogging substance in the impeller.
 Verify the settings of the monitoring function.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

734 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Input Contactor] LCF

Probable Cause
The drive is not switched on even though [Mains V. time out ] LCt timeout has elapsed.

Remedy
 Verify the input contactor and its wiring.
 Verify the [Mains V. time out ] LCt timeout.
 Verify the supply mains/contactor/drive wiring.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 735

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[AI1 4-20mA loss] LFF1

Probable Cause
Loss of the 4-20 mA on analog input AI1.

Remedy
Verify the connection on the analog inputs.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

736 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[AI2 4-20mA loss] LFF2

Probable Cause
Loss of the 4-20 mA on analog input AI2.

Remedy
Verify the connection on the analog inputs.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 737

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[AI3 4-20mA loss] LFF3

Probable Cause
Loss of the 4-20 mA on analog input AI3.

Remedy
Verify the connection on the analog inputs.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

738 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[AI4 4-20mA loss] LFF4

Probable Cause
Loss of the 4-20 mA on analog input AI4.

Remedy
Verify the connection on the analog inputs.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 739

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[AI5 4-20mA loss] LFF5

Probable Cause
Loss of the 4-20 mA on analog input AI5.

Remedy
Verify the connection on the analog inputs.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

740 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[DC Bus Overvoltage] ObF

Probable Cause
 Deceleration time too short or driving load.
 Supply mains voltage too high.

Remedy
 Increase the deceleration time.
 Configure the [Dec ramp adapt.]brA function if it is compatible with the application.
 Verify the supply mains voltage.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 741

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Overcurrent] OCF

Probable Cause
 Parameters in the [Motor data] MOA- menu are not correct.
 Inertia or load too high.
 Mechanical locking.

Remedy
 Verify the parameters.
 Verify the size of the motor/drive/load.
 Verify the state of the mechanism.
 Decrease [Current limitation] CLI.
 Increase the switching frequency.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

742 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Drive Overheating] OHF

Probable Cause
Drive temperature too high.

Remedy
Verify the motor load, the drive ventilation, and the ambient temperature. Wait for the drive to cool down
before restarting.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 743

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Process Overload] OLC

Probable Cause
Process overload.

Remedy
 Verify and remove the cause of the overload.
 Verify the parameters of the [Process overload] OLd- function.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

744 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Motor Overload] OLF

Probable Cause
Triggered by excessive motor current.

Remedy
Verify the setting of the motor thermal monitoring,verify the motor load. Wait for the motor to cool down
before restarting.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 745

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Single Output Phase Loss] OPF1

Probable Cause
Loss of one phase at drive output.

Remedy
Verify the wiring from the drive to the motor.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

746 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Output Phase Loss] OPF2

Probable Cause
 Motor not connected or motor power too low.
 Output contactor opened.
 Instantaneous instability in the motor current.

Remedy
 Verify the wiring from the drive to the motor.
 If an output contactor is being used, set [OutPhaseLoss Assign] OPL to [No Error Triggered]
OAC.
 If the drive is connected to a low-power motor or not connected to a motor: In factory settings mode,
motor phase loss detection is active [Output Phase Loss] OPL = [OPF Error Triggered] YES.
Deactivate motor phase loss detection [Output Phase Loss] OPL = [Function Inactive] nO.
 Verify and optimize the following parameters: [IR compensation] UFr, [Nom Motor Voltage] UnS
and [Rated mot. current] nCr and perform [Autotuning] tUn.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 747

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Out Pressure High] OPHF

Probable Cause
The outlet pressure monitoring function has detected a high pressure error.

Remedy
 Search for a possible cause of high pressure at the outlet of system.
 Verify the settings of the monitoring function.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

748 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Out Pressure Low] OPLF

Probable Cause
The outlet pressure monitoring function has detected a low pressure error.

Remedy
 Verify that there is no pipe broken at the outlet of the system.
 Search for a possible cause of low pressure at the outlet of system.
 Verify the settings of the monitoring function.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 749

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Supply Mains Overvoltage] OSF

Probable Cause
 Supply mains voltage too high.
 Disturbed supply mains.

Remedy
Verify the supply mains voltage.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

750 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[PumpCycle Start Error] PCPF

Probable Cause
The Pumpcycle monitoring function has exceeded the maximum number of start sequences allowed in the
time window.

Remedy
 Search for a possible cause of repetitive start of system.
 Verify the settings of the monitoring function.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 751

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[PID Feedback Error] PFMF

Probable Cause
The PID feedback error was out of the allowed range around the set point during the time window.

Remedy
 Check for mechanical breakdown of pipes.
 Check for water leakage.
 Check for open discharge valve.
 Check for fire hydrant opened.
 Verify the settings of the monitoring function.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

752 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Program Loading Error] PGLF

Probable Cause
Verify that the error code can be cleared.

Remedy
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error is cleared as soon as its cause disappears.

EAV64318 01/2015 753

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Program Running Error] PGrF

Probable Cause
Verify that the error code can be cleared.

Remedy
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

754 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Input phase loss] PHF

Probable Cause
 Drive incorrectly supplied or a tripped fused.
 One phase missing.
 3-phase drive used on a single-phase supply mains.
 Unbalanced load.

Remedy
 Check the power connection and the fuses.
 Use a 3-phase supply mains.
 Disable the detected error by [Input phase loss] IPL = [No] nO if single phase supply mains is used.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error is cleared as soon as its cause disappears.

EAV64318 01/2015 755

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Pump Low Flow Error] PLFF

Probable Cause
The pump low flow monitoring function has detected an error.

Remedy
 Check valve is closed on discharge.
 Pipes are damaged on the discharge.
 Search for a possible cause of low flow at the outlet of system.
 Verify the settings of the monitoring function.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

756 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Safety Function Error] SAFF

Probable Cause
 Debounce time exceeded.
 Internal hardware error.

Remedy
 Verify the wiring of the digital inputs STOA and STOB.
 Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

EAV64318 01/2015 757

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Motor short circuit] SCF1

Probable Cause
Short-circuit or grounding at the drive output.

Remedy
 Verify the cables connecting the drive to the motor, and the motor insulation.
 Reduce the switching frequency.
 Connect chokes in series with the motor.
 Verify the adjustment of speed loop and brake.
 Increase the [Time to restart] ttr
 Increase the switching frequency.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

758 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Ground Short Circuit] SCF3

Probable Cause
Significant ground leakage current at the drive output if several motors are connected in parallel.

Remedy
 Verify the cables connecting the drive to the motor, and the motor insulation.
 Reduce the switching frequency.
 Connect chokes in series with the motor.
 Verify the adjustment of speed loop and brake.
 Increase the [Time to restart] ttr
 Increase the switching frequency.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

EAV64318 01/2015 759

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[IGBT Short Circuit] SCF4

Probable Cause
Power component detected error.

Remedy
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

760 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Motor Short Circuit] SCF5

Probable Cause
Short-circuit at drive output.

Remedy
 Verify the cables connecting the drive to the motor, and the motor’s insulation.
 Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 761

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Modbus Com Interruption] SLF1

Probable Cause
Communication interruption on the Modbus port.

Remedy
 Verify the communication bus.
 Verify the timeout.
 Refer to the Modbus user manual.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

762 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[PC Com Interruption] SLF2

Probable Cause
Communication interruption with the commissioning software.

Remedy
 Verify the commissioning software connecting cable.
 Verify the timeout.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 763

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[HMI Com Interruption] SLF3

Probable Cause
Communication interruption with the Display Terminal.

Remedy
 Verify the Display Terminal connection.
 Verify the timeout.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

764 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Motor Overspeed] SOF

Probable Cause
 Instability or driving load too high.
 If a downstream contactor is used, the contacts between the motor and the drive have not been closed
before applying a Run command.

Remedy
 Verify the motor parameter settings.
 Verify the size of the motor/drive/load.
 Verify and close the contacts between the motor and the drive before applying a Run command.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

EAV64318 01/2015 765

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Motor Stall Error] StF

Probable Cause
The stall monitoring function has detected an error.

Remedy
 Search for a mechanical blocking of the motor.
 Search for a possible cause of motor overload.
 Verify the settings of the monitoring function.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

766 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[AI2 Thermal Sensor Error] t2CF

Probable Cause
The thermal sensor monitoring function has detected a thermal sensor error on analog input AI2:
 Open circuit, or
 Short circuit.

Remedy
 Verify the sensor and its wiring.
 Replace the sensor.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 767

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[AI3 Thermal Sensor Error] t3CF

Probable Cause
The thermal sensor monitoring function has detected a thermal sensor error on analog input AI3:
 Open circuit, or
 Short circuit.

Remedy
 Verify the sensor and its wiring.
 Replace the sensor.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

768 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[AI4 Thermal Sensor Error] t4CF

Probable Cause
The thermal sensor monitoring function has detected a thermal sensor error on analog input AI4:
 Open circuit, or
 Short circuit.

Remedy
 Verify the sensor and its wiring.
 Replace the sensor.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 769

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[AI5 Thermal Sensor Error] t5CF

Probable Cause
The thermal sensor monitoring function has detected a thermal sensor error on analog input AI5:
 Open circuit, or
 Short circuit.

Remedy
 Verify the sensor and its wiring.
 Replace the sensor.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

770 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[AI2 Th Error Level] tH2F

Probable Cause
The thermal sensor monitoring function has detected a high temperature error on analog input AI2.

Remedy
 Search for a possible cause of overheating.
 Verify the settings of the monitoring function.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 771

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[AI3 Th Error Level] tH3F

Probable Cause
The thermal sensor monitoring function has detected a high temperature error on analog input AI3.

Remedy
 Search for a possible cause of overheating.
 Verify the settings of the monitoring function.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

772 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[AI4 Th Error Level] tH4F

Probable Cause
The thermal sensor monitoring function has detected a high temperature error on analog input AI4.

Remedy
 Search for a possible cause of overheating.
 Verify the settings of the monitoring function.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 773

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[AI5 Th Error Level] tH5F

Probable Cause
The thermal sensor monitoring function has detected a high temperature error on analog input AI5.

Remedy
 Search for a possible cause of overheating.
 Verify the settings of the monitoring function.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

774 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[IGBT Overheating] tJF

Probable Cause
Drive power stage overheating.

Remedy
 Verify the size of the load/motor/drive according to environment conditions.
 Reduce the switching frequency.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 775

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Autotuning Error] tnF

Probable Cause
 Special motor or motor whose power is not suitable for the drive.
 Motor not connected to the drive.
 Motor not stopped

Remedy
 Verify that the motor/drive are compatible.
 Verify that the motor is connected to the drive during autotuning.
 If an output contactor is being used, verify that it is closed during autotuning.
 Verify that the motor is stopped during autotuning

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error requires a power reset.

776 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Process Underload] ULF

Probable Cause
Process underload.

Remedy
 Verify and remove the cause of the underload.
 Verify the parameters of the [PROCESS UNDERLOAD] Uld- function

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error can be cleared with the [Auto Fault Reset] Atr or manually with the [Fault Reset
Assign] rSF parameter after the cause has disappeared.

EAV64318 01/2015 777

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

[Supply Mains Undervoltage] USF

Probable Cause
 supply mains too low.
 Transient voltage dips.

Remedy
Verify the voltage and the parameters of [Undervoltage handling] USb.

Clearing the Error Code

This detected error is cleared as soon as its cause disappears.

778 EAV64318 01/2015

 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

Section 12.3
FAQ

FAQ

FAQ

Introduction
If the display does not light up, verify the supply mains to the drive.
The assignment of the fast stop or freewheel functions help to prevent the drive starting if the
corresponding digital inputs are not switched on. The drive then displays [Freewheel] nSt in freewheel
stop and [Fast stop] FSt in fast stop. This is a normal behavior since these functions are active at zero
so that the drive is stopped if there is a wire break.
Verify that the run command input is activated in accordance with the selected control mode ([2/3-wire
control] tCC and [2-wire type] tCt parameters).
If the reference channel or command channel is assigned to a fieldbus, when the supply mains is
connected, the drive displays [Freewheel] nSt. It remains in stop mode until the fieldbus gives a
command.

Option Module Changed or Removed

When an option module is removed or replaced by another, the drive locks in [Incorrect configuration]
CFF error mode at power-on. If the option module has been deliberately changed or removed, the
detected error can be cleared by pressing the OK key twice, which causes the factory settings to be
restored for the parameter groups affected by the option module.

Control Block Changed

When a control block is replaced by a control block configured on a drive with a different rating, the drive
locks in [Incorrect configuration] CFF fault mode at power-on. If the control block has been deliberately
changed, the detected error can be cleared by pressing the OK key twice, which causes all the factory
settings to be restored.

EAV64318 01/2015 779

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

780 EAV64318 01/2015

Altivar_Process_Programming_Manual_EN_EAV64318_02
01/2015